SlideShare a Scribd company logo
G A R D E N T • A • B • L • O • I • D 
M I S S I S S I P P I S T A T E U N I V E R S I T Y E X T E N S I O N S E R V I C E Grow Your Own Vegetables 
There are many good reasons for 
growing a vegetable garden in 
Mississippi. A garden offers the oppor-tunity 
to enjoy vegetables at their 
freshest. Sometimes only minutes 
elapse between harvest, preparation, 
and eating. On the other hand, most 
fresh vegetables available at the gro-cery 
store travel about 1,800 miles 
between producer and consumer, and 
this travel often occurs over a period of 
several days. There’s a lot to be said 
for “homegrown” freshness. 
Vegetable gardens are traditional in 
Mississippi. There was a time when 
the state was more rural than it is 
today, and most of the family’s food 
was grown at home. Today, vegetable 
gardens are often thought of as a form 
of family recreation. Many older 
Mississippians grow gardens that are 
much too large for their own use just to 
have fresh vegetables for family, 
friends, and others who are unable to 
garden. 
Here is what some of today’s 
Mississippi gardeners have to say 
about their gardens and why they gar-den: 
“We have enough for our family, 
plus some to share; what more could 
you ask?” 
“There’s no way to keep count of 
the people who stop to visit my garden 
and talk awhile since it is on the side of 
a field road that leads to a catfish pond. 
I was so proud when I was told it was 
the prettiest garden they had seen. I 
have filled 3 freezers and canned more 
than 300 jars of vegetables.” 
“I have always had a love for gar-dening. 
I have helped in caring for 
the family garden ever since I was 
large enough to help plant and work 
in a garden.” 
“I enjoy giving vegetables to the 
elderly, shut-ins, neighbors, and 
friends.” 
“I enjoy people visiting my garden. 
Some come just to enjoy seeing it, oth-ers 
to learn better ways to garden.” 
“I have gardened over 50 years and 
still do my own work. The hard work 
and good food keep me healthy. I save 
some money, but I receive other bene-fits 
that are greater and that cannot be 
bought.” 
“We give more vegetables away 
than we keep. We have a large family, 
5 children, 13 grandchildren, and 6 
great-grandchildren, so you see we 
really enjoy a garden.” 
“There is a great difference in 
cooking fresh food from that which 
has been picked for several days. To 
watch your food grow gives you some-thing 
to look forward to each week. It’s 
a profit, but it’s also a great pleasure.” 
Decide What You Want to Plant 
Select vegetables and the amount to plant by looking for-ward 
to harvest and how you will use the vegetables. 
There’s no sense in planting something that won’t be used. 
Available garden space should be a factor in selecting the 
vegetables to grow. Some vegetables take a lot of garden 
space for a long time, while others are planted and harvest-ed 
in a short time period, producing a lot in a little space. 
Melons, pumpkins, vining types of squash, and sweet pota-toes 
are in the garden for a long time, yet the harvest period 
is relatively short. Okra, tomatoes, peppers, eggplant, and 
pole beans are also in the garden a long time, but these pro-duce 
a continuous supply of food. 
Sweet corn is one of those vegetables you just have to 
plant despite how much space it takes (expect to harvest 
one ear per plant) because it is so good. 
Vegetables to consider for small gardens (because of the 
space they need and the amount they produce) are bush snap 
and lima beans; leafy greens like lettuce, spinach, mustard, 
and turnips; green onions; tomatoes; sweet peppers; and 
eggplant. As space permits, add broccoli, cabbage, hot pep-pers, 
okra, summer squash, southern peas, and pole beans. 
Cucumbers, which normally take a lot of ground space, can 
be trellised. 
Irish and sweet potatoes are productive for the amount of 
garden space required but present a storage problem when 
harvested. 
Plant varieties recommended for growing in Mississippi. 
Don’t continue to use old vegetable varieties when there are 
new varieties available that resist disease and give higher 
yields and quality. For example, fusarium wilt is still a major 
disease problem on tomatoes in some Mississippi gardens 
where the older varieties are planted. All recommended 
tomato varieties are resistant to this disease. 
The amount of sunlight the garden receives can help you 
determine which vegetables to grow. Ideally, the garden site 
should receive full sun all day. This is not always possible, 
especially when the garden is located on a small residential 
lot where shade trees block the sun for part of the day. 
Where there is no full sun space, plant vegetables in var-ious 
spots around the house. All vegetables grown for their 
fruits or seeds, such as corn, tomatoes, squash, cucumbers, 
eggplant, peppers, beans, and peas, should have the sunniest 
spots. 
Vegetables grown for their leaves or roots, such as beets, 
cabbage, lettuce, mustard, chard, spinach, and turnips, can 
grow in partial shade but do better in direct sunlight. 
Decide What Size Garden You Need Choose a Great Location for Your Garden 
To determine what size garden you need, consider your family size, 
the amount of vegetables you need, and whether you will preserve or 
The ideal garden site is close to 
use the vegetables fresh. 
the house but out in the open where 
Most important in determining garden size are the gardener’s physi-cal 
it receives full sun and is not shad-ed 
by trees or buildings. Choose a 
place that is near a water supply and 
has loose, fertile, well-drained soil. 
Few gardeners are fortunate 
enough to have the ideal garden site 
or soil. This does not mean growing 
a successful garden is impossible. If 
you select the right vegetables and 
carefully manage the soil, some 
vegetables can be produced in 
almost any location. 
Select a site free of serious weed 
problems. Nutsedge, torpedograss, 
bermudagrass, cocklebur, and 
morningglory are just a few of the 
weeds that are difficult to control in 
a garden. 
Fence the garden site to keep out 
children, or dogs and other animals. 
A two-strand, low-voltage electric 
fence may be the only way to keep 
small animals like rabbits and rac-coons 
out of the garden. 
Remove low tree limbs that hang 
over the garden and give animals 
access. 
ability, available time and equipment, and genuine interest in gar-dening. 
Even though the rewards of gardening are great, the work is 
hard. 
It is better to start small and build on success than to become dis-couraged 
and abandon the garden because it was too large or too much 
work. See the Planting Guide on page 7.
Design your garden to meet your 
needs. Careful planning reduces 
work and can make the garden more 
productive. Planting seeds and 
plants at random frequently results 
in waste and disappointment. 
Consider the selected method of 
cultivation in designing your gar-den. 
Where the work is done with a 
tractor, long rows are practical; but 
when cultivation is by hand, short 
rows give a sense of accomplish-ment 
as work on each is completed. 
Consider the slope of the land; 
run rows at right angles to the slope, 
especially on sandy-textured soils 
that tend to wash and erode. Where 
the land is uneven, contour the rows. 
Rows for vegetables with small 
plants (carrots, onions, radishes, and 
others) can be closer together for 
hand cultivation than for power 
equipment. Planting double rows or 
a broad band on a bed can increase 
the yield from a small garden plot. 
Closely spaced rows and vegetable 
plants help shade out weeds, but the 
close spacing makes weeding diffi-cult 
when plants are small. 
Closely spaced plants reduce 
water loss from the soil surface by 
protecting the surface from drying 
winds and hot sun. The reduced air 
movement, however, may increase 
chances for diseases. 
Plant perennial vegetables like 
asparagus where they won’t inter-fere 
with yearly land preparation. 
Plant season-long vegetables like 
tomatoes, okra, peppers, and egg-plant 
together where they won’t 
interfere with short-term vegetables 
and replanting. Plant corn, okra, 
pole beans, tomatoes, and other tall 
vegetables so they won’t shade or 
interfere with the growth of shorter 
vegetables. 
Sweet corn produces fuller ears 
when planted in a block of rows than 
20 x 50 feet 
1,000 square feet—Row 1 is located 12 inches from the edge of the garden, and all rows are 36 inches apart. Rows are 20 feet long. 
Spring Planting Summer Planting Fall Planting 
Row Vegetable Date Vegetable Date Vegetable Date 
1 Onions (plants) Feb.-March Bush Lima Beans June-July Spinach Sept.-Oct. 
2 Cabbage (plants) Feb.-March Bush Lima Beans June-July Beets/Chard Sept.-Oct. 
3 English Peas Jan.-Feb. Cucumbers May-June Mustard Sept.-Oct. 
4 English Peas Jan.-Feb. (leave unplanted) Cabbage Aug.-Sept. 
5 Lettuce Feb.-March Summer Squash May-June Cauliflower Aug.-Sept. 
6 Beets/Chard Feb.-March (leave unplanted) Turnips Sept. 
7 Mustard/Turnips Feb.-March Southern Peas May-June Carrots Sept. 
8 Broccoli (plants) Feb.-March Southern Peas May-June Lettuce Sept. 
9 Bush Snap Beans March-April (leave unplanted) Broccoli Aug.-Sept. 
10 Bush Snap Beans March-April (leave unplanted) Broccoli Aug.-Sept. 
11 Bell Peppers/ 
in a long single row because of bet-ter 
pollination. When possible, 
group vegetables according to their 
Sample Garden Plan 
Planting Planting Planting 
lime and fertilizer needs, and treat 
accordingly. Southern peas, lima 
beans, snap beans, and peanuts do 
not require as much nitrogen fertil-izer 
as some other vegetables. 
Eggplant (plants) April-May 
12 Tomatoes (plants) April-May 
13 (leave unplanted) (leave unplanted) Cucumbers Aug. 
14 Sweet Corn March-April (leave unplanted) Bush Snap Beans Aug. 
15 Sweet Corn March-April (leave unplanted) Bush Snap Beans Aug. 
16 Sweet Corn March-April Tomatoes (plants) July-Aug. 
17 Okra April-May Collards Oct. 
Garden Plan 
Spring Planting 
onions, cabbage, 
lettuce, corn, 
tomatoes, 
peppers, 
eggplant 
Summer 
Planting 
lima beans, 
squash, 
cucumbers, peas, 
okra 
Fall Planting 
spinach, mustard, 
turnips, 
cauliflower, 
carrots, broccoli, 
beets 
Successive Planting, Long Season Can Reduce Garden Size 
Gardening in Mississippi provides 
the opportunity to have something in 
the garden almost every month of the 
year. 
The long growing season com-bined 
with successive plantings 
(growing more than one vegetable in 
the same space during the year) 
enables gardeners to reduce the size 
of their gardens. 
As soon as one vegetable is har-vested, 
clear the space and prepare to 
plant another vegetable. Empty row 
space produces nothing and provides 
a place for weeds to grow, while a 
small garden intensively planted and 
managed can be very productive. 
For example, follow a spring plant-ing 
of English peas with a late spring 
planting of cucumbers; then replant 
the space with fall bush snap beans, 
leafy greens, or late southern peas. 
Another example is to follow early 
sweet corn with winter squash and 
pumpkins in early July. Spring Irish 
potatoes can be followed by lima 
beans or southern peas, which are fol-lowed 
by fall greens. 
Practice crop rotation (planting 
nonrelated plants in the same location 
in successive plantings) where garden 
space permits. Crop rotation is a good 
practice to follow when you use the 
same garden site for several years 
because it helps prevent the buildup 
of diseases in the garden soil. 
When growing only for fresh use, 
make small successive plantings of 
vegetables like snap beans, sweet 
corn, lettuce, radishes, leafy greens, 
and southern peas. Planting at 2-week 
intervals provides continuous fresh 
vegetables. 
Plant only as much as your family 
can eat before the next planting 
begins to produce. If you plan to can 
and freeze as well as use fresh vegeta-bles, 
plant more vegetables at one 
time to provide enough at harvest for 
preserving. 
Expected yields are given for the 
different vegetables in the Planting 
Guide on page 7. Keep in mind that the 
yields given for some vegetables 
(tomatoes, peppers, okra, pole beans, 
and eggplant, for example) are for 
multiple harvests over a period of time. 
Vegetables with extended harvest 
periods require only one planting dur-ing 
the season. However, with toma-toes, 
peppers, and eggplant, a second 
planting made in midsummer pro-vides 
good quality vegetables for har-vest 
in fall. 
A second planting of okra, about 6 
weeks after the first planting, has 
some benefit for late-season harvest, 
but you can get the same benefit by 
cutting the first planting back to a 
height of 3 to 4 feet in late summer. 
Plant your garden according to a 
detailed plan on paper. A finished gar-den 
plan shows these things: 
• which vegetables to grow 
• number of different plantings of 
each vegetable 
• time and location of each planting 
• distance each row is to be planted 
from one end of the garden. 
Related Vegetable Groups 
Tomato Snap Bean Cucumber Cabbage 
Eggplant Lima Bean Squash Broccoli 
Irish Potato Peanut Pumpkin Turnip 
Pepper Southern Pea Muskmelon Mustard 
Watermelon Collard 
2
The ideal garden soil is deep, 
loose, fertile, well-drained (inter-nally 
as well as on the surface), has 
plenty of organic matter, and is 
free of weeds and diseases. Such 
soils are difficult to find, but with 
proper preparation and manage-ment, 
less-than-ideal soils can be 
Compost is partially decom-posed 
plant material mixed with 
soil. Since compost is rich in 
organic matter, use it to improve 
soil structure, tilth, fertility, and 
water- and nutrient-holding 
capacity. Compost can be mixed 
directly into the garden soil or 
used as a mulching material that 
is mixed with the soil after the 
growing season. 
The biggest benefit from com-post 
is its value as a soil condition-er. 
Compost increases the water-holding 
capacity of soil, reducing 
the frequency you need to water. 
Adding compost improves sandy 
and clay soils. Plant growth nutri-ents 
in compost include nitrogen, 
phosphorus, and potassium. They 
are mostly in an organic form, and 
they release slowly and are less 
subject to leaching. 
Compost is something you nor-mally 
make rather than purchase, 
but composted bark and composted 
manure are frequently sold as soil 
conditioners. 
Make compost from vegetable 
and other plant materials from nor-mal 
yard chores, leaves, and grass 
clippings, or hauled-in materials 
like sawdust, straw, or hay. 
Construct a pile of alternating 
layers of organic waste material 
and soil. Keep the pile moist and 
add a mixed fertilizer to speed the 
composting process. 
Build your compost pile in 
some out-of-sight location. It can 
be built on open ground or in a bin 
made of cinder block, rough 
boards, or wire fence. The sides of 
the bin should not be air- or water-tight. 
Spread a layer of organic 
matter about 6 inches deep and add 
1 cup of a mixed fertilizer, 6-8-8, to 
each 10 square feet of surface. 
Then add 1 inch of soil and enough 
water to moisten but not soak the 
pile. Repeat this process until the 
pile is 4 to 5 feet high. 
Make the top of the pile con-cave 
to catch rainwater. Under nor-mal 
conditions, turn the pile in 2 or 
3 weeks and again in 5 weeks. 
Heat helps decomposition, so if 
the compost pile is made in the fall, 
decomposition will be slow until 
spring and summer. Moist, green 
plant materials and fresh manure 
decompose much faster than dry, 
brown materials and can produce a 
considerable amount of heat. 
See Extension Publication 
1782 Composting for the 
Mississippi Gardener for more 
information. 
A Soil-Compost Pile 
productive. 
Water moves quickly through 
an internally well-drained soil and 
never completely shuts off air 
movement. Drainage is important 
because roots cannot develop, live, 
and function without a constant 
supply of oxygen. Clay soils dry 
slowly after a rain because the 
spaces in them are small and water 
moves through them slowly. Sandy 
soils, on the other hand, have many 
spaces and dry out quickly. 
Clay and sandy soils can be 
partially changed to substitute for 
a rich loam by adding organic mat-ter. 
Increasing the organic matter 
content of a clay soil improves the 
tilth, makes it easier to work, and 
improves the internal drainage. 
Adding organic matter to a sandy 
soil increases its water-holding 
capacity and improves its fertility. 
The garden soil affects the way 
vegetable plants grow and look. 
When soils are cold, wet, crusty, or 
cloddy, seedlings are slow to 
emerge and some may not survive. 
Root rot diseases may take a heavy 
toll on seedlings, especially beans. 
Other soil-related plant symptoms 
are short plants, slow growth, poor 
color, and shallow and malformed 
roots. Soil symptoms of poor 
structure are crusts, hard soil lay-ers 
below the surface, standing 
water, and erosion. 
Increase the soil’s organic mat-ter 
content by adding manure, 
composted leaves, sawdust, bark, 
or peatmoss; or by turning under 
plant residues like sweet corn 
stalks after harvest, and green 
manure crops (soybeans, rye, 
southern pea plants, and others). 
Plant residues should be free of 
diseases if they are to be added to 
the garden soil. Cover crops, such 
as clovers and vetch, planted in the 
fall prevent soil erosion and leach-ing 
of plant nutrients. They also 
provide organic matter and nitro-gen 
when turned under in spring. 
Manures vary in their content 
of fertilizing nutrients. The amount 
of straw, age, exposure to the ele-ments, 
and degree of composting 
change their composition. Be care-ful 
not to over-fertilize when 
applying chicken litter to garden 
soil. Use no more than 200 pounds 
per 1,000 square feet of garden 
space. Animal manure is lower in 
nutrient content than poultry 
manure and can be applied at the 
rate of 250 to 300 pounds per 
1,000 square feet. 
Overuse of manures can add so 
much salt to the soil that plant 
growth is harmed. Most organic 
materials release some nutrients 
quickly and the rest over a period 
of time. (See Organic Gardening, 
page 5.) Even though adding 
organic matter improves soil fertil-ity, 
manures and plant residues are 
not balanced fertilizers, and soils 
require additional fertilizer. Test 
soil annually to be sure. 
Garden Soil 
Raised beds are planting areas where the soil is several inches higher than that of the natural 
grade. 
Raised Beds Help Problem Areas 
Compost improves soil structure Raised beds can help where gar-dening 
space is limited, the site is low 
and collects water, or the soil drains 
poorly. Raised beds are planting areas 
where the soil is several inches higher 
than that of the natural grade. This is 
accomplished by adding soil to the 
growing area, or by adding and mix-ing 
into the native soil amendments 
such as compost, sand, composted 
sawdust, or bark. 
Where the native soil is adequate, 
raised beds can be made by removing 
several inches of soil from the bed 
area, filling the excavation with 
organic matter like manure or old hay, 
and mixing the soil with the added 
organic matter. It is also possible to 
pull soil from the walkways between 
beds and place it on the beds, filling 
the walkways with mulch materials 
like pine needles. 
Raised beds can be framed with 
wood, bricks, or cement blocks, or 
they can be left unframed. Framing 
adds to the appearance, and depend-ing 
on the materials used, may pro-vide 
seating. 
Ideally, raised beds should be no 
wider than 4 feet (so you can easily 
reach the center from either side) and 
no longer than 25 feet unless cross-overs 
are provided. Beds 4 feet wide 
and 25 feet long contain 100 square 
feet and make calculations for rates of 
application of fertilizer and granular 
materials easier. Beds accessible from 
only one side should be narrower than 
4 feet. All framed beds should be of the 
same width so that covering materials 
(shade frames, sash for cold frames) fit 
all beds, making rotation easy. 
Raised-bed soil that has been 
improved by adding organic matter 
and sand often enables excellent root 
crops like carrots, onions, and 
parsnips to grow, even though they 
would not grow in the native soil. 
Select vegetables that produce a lot 
for the space they occupy. Trellis vin-ing 
crops like cucumbers, pole beans, 
Malabar spinach, and melons. 
Support melon fruit in slings. 
Raised beds require more water 
than ground-level beds, but when the 
alternative is no garden at all, it’s 
worth the extra effort. Here are some 
additional advantages of raised-bed 
gardening: 
• Raised beds produce more veg-etables 
per unit of garden space 
because space is not wasted with 
walkways between every row. 
• Soil in raised beds dries and 
warms more quickly in spring, 
which permits earlier planting of 
spring vegetables. 
• Soil does not compact because 
soil in beds is not walked on. 
• Closely spaced plants in raised 
beds shade out weeds and reduce 
weed problems and the need for 
frequent cultivation. 
Raised bed gardening, however, 
does have disadvantages. Some of 
these are listed below: 
• Closer spacing of plants can 
reduce air flow and increase dis-ease 
problems. 
• Yields from individual closely 
spaced plants may be lower than 
from widely spaced plants (total 
production from the closely 
spaced plants is often higher). 
• Raised beds require more fre-quent 
watering because of im-proved 
drainage. 
• Raised beds may require more 
frequent fertilization because of 
the leaching resulting from fre-quent 
watering and excellent 
drainage. 
• Raised beds with permanent 
sides make it difficult to relocate 
the garden. 
• Raised beds can be expensive to 
establish. 
3 
Soil 
Fertilizer 
Organic Matter 
Soil 
Fertilizer 
Organic Matter 
Soil 
Fertilizer 
Organic Matter 
Ground
Test Soil to Find Its pH Value 
The soil reaction, or measure of acid-ity 
or alkalinity, is based on a scale of 1 
to 14 and is referred to as pH. A pH of 7.0 
is neutral. Any values below 7.0 are acid, 
and any values above 7.0 are alkaline. 
The ideal pH values for vegetable 
garden soils are 6.0 to 6.5. Vegetable 
plants do not grow well in acid soils with 
a pH of 4.5 to 5.5 or in alkaline soils with 
a pH above 7.5. Soil testing is the only 
way to know the pH of your garden soil. 
Contact your county Extension office for 
a container and instructions for taking a 
soil sample. There is a $6 fee for a com-plete 
analysis (pH plus nutrient analysis 
with lime and fertilizer recommenda-tions) 
on each sample. The lime recom-mendation 
is the single most important 
piece of information on a soil test report. 
In areas with high rainfall like 
Mississippi, soils are generally acid. 
However, there are exceptions (particu-larly 
in the Delta and Blackland Prairie) 
that prove the need for soil testing. Of the 
garden soils analyzed at Mississippi State 
University’s Soil Testing Laboratory in 
1999-2004, 49 percent had a pH of 5.9 or 
below and needed lime. Twenty-six per-cent 
were in the range of 6.0 to 7.0. 
The pH of the soil tells you if the soil 
needs lime. Where it is needed, limestone 
is the most effective and inexpensive aid 
available for soil improvement. The 
soil’s calcium and magnesium levels tell 
you what form of limestone—dolomitic 
(magnesium and calcium) or calcitic 
(calcium)—to apply. An acid soil that 
tested medium low to very low in magne-sium 
should be limed with dolomitic 
(high magnesium) lime. An acid soil high 
in magnesium can be limed with either 
calcitic limestone or dolomitic limestone. 
Acid soil results in poor plant growth, 
partly because of poor root growth. This 
means greater susceptibility to drought 
stress and less efficient use of soil nutri-ents. 
Plants growing in acid soil may 
show deficiency symptoms of several 
plant nutrients. 
Apply lime well ahead of planting (2 
to 3 months) to provide time for it to dis-solve 
and change the soil pH. 
Apply lime evenly over the entire 
area and work it into the top 4 or 5 inch-es 
of soil. Incomplete mixing may make 
future tests show a need for more lime, 
which can result in overliming and poor 
plant growth. Limestone not only raises 
the soil pH but improves fertility. Lime 
also improves the structure of clay soils 
and makes them easier to work. 
Liming is not a once-in-a-lifetime 
event. Since soils limed to the proper pH 
return to their acid state with time, soil 
test every year or two to determine if 
additional lime is needed. Sandy soils 
become acid again faster than clay soils. 
Factors causing the soil pH to drop 
are listed below: 
• Using acid-forming fertilizers. 
• Leaching of lime from the soil 
by rain and irrigation water. 
• Decomposing of organic matter and 
release of organic acids. 
To get a soil sample for testing: (1) Use a spade or trowel to remove a slice of soil 6 inches deep; (2) Get similar sections from 
other random places in your garden; (3) Put these samples in a pail; (4) Mix soil thoroughly in the pail; (5) Remove about 1 pint of 
the well-mixed soil and dry it at room temperature; (6) Place dried soil in container. Do not take samples where fertilizer has been 
spilled or manure has been piled. Do not include debris such as leaves, sticks, or large stones in your sample. Deliver the soil sam-ple 
to your county Extension office. 
Vegetable Tolerance to Acid Soils 
Discover Your Garden’s Fertilizer Needs 
The amount of fertilizer to apply 
depends on the natural fertility of the 
soil, amount of organic matter, type of 
fertilizer, and the vegetables being 
grown. Get a soil test to determine 
your garden’s fertilizer needs. 
In addition to soil testing, you also 
must measure your garden to deter-mine 
the number of square feet it 
occupies. Garden fertilizer recommen-dations 
are based on 1,000 square feet, 
and an area of 1,000 square feet could 
measure 25 by 40, 20 by 50, 30 by 33, 
or other dimensions according to your 
plot layout. 
If your area is smaller than 1,000 
square feet, divide the actual area by 
1,000; then multiply the decimal fig-ure 
by the recommended lime and fer-tilizer 
rates. For example, if your plot 
measures 16 by 24, the area contains 
384 square feet; 384 divided by 1,000 
equals .384; multiply .384 by your rec-ommended 
fertilizer rate to determine 
the amount of fertilizer to apply. 
Vegetable plants require many dif-ferent 
nutrient elements for good 
growth and production, but nitrogen 
(N), phosphorus (P), and potassium 
(K) are the three nutrients of concern 
to most gardeners. Calcium (Ca) and 
magnesium (Mg) are supplied by 
limestone. The other required ele-ments 
are obtained from air, water, and 
soil. 
Mixed fertilizers are normally sold 
by grade and contain two or three 
major plant nutrients. The numbers in 
the grade refer to the percent nitrogen 
(N), available phosphate (P2O5), and 
available potash (K2O). 
Fertilizer sources of the major plant 
nutrients are ammonium sulfate (21 
per cent nitrogen, 21-0-0), a blend of 
ammonium sulfate and urea (34 per-cent 
nitrogen, 34-0-0), nitrate of soda 
(16 percent N, 16-0-0), calcium nitrate 
(15.5 percent N, 15.5- 0-0, 19 percent 
calcium), urea (46 percent N), super-phosphate 
(46 percent P2O5, 0-46-0), 
and muriate of potash (60 percent 
K2O, 0-0-60). Because many garden 
soils have been heavily fertilized for 
years, soil test results often indicate 
extremely high soil levels of phospho-rus 
and potassium. In these cases, 
nitrogen is the only fertilizer recom-mended, 
since additional phosphorus 
and potassium are unnecessary. 
Where nitrogen is the only fertiliz-er 
recommended, the usual recom-mendation 
is for 3 pounds of 34-0-0 (3 
pints) per 1,000 square feet of garden 
space prior to planting. Fertilization 
with unnecessary nutrients can “salt 
out” the garden and damage plant 
growth. 
Vegetables differ in their fertilizer 
requirements. Leafy greens like mus-tard, 
turnips, collards, cabbage, and 
spinach are heavy users of nitrogen. 
Broccoli and sweet corn also require 
more nitrogen than some other vegeta-bles. 
While nitrogen is important to 
the plant growth of fruit and root veg-etables, 
phosphorus and potash are 
important to the proper development 
of roots and seeds. Peanuts, southern 
peas, and beans get nitrogen from the 
air and do not require heavy nitrogen 
fertilization. Over-fertilizing these 
vegetables with nitrogen causes 
excessive growth of leaves at the 
expense of the fruit. 
Apply fertilizer before or at plant-ing. 
Two methods of application are 
“in the row” and “broadcast.” For 
most gardeners, the broadcast method 
is more practical. 
To broadcast, spread the recom-mended 
amount of fertilizer evenly 
over the soil surface and then thor-oughly 
mix it into the soil during soil 
preparation. Heavy feeding vegetables 
need additional fertilizer (side-dress-ing) 
after the plants are well estab-lished. 
For row application, apply the rec-ommended 
fertilizer to the row. Mix it 
thoroughly with the soil so that it will 
not damage the seed and tender plants. 
Fertilizer can be applied in a com-bination 
of broadcast and row applica-tions. 
Broadcast two-thirds of the rec-ommended 
fertilizer over the entire 
garden surface and mix it into the soil. 
Apply the remaining one-third of the 
fertilizer in furrows 3 inches to either 
Moderately tolerant 
(pH 6.8 to 5.5) 
side of the row and slightly below the 
level of the seeds. 
Nitrogen fertilizer applied before 
or at planting time usually does not 
supply all the nitrogen needed during 
the growing season for heavy- and 
medium-feeding vegetables. Also, ir-rigation 
and rain can leach 
water-soluble nutrients, especially ni-trogen, 
into deeper areas of the soil, 
out of the reach of the roots of shal-low- 
rooted vegetables. 
Apply (side-dress) additional ni-trogen 
fertilizer along the row 4 to 6 
inches from the base of the plants 
when plants are established, being 
careful to keep all fertilizer off 
plant leaves. 
Measuring Table for 
Fertilizer, Weight per Pint 
Superphosphate 1 lb 
Muriate of Potash 1 lb 
34-0-0 1 lb 
Nitrate of Soda 11⁄4 lb 
Limestone 11⁄4 lb 
Mixed fertilizer 6-8-8, 13-13-13 1 lb 
Lima Beans 
Parsley 
Peppers 
Pumpkins 
Radishes 
Rutabagas 
Soybeans 
Squash 
Sunflowers 
Tomatoes 
Turnips 
Irish Potatoes 
Sweet Potatoes 
Watermelons 
Asparagus 
Beets 
Broccoli 
Cauliflower 
Chinese Cabbage 
Lettuce 
Muskmelons 
New Zealand Spinach 
Okra 
Onions 
Peanuts 
Beans 
Brussels Sprouts 
Carrots 
Collards 
Corn 
Cucumbers 
Eggplant 
English Peas 
Garlic 
Kale 
Kohlrabi 
Very tolerant 
(pH 6.8 to 5.0) 
Slightly tolerant 
(pH 6.8 to 6.0) 
Side-Dress Applications of Nitrogen 
(1 pint of 34-0-0 per 100 feet of row, 
31⁄3 tablespoons per 10 feet of row) 
Beans ......................................................................................at 3- to 4-leaf stage 
Beets, carrots..............................................................4 to 6 weeks after planting 
Bell peppers, eggplant, tomatoes ..........................after first fruit set and again 
at 4- to 6-week intervals 
Broccoli, cabbage, 
cauliflower, Brussels sprouts ....................................3 weeks after transplanting 
or after danger of late freeze in spring; 
Broccoli again when heads begin to show 
Cucumbers, muskmelons, 
watermelons, winter squash ..........................................when vines begin to run 
English peas ....................................................when plants are 4 to 6 inches tall 
Irish potatoes ........................................when sprouts break through soil surface 
Leafy greens (mustard, 
turnips, chard, collards) ........................when plants are about one-third grown 
Lettuce, kohlrabi, Chinese cabbage ........................2 weeks after transplanting; 
4 weeks after sowing seed 
Okra ........................................................................after first pods are harvested 
Onions (green and bulb)—from sets ......................when tops are 6 inches high 
—from transplants ......................................when established 
and actively growing 
Peanuts............................................................................................................none 
Radishes ........................................................................................................none 
Southern peas ................................................................................................none 
Summer squash ....................................................before bloom when plants are 
8 to 10 inches tall and again in 4 weeks 
Sweet corn ................................when 8 inches high and again when knee high 
Sweet potatoes ..............................................................................................none 
Turnips (roots), Rutabagas ......................................4 weeks after sowing seeds 
4 
Spinach 
Swiss Chard
Nutrient Content of Organic Materials 
Percent Nutrient 
N P2O2 K2O Availability 
Rock Phosphate 0 20 to 30 0 very slow 
Bone Meal 1 15 0 slow medium 
Compost up to 3 1 1 slow 
Dried Blood 12 1.5 .5 medium rapid 
Fish Emulsion 5 2 2 rapid 
Cotton Seed Meal 6 3 1.5 slow medium 
Cow Manure, fresh .25 .15 .25 medium 
Sawdust 4 2 4 very slow 
Wood Ashes 0 1 to 2 3 to 7 rapid 
Try New Varieties for Advantages Over Established Varieties 
Most of the varieties in this section 
will not be available from seed racks 
or as plants from your regular sources, 
so be prepared to search for them in 
catalogues or on line. Whenever a 
new variety is trialed it should be 
planted near the normal variety you 
grow so you can compare them. Be 
sure to label the plants and treat both 
old and new varieties the same way so 
there is a fair comparison. 
Summertime is a new pinkeye pur-ple 
hull southern pea with very long 
pods that contain as many as 18 
attractive peas. Summertime contains 
two genes that promote the retention 
of green color in the seed coat so the 
peas don’t fade to white as quickly as 
other varieties. Summertime has 
aggressive vine growth, and the vines 
may reach more than 8 feet in length. 
Trellising is not required but may be 
beneficial to keep the vine from 
sprawling into adjacent rows. 
Sweethaven is a cream crowder 
southern pea with very large peas and 
long pods. The peas have a sweet fla-vor 
and cook with a clear pot liquor. 
Sweethaven also has aggressive vines 
and might benefit from trellising. 
Celebration Swiss chard has dark-er 
green leaf blades and more vibrant 
petioles—in shades of red, gold, and 
orange—than older varieties of col-ored 
chards. These pot herbs are pret-ty 
enough to grow in the flower gar-den 
but can be cooked and eaten like 
any other green. 
Aristotle bell pepper is the 2011 
Mississippi Medallion winner. This 
green to red pepper makes a more 
Soil Preparation 
Is Important for 
Successful 
Gardens 
Preparing the soil is one of the 
most important steps in gardening. 
If erosion is not a problem, plow or 
spade clay soils and grassy areas in the 
fall. Limestone is most effective when 
applied in the fall. 
On new garden sites that were 
lawn areas or were heavily infested 
with weeds, consider using an 
approved chemical to kill existing 
plants before turning the soil. Plow or 
turn soil to a depth of 7 or 8 inches. 
Leave fall-plowed land rough until 
spring. 
Many garden tillers are not ade-quate 
equipment for the initial break-ing 
of soil in a new garden site. 
Starting in early spring, disc or rake 
the soil several times at regular inter-vals 
to keep down weeds and to give a 
smooth, clod-free planting bed. 
If you did not plow or spade the 
garden site in the fall, turn the soil in 
spring as soon as it is dry enough to 
work. A good test to determine if the 
soil can be worked is to mold a hand-ful 
of soil into a ball. If the ball is not 
sticky but crumbles readily when 
pressed with your thumb, the soil is in 
good condition. 
If you did not apply recommended 
lime to the garden site in the fall, apply 
both lime and recommended fertilizer 
in the spring. Plow or spade the soil, 
spread the lime and fertilizer, and mix 
it in with a disc, harrow, or rototiller. 
Pulverize the soil and get a smooth, 
level surface by raking as soon as pos-sible 
after turning. This helps to firm 
the soil, break up clods, and leave a 
smooth surface for seeding. Soil left in 
rough condition for several days after 
turning in the spring may dry out and 
form hard clods, making it much more 
difficult to prepare a good seedbed. 
Prepare a small garden plot for 
planting by using a spade, shovel, or 
spading fork to turn the soil. Use a 
small tractor or garden tiller for a larg-er 
garden. Completely cover all plant 
material on top of the ground and 
work it into the soil when the soil is 
turned. 
Where the soil is clay and level and 
likely to stay wet, use a hoe, rake, or 
tiller to pull the soil into raised rows 
that are 10 to 12 inches across on the 
tops. Let the sides slope gently to the 
walkways to provide good surface 
drainage. 
Conventional row spacing is 36 to 
40 inches apart, but spacing depends 
on a number of factors: equipment, 
garden size, and vegetables being 
grown. Rows for vigorously vining 
vegetables like watermelons, can-taloupes, 
pumpkins, and winter squash 
are usually 6 to 8 feet apart. 
Raised bed gardens are relatively 
easy to prepare for planting once the 
beds are constructed. (See Raised 
Beds on page 3.) 
All ALL America Selections 
WINNER 
A vegetable variety 
designated as an All 
® 
America Selection (AAS) has been 
judged in a number of national trial 
gardens to have some advantage or 
uniqueness over a standard compari-son 
variety. This may be disease 
resistance, color, productivity, fla-vor, 
or something else. All America 
Selections must show wide adapt-ability 
to climatic and soil condi-tions. 
AAS is a nonprofit organiza-tion 
that accepts variety entries from 
breeders around the world. 
Not all new varieties developed 
each year are submitted for testing in 
the AAS trial gardens, so there are 
many excellent varieties that do not 
bear the AAS designation. Many 
AAS vegetables are suited for grow-ing 
in Mississippi, so be sure to try 
these new varieties as well as other 
new varieties listed in catalogs. 
The Vegetable section (pages 22- 
30) includes a list of recommended 
varieties. Some previously designat-ed 
AAS varieties are no longer avail-able, 
since the program is more than 
50 years old. The year of introduc-tion 
for AAS varieties listed in this 
publication is given with the variety 
descriptions in the Vegetable section. 
AMERICA 
SELECTIONS 
See New Varieties, page 19 
5 
Organic Gardening Interest in organic gardening— 
using organic and natural materials 
for fertilization and disease and 
insect control—is increasing. 
Much of the interest is on reduc-ing 
or eliminating use of chemical 
pesticides for controlling insects and 
diseases. There is less interest in the 
use of natural and organic fertilizers. 
Organic gardening in Mississippi 
faces some serious problems with the 
rapid loss of soil organic matter and 
severe insect and disease pressures 
on vegetable plants. Organic garden-ers, 
to ensure the greatest chances for 
success, should have the garden soil 
tested for pH and nematodes. 
The most beneficial input for both 
organic and conventional gardeners 
is to add organic matter to the soil. 
This can be done by adding compost-ed 
or fresh organic materials and 
incorporating them into the soil. 
Gardeners need to pay attention to 
the amount of nitrogen in the materi-als 
they are adding. Straw; fallen, 
dried leaves; sawdust; wood chips; 
and paper should be blended with a 
high nitrogen material like grass clip-pings, 
manure, or blood meal since 
incorporating large amounts can 
actually keep the nitrogen in the soil 
from the crop plants while decom-posing. 
The nitrogen becomes avail-able 
again after decomposition is 
through. 
Soils with a low pH (acid) can be 
corrected using limestone, ground 
oyster shells, wood ashes, or 
dolomitic limestone. Adding organic 
matter benefits soils with a high pH 
(alkaline). 
Animal manures are the most 
widely used organic fertilizers. 
Unfortunately, their composition 
varies with the source, age, degree of 
rotting, water content, and amount 
and kind of litter used. 
Green manures and cover crops 
can also be used to provide nutrients. 
When allowed to grow over the win-ter, 
hairy vetch or crimson clover can 
fix up to 100 pounds of nitrogen. 
Southern peas can be grown during 
summer to provide nitrogen for fall 
vegetables. Green manure crops 
should be mown and plowed into the 
soil at least four weeks prior to plant-ing 
the next crop. 
Most organic materials do not 
contain plant nutrients in balance 
with plant requirements and must be 
supplemented to correct these imbal-ances. 
A well-leached animal manure 
has an estimated fertilizer ratio of 1- 
1-1, or 20 pounds each of N, P2O5, 
and K2O per ton of manure. Besides 
being relatively low in nutrient con-tent, 
the nutrients are available more 
slowly than nutrients from inorganic 
sources. This protects nutrients from 
leaching, but when a rapid change in 
nutrient level is needed, this can be a 
problem. 
Controlling diseases and insects 
by natural means alone is difficult. 
There are several insecticides avail-able 
including Bt formulations for 
caterpillar control and spinosad or 
pyrethrums for other insects, but dis-ease 
control is difficult. Neem oil, 
bicarbonate, copper and sulfur based 
fungicides provide some protection 
against diseases, but the best results 
for disease management come from 
selecting resistant varieties and prop-er 
timing and spacing during plant-ing. 
For these reasons, organic gar-dening 
is easier on a small scale. 
To increase chances for success, 
organic gardeners should follow 
these practices: 
• Plant disease- and nematode-resist-ant 
varieties. 
• Use marigolds, solarization, and 
organic products like Clandosan 
618 to control plant parasitic nema-todes 
(see Extension Publication 
483 Nematode Control in the 
Home Garden). 
• Plant seeds from disease-free 
plants. 
• Plant only healthy vegetable trans-plants. 
• Place a cardboard collar around 
plant stems at ground level to pre-vent 
cutworm damage. 
• Incorporate plant residues and ani-mal 
manures early to allow suffi-cient 
time for them to decompose 
before planting. 
• Use mulches to control weeds and 
keep soil from splashing onto the 
plants and fruit. 
• Use aluminum foil or reflective 
plastic mulches to repel aphids and 
thrips that injure plants and also 
transmit plant viruses. 
• Plant as early in the spring as possi-ble 
to avoid some insect problems. 
• Keep the garden free of weeds that 
may harbor diseases and insects. 
• Hand-pick insects. 
• Water during the day so plants are 
not wet at night. 
• Remove diseased plants and plant 
parts from the garden. 
• Control insects using biological 
controls and natural products. 
• Rotate garden areas. 
• Encourage natural insect predators. 
Trap slugs under boards and moist 
burlap laid on the ground, or use 
beer traps. 
• Stay out of the garden when the 
plants are wet to prevent spreading 
diseases. 
• Do not use tobacco products while 
working in the garden. 
• Mix different vegetables in a row to 
eliminate monocultures and the 
chance for a disease to spread rapidly. 
Beneficial Insects 
Minute pirate bug .25” 
Convergent lady beetle .15” - .25” 
Assassin bug .50” - .75” Tiger beetle 0.5” - 0.7” 
Praying mantis 2.5” - 5” 
Green lacewing 0.6” - 0.8”
Zones Determine Planting Dates 
Use the map and chart in this section 
to determine dates for planting vegeta-bles 
in your garden. Use the map to 
identify the zone (1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) in 
which you garden. Some Mississippi 
counties are in only one zone, while 
others are in more than one. 
The zones are based on weather data 
for the median (most frequent) dates of 
last freezes (temperature of 32 °F or 
less) in spring. In some years the last 
freeze occurs earlier, and in some years 
later, than the median dates. The zones 
are listed at the top of the chart. The 
cool- and warm-season vegetables are 
listed on the left, and the recommended 
planting dates make up the body of 
information in the chart. 
Beets, for example, are recommend-ed 
for planting in zone 1 from February 
1 to March 1. The starting dates are 4 
and 6 weeks before the last median frost 
date for the zone for cool-season veg-etables, 
and 2 and 4 weeks after the last 
median frost date for warm-season veg-etables. 
The cut-off date for planting cool-season 
vegetables is to provide suffi-cient 
time for the vegetables to mature 
before the heat of summer. The cut-off 
date for planting warm-season vegeta-bles 
is to permit maturity and harvest 
before disease, insect, and weather 
pressures become too great and before 
cold temperatures in the fall. 
Most cool-season vegetables can be 
planted in both spring and fall. This 
gives two opportunities for successful 
harvests. Most warm-season vegetables 
can be planted over a period of several 
weeks ranging from midspring to mid-summer. 
Multiple plantings at 10-day inter-vals 
of beans, corn, peas, radishes, and 
leafy greens within the recommended 
planting intervals provide for succes-sive 
harvests. 
Some of the cool-season vegetables 
like broccoli, cabbage, Chinese cab-bage, 
cauliflower, collards, kale, 
spinach, and rutabagas produce better 
when grown in the fall. These plants 
mature as the weather is getting cooler, 
and they are of better quality and pro-duce 
over a longer period of time. 
DeSoto Marshall 
Tate 
Tunica 
Coahoma 
Panola Lafayette 
Quitman 
Tallahatchie 
Bolivar 
Sunflower 
Leflore 
Grenada 
Carroll 
Holmes 
Washington 
Humphreys 
Yazoo 
Sharkey 
Warren 
Madison 
Hinds 
Issaquena 
Rankin 
Claiborne Copiah Simpson 
Jefferson 
Lawrence 
Lincoln 
Adams Franklin 
Wilkinson Amite 
Walthall 
Pike 
Zone 1 March 1-11 
Zone 2 March 12-21 
Zone 3 March 22-26 
Zone 4 March 27-31 
Zone 5 April 1-10 
Benton 
Tippah 
Alcorn 
Prentiss 
Union 
Pontotoc Lee 
Tishomingo 
Itawamba 
Monroe 
Chickasaw 
Clay 
Calhoun 
Yalobusha 
Webster 
Montgomery 
Choctaw 
Oktibbeha 
Lowndes 
Noxubee 
Attala Winston 
Leake Neshoba 
Kemper 
Scott Newton Lauderdale 
Smith 
Jasper Clarke 
Jefferson 
Davis 
Marion 
Jones Wayne 
Covington 
Lamar 
Forrest 
Perry Greene 
Pearl 
River 
George 
Jackson 
Stone 
Harrison 
Hancock 
Median Date of Last Freeze in Spring 
Planting Zones – To use the map, find your county and determine which zone it is located 
in. Then find the vegetable planting dates for your zone on the chart to the right. 
Spring and Summer Planting Dates 
Cool-Season Vegetables 
Vegetable Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 
Beets Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 
Mar. 1 Mar. 15 Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 5 
Broccoli (plants) Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 
Feb. 15 Mar. 1 Mar. 10 Mar. 15 Mar. 20 
Cabbage, Collards (plants) Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 
Feb. 15 Mar. 1 Mar. 15 Mar. 20 Apr. 1 
Carrots Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 
Apr. 15 Apr. 15 Apr. 15 Apr. 15 Apr. 15 
Cauliflower (plants) Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 
Feb. 15 Mar. 1 Mar. 10 Mar. 15 Mar. 20 
Chard, Swiss Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 
Mar. 1 Mar. 15 Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 5 
Kohlrabi Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 
Mar. 1 Mar. 15 Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 5 
Lettuce, head Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 
Mar. 1 Mar. 1 Mar. 1 Mar. 5 Mar. 10 
Lettuce, leaf Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 
Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 10 Apr. 15 
Mustard Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 
Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 15 Apr. 15 Apr. 20 
Onions (sets or plants) Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 
Mar. 1 Mar. 1 Mar. 1 Mar. 1 Mar. 15 
Peas, English Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 
Mar. 10 Mar. 10 Mar. 15 Mar. 20 Apr. 1 
Potatoes, Irish Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 
Feb. 15 Mar. 1 Mar. 1 Mar. 10 Mar. 15 
Radishes Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 
Mar. 15 Mar. 15 Apr. 1 Apr. 15 Apr. 25 
Spinach Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 
Feb. 15 Mar. 1 Mar. 15 Mar. 15 Mar. 15 
Turnips Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 
Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 15 Apr. 15 Apr. 20 
Warm-Season Vegetables 
Beans, snap bush Mar. 15 Mar. 25 Apr. 4 Apr. 8 Apr. 14 
Apr. 15 Apr. 20 May 1 May 1 May 10 
Beans, snap pole Mar. 15 Mar. 25 Apr. 4 Apr. 9 Apr. 14 
Sept. 1 Aug. 15 Aug. 15 Aug. 10 Aug. 1 
Beans, lima bush Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 
Aug. 15 Aug. 1 Aug. 1 July 25 July 15 
Beans, lima pole Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 
Aug. 5 Jul. 20 Jul. 20 Jul. 15 Jul. 5 
Corn Mar. 1 Mar. 11 Mar. 21 Mar. 26 Mar. 31 
Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 
Cucumbers Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 
Sept. 14 Aug. 28 Aug. 21 Aug. 14 Aug. 10 
Eggplant (plants) Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 
Aug. 15 Aug. 10 Aug. 10 Aug. 1 July 15 
Muskmelons Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 
May 1 May 1 May 15 May 15 Jun. 1 
Okra Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 
Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 
Peanuts Mar. 15 Mar. 25 Apr. 4 Apr. 9 Apr. 14 
May 1 May 1 May 1 May 15 May 15 
Peas, southern Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 
Aug. 10 Aug. 1 Aug. 1 Aug. 1 Jul. 20 
Peppers (plants) Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 
Aug. 15 Aug. 10 Aug. 10 Aug. 1 Jul. 15 
Potatoes, sweet (plants) Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 
Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 
Pumpkins, Winter Squash Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 
Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 
Spinach, New Zealand Mar. 15 Mar. 25 Apr. 4 Apr. 9 Apr. 14 
Apr. 15 Apr. 15 Apr. 20 May 15 May 15 
Squash, summer Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 
Sept. 14 Aug. 28 Aug. 21 Aug. 14 Aug. 10 
Tomatoes (plants) Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 
Aug. 15 Aug. 10 Aug. 10 Aug. 1 Jul. 20 
Watermelons Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 
May 1 May 1 May 15 May 15 Jun. 1 
* For Fall Gardening, see page 19. 
6
7 
Transplants Can Shorten 
Planting-to-Harvest Time 
Some vegetables are planted in the 
garden using small plants (transplants) 
rather than seeds. This is standard 
practice with warm-season vegetables 
like tomatoes, peppers, and eggplant, 
and is becoming the practice with 
cucumbers, squash, cantaloupes, and 
watermelons because transplants 
shorten the time by several weeks 
between planting and harvest. 
Sweet potato plants are grown 
from stored sweet potato roots and not 
from true seed. In the early spring gar-den, 
transplants of cabbage, broccoli, 
cauliflower, head lettuce, and onions 
are recommended. 
Not all vegetable plants transplant 
with the same degree of ease as small 
seedlings or when setting them out in 
the garden. But even vegetables 
described as difficult to transplant can 
be transplanted into the garden with 
great success when they are started in 
containers. 
Grow vegetable transplants in a 
cold frame, hot bed, greenhouse, or a 
well-lighted window. 
Here are some advantages to grow-ing 
your own plants: 
• They are often less expensive to 
grow than to buy. 
• They are available when you need 
them. You grow the varieties you 
want and are not forced to accept 
substitutes. 
• You avoid the danger of bringing in 
diseases and insects. 
You can successfully grow trans-plants 
of many vegetables by follow-ing 
a few simple guidelines: 
Seed. Use fresh seed from a rep-utable 
source. Transplants require sev-eral 
weeks to grow, so get your seeds 
early. Do not buy too much seed. A 
small amount produces many plants. If 
the seed has not been treated with a 
fungicide as indicated on the package, 
do so with a small amount of fungi-cide. 
(See the Before-You-Plant 
Practices section on seed treatment, 
page 17.) 
Soil. Most garden soils are not 
good enough to be used for raising 
transplants because they are poorly 
drained and contaminated with disease 
and weed seeds. Several commercial 
sterile soilless mixes are available. 
Prepare a soilless mix using these 
ingredients: 
2 quarts Sphagnum peat moss 
1 quart vermiculite 
1 quart perlite 
1 tablespoon limestone 
Container. Containers for seed 
germination can be plastic egg car-tons, 
half-pint milk cartons, small 
trays, aluminum foil loaf pans, pie 
tins, peat pots, or peat pellets. Make 
sure there are drainage holes in the 
bottom of the container before filling 
the container nearly to the top with the 
mix. Wet the mix thoroughly and let 
excess water drain. Expandable peat 
pellets (available at nurseries and gar-den 
supply stores) eliminate the need 
for a mix and a container except for 
one to hold the pellets. 
Place dry, flat pellets in a shallow 
tray and sprinkle them several times 
with warm water until they are com-pletely 
expanded. Allow a little time 
between sprinklings. Surround the 
expanded pellets with sand or vermic-ulite 
to hold them upright and slow 
their drying between waterings. 
Planting Seeds. Do not plant 
seeds too thickly. When using trays or 
pans, plant the seeds in rows and cover 
with one-fourth of an inch of mix. 
When using individual containers, 
plant two or three seeds per container. 
With the expanded pellets, make a 
small depression in the top and drop in 
the seeds. Plant seeds of watermelons, 
squash, and cucumbers in individual 
containers. 
Transplants are recommended for 
seedless watermelons. To aid germina-tion, 
plant seedless watermelon seeds 
with the rounded end facing down and 
the pointed end facing up. 
Use cool, white 40-watt fluorescent 
tubes for a supplemental light source. 
Germination. Cover containers 
with a piece of plastic, or slip them 
into a clear plastic bag to keep the 
humidity high. The best temperature 
for germination is 80 °F. As the tem-perature 
drops below 80 °F, germina-tion 
slows. Tomato, pepper, and egg-plant 
seeds won’t germinate at tem-peratures 
below 60 °F. Even at the 
optimum temperature, eggplant and 
pepper seeds may take 2 weeks to ger-minate. 
As soon as the seedlings begin to 
come through the mix surface, lower 
the temperature and increase the 
amount of light to prevent spindly 
growth. Use cool, white 40-watt fluo-rescent 
tubes placed several inches 
above the seedlings for 18 hours a day 
for a supplemental light source. 
Tomato, pepper, and eggplant 
seedlings grow best when the day tem-perature 
is 70 to 75 °F and the temper-ature 
at night is 60 to 65 °F. 
Broccoli, cabbage, and cauli-flower 
prefer cooler temperatures— 
65 to 70 °F during the day and 55 to 
See Transplants, page 8 
Planting Guide 
Distance Average Average 
Depth of between Crop No. of 
Seeds or Plants Planting Plants Expected Days to 
Vegetable per 100 ft (inches) (inches) per 100 ft Harvest 
Asparagus 1 oz 1 18 30 lb 2 years 
65 plants 6-8 
Beans, snap bush 1⁄2 lb 1 3-6 60 lb 50-55 
Beans, snap pole 1⁄2 lb 1 4-12 80 lb 65 
Beans, lima bush 1⁄2 lb 1 3-6 47 lb in shell 65 
18 lb shelled 
Beans, lima pole 1⁄2 lb 1 4-12 66 lb in shell 80 
25 lb shelled 
Beets 1 oz 1⁄2 2 75 lb 65 
Broccoli 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 18-24 50 lb 80-115 
50-65 plants 18-24 50 lb 75 
Cabbage 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 12-18 150 lb 100 
65-100 plants 12-18 150 lb 80 
Cabbage, Chinese 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 12 100 lb 80 
Carrots 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 2 100 lb 75 
Cauliflower 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 18-24 80 lb 80-115 
50-65 plants 18-24 80 lb 65 
Chard, Swiss 1 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 6 75 lb 50 
Collards and Kale 1⁄4 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 8-16 150 lb 55 
Corn, sweet 3-4 oz 1-2 12 10 doz 80 
Cucumbers 1⁄2 oz 1 12-18 100 lb 55 
Eggplant 50 plants 24 150 lb 85 
Kohlrabi 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 3-4 75 lb 55 
Lettuce, head 1⁄4 oz 1⁄4 12 75 head 80-115 
75-100 plants 12-14 75 head 80 
Lettuce, leaf 1⁄4 oz 1⁄4 8-12 50 lb 50 
Muskmelons 1⁄4 oz 1 36-48 100 fruit 90 
Mustard 1⁄4 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 2 100 lb 45 
Okra 1 oz 1 12-18 90 lb 65 
Onions, green 600 sets or plants 2 100 bunches 35 
Onions, bulb 220 sets or plants 6 100 lb 110 
Parsley 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4 4-6 30 lb 90 
Peanuts 1⁄2 lb 1-2 3-4 45 lb green 110 
15 lb dry 
Peas, English 1 lb 1-2 2 30 lb in shell 65 
Peas, southern 1⁄2 lb 1 4-6 40 lb in hull 65 
Peppers, bell 50 plants 24 150 lb 75 
Potatoes, Irish 10 lb 4 12 150 lb 100 
Potatoes, sweet 75-100 12 100 lb 120 
Pumpkins 1⁄2 oz 1-2 48 300 lb 90-110 
Radishes 1 oz 1⁄2 1 40 lb 28 
Rutabagas 1⁄2 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 12 90 lb 90 
Spinach 1⁄2 oz 1⁄2 4 70 lb 45 
Squash, summer 1⁄2 oz 1 36 150 lb 55 
Squash, winter 1⁄2 oz 1 48 100 lb 90 
Tomatoes 35-65 plants 18-36 125 lb 70 
Turnips, greens 1⁄4 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 2-3 50-100 lb 50 
Turnips, roots 1⁄4 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 2-3 50-100 lb 60 
Watermelons 1⁄2 oz 11⁄2 48-72 60 fruit 85
Planting and Thinning Tips 
Plant only fresh seeds from a 
reliable source. Old seeds are slow 
to germinate and often produce 
spotty stands and deformed plants. 
When planting seeds, mark 
straight rows with stakes and a cord 
to make cultivating, spraying, and 
harvesting easy. Rake the seed bed 
clean of clods, rocks, and other 
types of debris. Make shallow fur-rows 
suitable for small seeds by 
drawing a hoe handle along a string. 
For deeper furrows, use a corner 
of the hoe blade. In the spring, plant 
seeds shallow to speed germination. 
As the season progresses, plant 
seeds deeper to ensure a good sup-ply 
of moisture. 
Small seeds are difficult to dis-tribute 
thinly and evenly and are 
easier to space if mixed with dry 
sand or dry, pulverized soil before 
planting. When planting small 
seeds like carrots that germinate 
slowly, mix in some radish seeds to 
mark the row. 
Seeds that are large enough to 
handle easily can be planted in 
groups (hills) or spaced evenly 
(drilled) in the row. When planting 
in hills, place several seeds in small 
areas at the desired final plant spac-ing. 
Sweet corn, squash, pumpkins, 
melons, and okra are often planted 
in this way. Once the seeds germi-nate 
and the seedlings are estab-lished, 
remove the excess seedlings. 
Sweet corn, okra, and summer 
squash are thinned to one plant per 
hill, pumpkins and melons to two 
plants per hill. 
Seeds of beans, peas, beets, 
chard, and sweet corn are frequent-ly 
spaced evenly down the row 
when planted. Individual seeds may 
be spaced 1 or more inches apart 
but at a spacing closer than the 
desired final plant spacing. 
After germination and seedling 
establishment, remove extra 
seedlings. The choice of planting 
method, drill or hill, for many veg-etables 
is up to the gardener. 
If your seeds are 1 or more years 
old, plant them thicker than you 
would fresh seeds. Extra seeds at 
planting time cause poor germina-tion 
and seedling death from dis-ease 
and insects. 
After the seeds are placed, cover 
them with soil. (See the Planting 
Guide on page 9 for depth of plant-ing). 
Days from Planting to Seedling Emergence 
Firm (do not pack) soil over 
the seeds with the flat blade of a 
hoe. Be careful not to plant seeds 
too deep. Seeds covered with too 
much soil do not come up. 
Removing the extra seedlings 
(thinning) seems wasteful to many 
gardeners, especially new garden-ers. 
However, when the majority of 
seeds germinate and the seedlings 
survive, the plants become crowded. 
Leaving the plants spaced too 
closely together reduces yields, 
makes the plants more susceptible 
8 
Plastic row tunnels and floating row covers permit early planting and provide some protection against cold. Plastic tunnels can be used 
in combination with black plastic mulch. Floating row covers made of a non-woven polyester also provide early insect protection. 
60 °F at night. At these tempera-tures, 
broccoli, cabbage, and cauli-flower 
take 5 to 7 weeks to reach the 
size for transplanting to the garden. 
Peppers and eggplant may need 8 to 
10 weeks to reach the size for set-ting 
out in the garden. 
Thinning and Transplanting. 
Individual containers with more than 
one seedling must be thinned to one 
plant. Pinch out or cut off the extra 
seedlings while the first leaves are 
still small. 
Seedlings germinated in trays 
must be transplanted to individual 
containers while still small. Lift and 
separate seedlings and replant them 
into individual containers such as 
peat pots, plastic cel-paks (saved 
from previously purchased trans-plants; 
be sure to wash them), peat 
pellets, or other small containers. 
Use a commercial soilless potting 
mix or prepare your own. 
Fertilizer. Some potting soils 
contain a small amount of fertilizer 
but not enough to grow the seedlings. 
For small seeds, make a planting fur-row 
with a hoe handle or rake drawn 
along the cord. 
For larger seeds, open a deeper plant-ing 
furrow with your hoe. 
When sowing small seeds, cut or tear 
off a corner of the packet and scatter 
seeds in the furrow while tapping gen-tly 
with your index finger. 
Space larger seeds evenly and drop 
by hand. 
SMALL MEDIUM LARGE 1⁄4 - 1⁄2 inch 1⁄2 - 1 inch 1 - 11⁄2 inch 
Seed size determines depth of planting. 
Homemade mixes of peat, vermicu-lite, 
and perlite contain no fertilizer. 
Seeds contain a small amount of 
nutrients to get the seedling started, 
but you must supply fertilizer such as 
water soluble 20-20-20. Prepare a 
fertilizer solution following instruc-tions 
on the container. 
Disease. Damping-off is the 
major disease that attacks seedlings. 
Seedlings appear pinched at the soil 
line, fall over, and die. Control this 
disease by thoroughly watering 
(drenching) the growing mix after 
planting the seeds with 1 tablespoon 
of Captan (50 percent wettable pow-der) 
per gallon of water. 
Hardening Off. Transplants 
grown in a cold frame are stockier 
and better able to withstand outside 
garden conditions than transplants 
grown indoors or in a greenhouse. 
Before setting out tender transplants, 
place them in a cold frame for 1 to 2 
weeks to acclimate them to colder 
temperatures, brighter light, and 
wind. This greatly increases their 
chances of survival once set in the 
garden. 
Cold Frame 
Cabbage, broccoli, and cauli-flower 
transplants can be easily 
grown in an outside cold frame. 
Build a simple frame and cover it 
with polyethylene. Plants grown in a 
cold frame require 8 to 10 weeks to 
reach the size for setting in the gar-den, 
so start early. Place the cold 
frame in a sunny location with the 
low side facing south and the high 
back facing north. Paint the inside 
white to reflect light and promote 
uniform growth. 
Plants must grow in a cold frame for 8 
to 10 weeks before setting in the garden. 
Since temperatures in a cold frame 
are frequently below the optimum for 
seed germination, plant seeds in a 
soilless mix in trays and germinate 
them indoors. Once the seeds have 
germinated, move the trays to the 
Cut off the bottoms 
of plastic containers Cutaway view 
of a hotkap 
Wooden shingle 
used as a sunshade 
Wire tomato cage 
wrapped in plastic 
Transplants 
continued from page 7 Protect Newly Set Plants 
See Transplants, page 9 
See Tips, page 9 
Under Good Growing Conditions 
Beans 5-10 
Beets 7-10 
Broccoli 5-10 
Cabbage 5-10 
Carrots 12-18 
Cauliflower 5-10 
Corn 5-8 
Cucumbers 6-10 
Eggplant 6-10 
Lettuce 6-8 
Okra 7-10 
Onions 7-10 
Peas 6-10 
Parsley 15-21 
Peppers 9-14 
Radishes 3-6 
Spinach 7-12 
Squash 4-6 
Tomatoes 6-12 
Turnips 4-8 
Watermelons 6-8
cold frame. Open the cold frame 
cover for ventilation or remove it 
on clear days when the air temper-ature 
is 45 degrees or higher. Thin 
the seedlings to stand one-half inch 
or more apart. Crowding results in 
spindly, weak transplants. Fertilize 
to promote growth. 
Growing onion transplants 
requires considerable time. Start 
by planting seeds in September or 
October in closely spaced rows in 
a cold frame. Transplants will be 
ready for setting out in January 
and February. To have transplants 
of cabbage, broccoli, and other 
cool-season vegetables ready in 
time for spring planting, you must 
start very early in the year, which 
may not be practical. Transplants 
of these vegetables can be grown 
for the fall garden. 
Sweet potato transplants (slips) 
are produced by planting potatoes 
in beds of sawdust or sand. 
Maintain the temperature in the 
bed close to 80 °F. Since disease 
problems can be carried on the 
mother roots and transmitted to the 
slips, it is better for gardeners to 
purchase their sweet potato slips 
or to use vine cuttings. Vine cut-tings 
are made by cutting potato 
slips above the surface of the bed-ding 
material. The cuttings devel-op 
roots rapidly when planted in 
warm, moist garden soil. 
Buying Transplants 
When buying vegetable trans-plants, 
select recommended vari-eties 
when possible. Plants with 
good roots that are healthy, stocky, 
medium-sized, and free of disease 
or insects are best. Avoid yellow, 
spindly, or oversized plants and 
those with spotted foliage, brown 
marks on the stems, or knots on 
the roots. Buy plants in containers 
(fiber pots or plastic tray packs) so 
that root systems are intact and 
protected. Bundles of bare root 
plants (cabbage, onions, broccoli, 
peppers, lettuce, and tomatoes) 
should be fresh, have a good green 
color, and have moist and healthy 
roots. 
Transplanting to the 
Garden 
Transplants of cucumbers, 
squash, and melons grown in small 
containers must be set in the gar-den 
while still quite young (cotyle-dons 
expanded and first leaf show-ing), 
about 3 weeks after planting 
the seeds. 
If possible, set all vegetable 
transplants on a cloudy day or in 
the evening. Place peat pots and 
other fiber pots directly into the 
planting holes. Be sure to cover 
the upper edges of the pots with 
soil to prevent wicking the mois-ture 
out of the pots. 
Plant tall transplants deeply, 
burying the stem to the first set of 
leaves. 
Pictured are dry and expanded peat pellets. 
Starter Solution. Starter solu-tion 
is a dilute mix of a water solu-ble 
fertilizer high in phosphorus, 
such as 11-57-0. Used at the rate of 
1 cup per plant, it stimulates root 
growth and helps plants get off to a 
fast start. Starter solution is prepared 
by dissolving 2 tablespoons of the 
dry fertilizer (11-57-0) per gallon of 
water or 3 pounds per 50 gallons. 
Protection. Protect newly set 
plants from sun, cold, and wind. 
Homemade shelters include boxes, 
baskets, flower pots, and plastic 
milk containers. Commercial 
hotkaps of paper or plastic and 
devices containing water protect 
young, tender plants from frost. A 
wooden shingle stuck in the 
ground at a slant on the south side 
of a plant serves as a sunshade. A 
piece of newspaper or a paper gro-cery 
bag pinned down over a plant 
provides protection from the sun. 
Wire tomato cages with the 
bottom 12 to 18 inches wrapped 
with clear plastic provide some 
protection to transplants from 
wind, cold, and blowing sand. 
to disease, and generally starves the 
plants for water and nutrients. 
In the thinning process, try to save 
the strongest seedlings and remove 
excess plants with a hoe, rake, or your 
fingers. Where seedlings are very close 
together and pulling disturbs the roots of 
the remaining plants, pinch out or cut the 
excess plants. Seedlings of some vegeta-bles, 
if carefully removed during thin-ning, 
can be transplanted and used to fill 
in empty places, to expand your plant-ing, 
or be shared with other gardeners. 
The temperature of the garden soil at 
planting time affects the rate at which 
seeds germinate or if they germinate at 
all. Most cool-season vegetable seeds 
germinate at a soil temperature of 60 °F, 
while most warm-season vegetable seeds 
germinate slowly at a soil temperature of 
75 °F. The longer seeds are in the soil 
without germinating, the more they are 
subject to attack by diseases and insects. 
Black plastic mulch is an effective 
way of raising the soil temperature to 
permit early planting of warm-season 
vegetables. (See Mulching on page 10.) 
Other materials available to home 
gardeners are plastic row tunnels and 
floating row covers that permit early 
planting and provide some protection 
against cold. Plastic tunnels can be used 
in combination with black plastic mulch. 
Floating row covers made of a non-woven 
polyester also provide early 
insect protection. 
Pollination, the transfer of pollen within a 
flower or between flowers, is needed for 
many vegetables to produce. With vegetables 
we grow for their leaves (greens, spinach, 
cabbage) and roots (beets, carrots, radishes), 
pollination is not important. But with vegeta-bles 
we grow for their developing fruit, 
ripened fruit, or seeds (melons, corn), pollina-tion 
is almost always needed. 
Pollen is produced in the anthers (male 
parts) and must be moved to the pistil (female 
part). One part of the pistil, the ovary, devel-ops 
into the seed or fruit that is eaten— 
squash, tomatoes, cucumbers, corn kernels. 
Pollen is moved from the anthers to the pistil 
in one of three ways. 
Corn pollen is carried by the wind as it falls 
from the tassel to the silks of the ears. If any-thing 
prevents this wind transfer of pollen, the 
result is ears with empty rows and missing ker-nels. 
Corn planted in a single row loses most of 
its pollen. This is why corn should be planted in 
a block of adjacent rows rather than one or two 
very long rows. High temperatures and 
drought do not interfere with the transfer of 
corn pollen but can prevent proper pollination 
and fertilization, resulting in poorly developed 
ears. 
The pollination process in all beans, peas, 
and tomatoes is called self-pollination because 
the transfer of pollen takes place within the 
individual flowers without the aid of insects or 
wind. 
Squash, pumpkins, melons, and most 
cucumbers are insect-pollinated. In these veg-etables, 
which have the male and female flower 
parts in separate flowers (yet still on the same 
plant), insects transfer pollen from male flow-ers 
to female flowers while going from flower 
to flower, collecting nectar and pollen. The 
most common pollinating insects are honey-bees 
and bumblebees. 
Bees often are seen on vegetables that are 
wind- and self-pollinated, where they are col-lecting 
pollen and nectar. Since pollinating 
insects are so important in the garden, it is 
important to consider them when choosing 
and applying insecticides. Choose insecti-cides 
that are least toxic to bees, and apply 
them late in the day when bees are not active-ly 
working in the garden. 
Vegetables that are self- and insect-polli-nated 
often suffer from lack of pollination 
and fertilization, just as wind-pollinated corn 
does. High temperatures, shade, and insuffi-cient 
moisture often result in pollen that does 
not behave normally and causes a lack of fruit 
development. Poorly shaped fruit (cucum-bers, 
watermelons, tomatoes) result from 
incomplete pollination. 
Cross pollination between different veg-etables 
is an unnecessary worry of many gar-deners. 
Different varieties of the same wind-and 
insect-pollinated vegetables may cross, 
but there is no crossing between the different 
vegetables: cucumbers, melons, and squash. 
All summer squash, Halloween pumpkins, 
vegetable spaghetti, acorn squash, and small 
ornamental gourds are closely related and do 
cross if planted close to one another. This is 
of no concern to gardeners who do not save 
their own seed. Jumbo pumpkins and most 
winter squash can cross. If you grow several 
varieties of summer and winter squash and 
pumpkins in the same garden, purchase fresh 
seed each year. 
The different corn colors (yellow and 
white) and types (normal, sugary enhanced, 
supersweet, field, and pop) crosspollinate if 
planted close to one another, and if they silk 
and tassel at the same time. Results can vary 
from a few yellow kernels on normally all-white 
ears to a situation where the corn is not 
fit to eat. All sweet corn must be isolated 
from field and popcorn, and all supersweet 
corn must be isolated from all other corn. 
Pollination 
Flower Parts 
Anther 
Ovary 
Pistil 
Petal 
Stigma 
Anther 
Petals Removed 
Ovary 
(Small Squash) 
Stem 
Female Flower Male Flower 
Squash Flowers 
Corn pollen is carried by the wind as it falls from 
the tassel to the silks of the ears. 
Petals 
Anthers 
Pistil 
Ovary 
9 
Transplants 
continued from page 8 
Tips 
continued from page 8 
Place the top edge of the peat cup 2 inch-es 
below the soil level.
Mulching 
A mulch is any material used to 
cover the surface of the garden soil 
to protect plant roots from heat, 
cold, or drought, to keep fruit 
clean, or to control weeds. 
Mulches help to make more attrac-tive, 
higher yielding vegetable gar-dens. 
A mulch in the garden changes 
the environment where the plants 
are growing, resulting in better 
plant growth and higher yields. If 
used improperly, a mulch can lower 
yields or result in plant death. 
When deciding to use a mulch, 
weigh the advantages against pos-sible 
disadvantages, cost, and 
availability of a particular 
mulching material. 
There are many types of mulch-ing 
materials, but they can be 
divided into two general cate-gories: 
natural and synthetic. 
Natural mulches are materials such 
as straw, hay, compost, composted 
bark, or pine needles. Synthetic 
mulches are plastics and papers. 
Natural 
Mulches 
Natural mulches consist of 
organic plant and/or animal residue 
or by-products. They are generally 
spread over the ground surface 
around established plants or over 
the entire growing area in a layer 2 
to 5 inches deep. Composted saw-dust, 
bark, wood shavings, leaves, 
grass clippings, rice hulls, ground 
corncobs, and animal manures may 
also be used. Pine needles, hay, 
and straw are light and airy; there-fore, 
a 4- to 5-inch deep layer is 
needed for them to be effective. 
Most natural mulches have 
some fertilizer value and are good 
soil conditioners when worked into 
the soil. They improve both the 
physical and chemical properties of 
soil. Organic matter incorporated 
into the soil improves water-hold-ing 
capacity, nutrient availability, 
and aeration of the soil. 
Some mulching materials, such 
as pine needles, peat, and oak 
leaves are acid in nature and lower 
the soil pH. Regular soil testing 
indicates the amount of lime neces-sary 
to make any soil pH adjust-ment. 
Finely ground peat moss makes 
a poor mulch. It is easily blown 
around by wind and becomes 
almost water repellent when dry. 
Peat is best used to improve soil 
organic matter content, moisture 
holding capacity, and structure by 
mixing it with the soil. 
Organic mulches are summer 
mulches, since most of their advan-tages 
are realized in hot weather. A 
summer mulch protects soil from 
compacting rains, foot traffic, dry-ing 
winds, and heat. It also con-trols 
weeds by excluding light from 
germinating seeds and seedlings. 
Mulches prevent weed problems, 
thereby reducing competition for 
light, water, and nutrients. The 
resulting fewer cultivations mean 
less crop-damaging root pruning. 
By reducing the loss of soil 
moisture, mulches lessen the fre-quency 
of necessary watering, and 
garden vegetables suffer less in dry 
periods. Organic mulches also 
increase the water absorption rate 
of soils. The reduced soil tempera-tures 
under organic mulches 
encourage root growth in the upper 
soil layer where there is more oxy-gen 
and fertilizer. 
A mulch reduces soil erosion 
and the splattering of soil on veg-etable 
leaves and fruit during rains 
or sprinkling. This can reduce loss-es 
to soil-borne diseases. 
Apply organic mulches to 
warm-season vegetables when the 
soil has warmed sufficiently for 
good plant growth and when plants 
are established and large enough 
that they won’t be covered. The 
soil should be weed-free, recently 
cultivated, and contain plenty of 
moisture. Mulching warm-season 
vegetables early in the growing 
season makes them susceptible to 
frost injury by preventing soil 
warming and by insulating plants 
from any warmth in the soil. 
Organic mulches are beneficial 
when applied to cool-season veg-etables 
like broccoli, cabbage, and 
English peas in midspring. They 
help to keep the soil from rapid 
warming and drying and can extend 
the growing and harvest periods. 
Some organic mulches require 
changes in methods of garden fer-tilization. 
Sawdust, wood shavings, 
and ground corncobs are low in 
nitrogen. As they decompose, 
nitrogen is drawn from the soil, 
causing a shortage of nitrogen in 
the mulched vegetables. To prevent 
this, add one-fourth pound 34-0-0 
or its equivalent to each bushel of 
sawdust, shavings, or corncobs 
before applying mulch. When it is 
time to side-dress, pull the mulch 
back from plants and apply fertiliz-er 
to the soil surface. With sawdust, 
compost, or bark, apply fertilizer to 
the mulch surface and water it in. 
Always remember that dry 
mulch may catch fire. 
Synthetic 
Mulches 
Plastic mulches are springtime 
mulches. They help warm the soil, 
permitting early planting; promote 
rapid growth; provide for early har-vest; 
and provide weed control. 
Plastic mulches reduce loss of 
soil moisture and protect vegetable 
plant fruit and leaves from soil-borne 
To apply a plastic mulch, bury one end of the plastic and roll the other end over the row. Bury the edges and cover the ends so there are 
no exposed edges. Cut planting holes into the plastic at intervals. If you need to apply additional side-dress fertilizer or water after the 
mulch is down, apply it through the planting holes and upside-down “T” slits. 
diseases. Black plastic is the 
most commonly used synthetic 
mulch. It is widely available, rela-tively 
inexpensive, and comes in 
various widths and lengths. Use 
plastic with a thickness of 11⁄2 mils 
(.0015 inches). 
Use clear plastic mulch only 
when soil has been fumigated to 
kill weed seeds. Clear plastic 
warms soil more rapidly than black 
plastic, but weed seeds germinate 
under clear plastic, so it should not 
be used. 
Warm-season vegetables like 
cucumbers, melons, squash, toma-toes, 
peppers, and eggplant grow 
better and produce more when 
grown on black plastic mulch than 
when grown on bare soil. 
Transplants can be set through 
plastic mulch by cutting holes with 
a sharpened bulb planter. Use the 
same tool to plant seeds of widely 
spaced vegetables like squash and 
melons. 
While frequently used with 
warm-season vegetables, plastic 
mulch can be used with cool-sea-son 
vegetables like cabbage, broc-coli, 
and cauliflower to promote 
early growth. Plastic mulch is not 
used with vegetables that are close-ly 
spaced in the rows. 
Black plastic mulch can also be 
used with plastic row tunnels to 
promote early growth and harvest. 
Applying Plastic 
Prepare the soil completely 
before applying a plastic mulch. 
Incorporate all fertilizer and lime, 
remove all weeds and debris, and 
break up all large clods. Rake the 
soil to prepare a smooth, level sur-face. 
Make sure the soil contains a 
good supply of moisture before 
being covered. Plastic that is 3 to 4 
feet wide is best for covering a 
standard garden row. Select a time 
to apply plastic mulch when there 
is little or no wind. Bury one end 
of the plastic and unroll it down the 
row. Get the plastic as straight as 
possible and in contact with the soil 
surface. Cover all edges to prevent 
wind problems. 
If you have a small garden, use 
large sheets of black plastic to 
cover the whole area rather than 
covering individual rows. 
However, this has the disadvantage 
of excluding rain and sprinkler irri-gation 
from the entire soil surface. 
Also, wet plastic is slippery, and 
working in the garden when there is 
dew on the plastic can be haz-ardous. 
Soils lose less moisture from 
evaporation with plastic mulches, 
so you won’t need to irrigate as 
often. In prolonged dry periods 
and with vegetables that are in the 
garden for a long time, supplemen-tal 
water becomes necessary. The 
easiest way to irrigate with plastic 
mulch is to install a drip irrigation 
system, or lay soaker hoses on the 
surface of the rows before covering 
them with plastic. 
Because a plastic mulch protects 
soil from leaching rain, the soil 
needs less fertilizer. When addi-tional 
fertilizer is required, apply it 
through the planting holes and 
upside-down “T” slits cut at inter-vals 
into the plastic. 
Although plastic warms the soil 
in spring, it can have disadvantages 
in summer. Excess heat can build 
up under the plastic, and high soil 
temperatures can injure plant roots 
and reduce yields. Rather than 
remove the plastic and lose the 
advantage of weed control, cover 
the plastic with pine needles, hay, 
or similar material to shade it 
where the crop foliage does not 
provide good cover. 
You can spray black plastic 
mulch with a white latex paint after 
the mulch is installed or after an 
early crop to reduce the buildup of 
excess heat under the mulch. This 
will make it useful for summer and 
fall vegetables. The light-colored 
surface reflects much of the heat, 
and the other benefits of the mulch 
remain. 
At the end of the season, remove 
the plastic because it will not 
decompose in the soil as organic 
mulches do. 
Newspaper 
Newspaper is an organic materi-al, 
but as a manufactured product it 
may be thought of differently from 
other organic mulches. Newspaper 
makes a good mulch when you use 
a thickness of several sheets. Hold 
newspaper to the soil surface with 
soil, sticks, or coat hanger wires. 
Some gardeners use a thin layer 
of pine needles to hold the newspa-per 
down.Apply a newspaper 
mulch after plants are established. 
Like other organic mulches, news-paper 
decomposes rapidly and adds 
organic matter to the soil. 
10
Insects – Identification and Control 
The average home vegetable garden may 
contain more than a dozen different types of 
vegetable crops, and each of these crops may be 
attacked by several different species of insects. 
Being able to manage and control these insect 
pests is one of the keys to successful vegetable 
gardening. 
Insect pests can damage vegetables in sever-al 
different ways. Pests like tomato fruitworms, 
cowpea curculios, stink bugs, and pickleworms 
cause direct damage by feeding on the fruit. 
Pests like tobacco hornworms, which feed pri-marily 
on the leaves, or aphids, which suck sap 
from the plant, cause indirect damage. Even 
though the fruit is not damaged directly, the 
plant’s ability to produce fruit can be reduced if 
it loses enough leaf area or sap. Pests like thrips 
and bean leaf beetles also can cause damage by 
transmitting plant diseases. In addition to the 
direct damage they cause, pests like corn ear-worms 
and cowpea curculios also contaminate 
food. 
Even though there are many different species 
of insect and mite pests that can occur in home 
vegetable gardens, they do not usually all occur 
at one time, so you probably will not have to 
“spend the summer spraying bugs” in order to 
have a successful garden. There are many meth-ods 
besides insecticide sprays that can manage 
insect populations and keep them from reaching 
levels where insecticide sprays are necessary. 
Many of these methods are passive, requiring 
relatively little effort from the gardener, and 
many are things that you will do anyway if you 
want to grow a vigorous, productive crop. 
Sometimes insect pest populations will reach 
damaging levels and you will need to treat with 
insecticides. Apply these treatments only to the 
crop (or crops) being attacked. Rarely will you 
need to apply a broadcast treatment of insecti-cide 
to every crop in the garden. In fact, doing so 
can be counter-productive, causing pest prob-lems 
that you otherwise would not have had. 
This is because unneeded insecticide treatments 
can destroy beneficial insects, allowing the pests 
that they were keeping in check to increase in 
numbers. 
However, there are situations when repeated 
insecticide treatments may be needed to ade-quately 
protect certain crops. This is especially 
true when you are trying to produce a crop when 
pest populations are especially high (because of 
the time of year or planting location). 
For example, yellow squash are very likely to 
experience heavy infestations of squash bugs 
and squash vine borers when grown in midsum-mer 
to fall. When grown in the same location 
year after year, southern peas are likely to expe-rience 
heavy infestations of cowpea curculios if 
you do not apply timely insecticide treatments. 
Fall tomatoes normally experience heavy infes-tations 
of stink bugs and tomato fruitworms. 
There are many other examples, and experi-enced 
gardeners quickly learn which pests are 
especially troublesome in their area and when to 
expect these pests. 
Common Garden Insect Pests 
Insects damage plants by eating the foliage, 
boring in stems or roots, sucking plant juices, 
and attacking the fruit. The type of damage 
caused by a particular insect depends on the type 
of mouthparts the insect has. Pest insects can be 
classified as having one of two different types of 
mouthparts: sucking or chewing. 
The following two sections briefly discuss 
some of the more common insect pests in these 
two groups. For more detailed information on 
insect management and control, see Extension 
Publication 2347 Insect Pests of the Home 
Vegetable Garden. 
Sucking Insects 
Insects that have sucking mouthparts inject 
saliva into plants and remove plant juices. The 
results of feeding may be on individual leaves 
and stems, or the whole plant may be affected, 
especially seedling plants. Sucking insects can 
deform fruit like peas and beans before the pod 
hardens. The following paragraphs describe 
examples of garden pests with sucking mouth-parts. 
Aphids or plant lice are soft-bodied insects 
that may be green, pink, black, or yellow. They 
remove the sap from leaves or stems, causing 
curled leaves and yellowish plants on many gar-den 
crops. They also can inject poisonous saliva 
or disease-causing organisms during feeding. 
Very large numbers of these insects can occur on 
cabbage, tomatoes, mustard, and peas. These 
insects secrete a sticky substance known as 
“honeydew,” which supports the growth of black 
sooty mold fungi. Although sooty mold fungi do 
not invade the plant, heavy buildup of sooty 
mold is unsightly and can interfere with photo-synthesis. 
Harlequin cabbage bugs overwinter as 
adults in old cabbage stalks, bunches of grass, or 
other areas that give protection. They are black 
with brilliant red or yellow markings. They suck 
sap from cabbage, collards, mustard, and 
turnips, and cause the plants to wilt and die. 
Stink bugs can be either brown or green. 
They give off an unpleasant odor when handled 
or crushed. Stink bugs are large, shield-shaped 
insects that may or may not have any distin-guishing 
marks. They suck the sap from seeds in 
developing bean and pea pods, scarring the 
developing seed. In some cases, the punctured 
seed will not develop normally. The outside of 
the pod will be marked with a small, pimple-like 
structure at the puncture site. 
Thrips are very small insects rarely more 
than one-sixteenth of an inch long. The insect is 
straw-colored with a pair of fringed wings. It 
damages plant leaves or flower buds by punctur-ing 
plant cells with its single, ice pick-like 
mouthpart and feeding on the escaping sap. The 
feeding causes the leaves to curl and have a sil-very 
appearance. The shoots of infested onions 
take on the same silvery appearance. To check 
for thrips, place a handkerchief between the 
rows and slap the plants toward the handker-chief, 
or pull one or two plants and shake them 
over an empty box. If the insects are present, you 
will see them on the white background. 
Whiteflies are small white insects common-ly 
found on the underside of leaves. When 
infested plants are disturbed, the insects flutter 
about. Both adults and immatures are damaging. 
They feed by piercing the tissue and removing 
plant sap. Whiteflies can occur in great numbers 
on plants like eggplant and tomatoes. Early 
detection and complete plant coverage are 
important to control this pest. 
Chewing Insects 
Insects with chewing mouthparts cut holes in 
leaves and fruit, and bore into stems and fruit. 
The following paragraphs describe examples of 
garden pests with chewing mouthparts. 
Ants are attracted to the garden for many rea-sons. 
Some feed on honeydew produced by 
aphids, some feed on decaying fruit, and some 
search for other insects. In many cases, ants are 
considered only a minor nuisance pest, but fire 
ants can inflict a painful sting. Control ants by 
controlling aphids, keeping fruit harvested, and 
using labeled fire ant baits around the perimeter 
of the garden (not in the garden). 
Bean leaf beetles overwinter as adults in or 
near garden sites. They are ready to feed on 
young beans and southern peas as they emerge 
from the ground. Adult coloration and markings 
can vary, but they are typically reddish to yel-lowish 
with a black band around the edge of the 
first pair of wings. Sometimes, but not always, 
they may have three or four black spots on the 
back. However, there are numerous exceptions 
to this color pattern, and some specimens are 
red, solid tan, and even pink. You may overlook 
the beetles because they feed on the underside of 
the leaves. If disturbed, they will drop to the 
ground and hide. Adults eat small holes in the 
leaves. When treating for bean leaf beetles, be 
sure to apply insecticide to both the upper and 
lower leaf surfaces. 
Blister beetles are gray, black, or striped 
slender beetles about three-fourths of an inch 
long. The adults eat the foliage of most garden 
crops, especially tomatoes. 
Cabbageworms or cabbage loopers are 
pale green measuring worms with light stripes 
down their backs. Imported cabbageworms are 
velvety green. They make ragged holes on the 
undersides of leaves and bore into the heads of 
cabbage, collards, and related plants. 
Corn earworms are green, pinkish, or 
brown with light stripes along their sides and on 
their backs. These worms reach a length of near-ly 
2 inches before they are ready to pupate. They 
attack corn at two different growth stages. In 
corn that has not tasseled, the worms will feed in 
the whorl, damaging new leaves as they form. 
Later, the adult moths are attracted to the new 
silks for egg laying. After hatching, the young 
larvae will burrow into the ear and feed on ker-nels 
near the tip of the ear. Many gardeners do 
not bother with trying to control this pest in corn, 
preferring instead to simply discard the damaged 
portion of infested ears. However, this insect 
will also attack tomatoes, and heavy infestations 
can cause severe injury to this crop. 
For control of earworms in corn during the 
whorl stage, direct sprays into the whorl when 
you first note damage. To prevent damage to the 
ears, apply insecticide when silks first appear. 
Make spray applications 3 to 4 days apart until 
the silks are dry. Treat the ear area of the stalk 
thoroughly. To provide as much protection as 
possible for bees, make applications in early 
morning or late afternoon, and do not treat the 
tassel. 
Cowpea curculio adults are secretive insects 
that are rarely seen. They are small and dark 
gray. The larva, a white legless grub, is the most 
damaging stage. It feeds on developing seeds 
within the pods of beans and peas and destroys 
their usefulness. To control cowpea curculios, 
apply a foliar spray when small pea pods first 
appear, and make a total of 3 applications at 5- 
day intervals. 
Cutworm adults are dull-colored moths that 
are most active during the night. The worms are 
dull gray, brown, or black and may be striped or 
Sucking Insects 
Spider mite 0.01” Aphid 0.2” Squash bug 0.7” Green stink bug 0.5” Harlequin bug 0.5” 
Chewing Insects 
Mexican bean beetle 0.3” 
Cornfield ant 0.2” Cowpea curculio 0.25” 
Striped Vegetable weevil 0.4” Bean leaf beetle 0.2” blister beetle 0.6” 
Corn earworm 1.5” 
Spotted cucumber beetle 0.25” Striped cucumber beetle .25” 
Tomato hornworm 3” - 4” 
Cabbageworm 1.0” 
Squash vine borer 1.0” Pickleworm 0.75” Flea beetle 0.25” Colorado potato beetle 0.5” 
Cutworm 1.25” 
See Insects, page 14 
11
Crop 
Tomatoes 
Peppers 
Eggplant 
Okra 
Corn 
Squash, 
Pumpkin 
Pest 
tomato fruitworm 
tobacco hornworm 
looper 
stink bug 
leaffooted bug 
spider mite 
thrips 
whitefly 
leafminer 
aphid 
aphid 
leafminer 
flea beetle 
European corn borer 
thrips 
spider mite 
pepper weevil 
flea beetle 
Colorado potato beetle 
tortoise beetle 
aphid 
stink bug 
leaf-footed bug 
corn earworm 
looper 
other caterpillars 
cutworm 
chinch bug 
stink bug 
corn earworm 
fall armyworm 
European corn borer 
squash bug 
squash vine borer 
pickleworm 
cucumber beetle 
Insecticide (PHI)* 
bifenthrin (1), Bt kurstaki (0), carbaryl (3), cyfluthrin 
(1), cyhalothrin (5), esfenvalerate (1), malathion (1), 
permethrin (1), pyrethrins (0), spinosad (1) 
Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) 
bifenthrin (1), carbaryl (3), cyfluthrin (1), bifen-thrin 
(1), cyhalothrin (5), malathion (1), perme-thrin 
(1), pyrethrins (0) 
insecticidal soap (1), 
neem oil (NA) 
bifenthrin (1), carbaryl (3), cyfluthrin (1), bifenthrin 
(1), cyhalothrin (5), esfenvalerate (1), malathion (1), 
permethrin (1), pyrethrins (0), spinosad (1) 
azadirachtin (0), acetamiprid (7), insecticidal 
soap (1), neem oil (NA), insecticidal oil (see 
label) 
spinosad (1) 
azadirachtin (0), acetamiprid (7), insecticidal 
soap (1), neem oil (NA), malathion (1), 
pyrethrins (0) 
azadirachtin (0), acetamiprid (7), insecticidal 
soap (1), neem oil (NA), malathion (3), 
pyrethrins (0) 
spinosad (1) 
carbaryl (0), bifenthrin (7) 
cyfluthrin (7), esfenvalerate (7), permethrin (3), 
spinosad (1) 
malathion (3), cyfluthrin (7), esfenvalerate (7), 
permethrin (3) 
insecticidal soap (1), 
neem oil (NA) 
malathion (3), cyfluthrin (7), permethrin (3) 
carbaryl (3), malathion (3), permethrin (3), bifen-thrin 
(7) 
spinosad (1), carbaryl (3), permethrin (3), bifen-thrin 
(7) 
acetamiprid (7), azadirachtin (0), insecticidal 
soap (1), neem oil (NA), malathion (1), 
pyrethrins (0) 
malathion (1), permethrin (1), pyrethrins (0) 
permethrin (1), spinosad (1) 
Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) 
bifenthrin (1), carbaryl (2), cyfluthrin (1), 
cyhalothrin (21), esfenvalerate (1), permethrin (1) 
bifenthrin (1), carbaryl (2), cyfluthrin (1), 
cyhalothrin (21), esfenvalerate (1), malathion (5), 
permethrin (1) 
bifenthrin (1), carbaryl (2), cyfluthrin (1), 
cyhalothrin (21), esfenvalerate (1), malathion (5), 
permethrin (1), pyrethrins (0), spinosad (1) 
bifenthrin (3), carbaryl (3), esfenvalerate (3), 
malathion (squash-1; pumpkin-3), permethrin (1), 
pyrethrins (0) 
bifenthrin (3), permethrin (1), esfenvalerate (3), 
bifenthrin (3), permethrin (1), esfenvalerate (3), 
carbaryl (3), malathion (squash-0; pumpkin-1) 
bifenthrin (3), permethrin (1), esfenvalerate (3), 
carbaryl (3), malathion (squash- 1; pumpkin-3) 
12 
Insecticides for Home Insecticides for the Home Vegetable Gardens 
Vegetable Garden 
This section provides general information 
about commonly used garden insecticides. 
See the Insecticides for Home Vegetable 
Gardens table for specific pest/insecticide 
recommendations. 
Use Insecticides Safely! Before using any 
insecticide, always be sure to read the label 
carefully and follow all label directions 
regarding personal protection equipment and 
instructions for mixing and applying the prod-uct. 
The label is the law, and the use directions 
it specifies are designed for the safety of the 
applicator, the environment, and those using 
the area. Handle insecticides with the respect 
they deserve. They are poisons, and excessive 
exposure can result in acute and/or chronic 
health problems. 
Be sure the insecticide is labeled for use 
on the vegetable being treated. Few insecti-cides 
are labeled for use on every vegetable 
crop grown in the garden. Before applying an 
insecticide to a particular crop, be sure to read 
the label and verify that the product is labeled 
for use on that crop. 
Observe and follow the pre-harvest 
interval. The pre-harvest interval, or PHI, is 
the amount of time that must elapse between 
making an insecticide application and harvest-ing 
the crop. PHIs vary greatly depending on 
the insecticide being used and the particular 
vegetable crop being treated. For example, the 
PHI for carbaryl (Sevin) is 3 days on tomatoes, 
7 days on Irish potatoes, and 14 days on 
turnips. Failure to observe PHIs can result in 
consumption of excessive insecticide residues. 
Specific Insecticides 
(* indicates insecticides that are suitable 
for use in organic gardens.) 
Carbaryl is most commonly sold under 
the brand name Sevin. This product has been a 
standard for insect control in the home veg-etable 
garden for many years. It is effective 
against a wide range of pests and is labeled for 
use on most vegetables. It is especially useful 
against many beetles. However, this product 
does have a tendency to flare spider mites 
when used excessively. 
Malathion is another long-time standard 
insecticide for home vegetable gardens. Like 
carbaryl, it controls a wide range of pests and 
is labeled for most vegetables. It is especially 
useful for control of aphids, “bugs,” and cer-tain 
beetles. 
Bt kurstaki*: Bacillus thuringiensis is a 
bacteria that produces compounds that are 
toxic to certain insect species. There are differ-ent 
species and strains of this bacteria that pro-duce 
different toxins. Bt kurstaki produces a 
compound that is toxic to certain caterpillars 
but has no effect on other insect species. 
Thuricide is one of the more common brand 
names for this product. It is most effective 
against leaf-feeding caterpillars like loopers 
and diamondback moths. 
Spinosad* is a relatively new microbial 
insecticide that is very effective against a num-ber 
of different caterpillar pests. Two com-monly 
available brand names that are labeled 
for use on many different vegetable crops are 
Green Light Spinosad Lawn and Garden 
Spray and Fertilome Bore, Bagworm, 
Leafminer, and Tent Caterpillar Spray. 
Spinosad is very effective against most cater-pillar 
pests, but it is not effective against most 
other types of insects. However, it is also 
effective against thrips, leaf miners, and 
Colorado potato beetles. It is acceptable to use 
certain formulations of spinosad in organic 
gardens. 
Insecticidal soaps* are potassium salts of 
fatty acids. They control insects that they con-tact 
by disrupting cell membranes. They are 
most effective against soft-bodied pests like 
aphids, mites, and thrips. Thorough coverage 
of the pest is necessary in order to achieve 
control. Insecticidal soaps have a short pre-harvest 
interval and are labeled for use on 
most vegetables. Safer Insecticidal Soap is an 
example of one brand name. 
Neem oil* is a botanical product that is pri-marily 
useful against aphids, mites, and white-flies. 
It is labeled for use on most vegetables 
and is sold under several brand names 
(Monterey 70% Neem Oil is one example). 
Thorough coverage of the pest is necessary in 
order to obtain control. 
Azadirachtin* is an organic product 
labeled for use on all vegetables, with a 0-day 
PHI. Azatrol is the brand name most often 
used by home gardeners, but several other 
commercial formulations are available. 
Azadirachtin has activity against a wide range 
of insect pests but is most useful against soft-bodied 
sucking pests, such as whiteflies and 
aphids. Although azadirachtin and neem oil 
both come from the seed of the neem tree, they 
are not the same product. 
Pyrethrin* or pyrethrum is a botanical 
insecticide that is used primarily by organic 
gardeners. This insecticide provides rapid 
knockdown of most insects, but insects often 
recover. Piperonyl butoxide (PBO) often is 
mixed with pyrethrin to act as a synergist. This 
increases the overall effectiveness and helps 
prevent pests from recovering, but piperonyl 
butoxide is not acceptable for organic garden-ing. 
Pyrethrin or pyrethrin + PBO is active 
against a wide range of insects, is labeled for 
use on most vegetables, and has a very short 
pre-harvest interval. However, its efficacy is 
limited by its very short residual activity. 
Acetamiprid has only recently been 
labeled for use in home vegetable gardens. It is 
especially effective against whiteflies and 
aphids and is labeled for control of many other 
pests. Ortho Max Flower, Fruit, and Vegetable 
Insect Killer is one common brand name. This 
product is sold as a ready-to-use spray and as 
a concentrate. 
Pyrethroids are a group of relatively new 
synthetic insecticides that are modeled after 
the botanical pyrethrum molecule. These 
products are effective against a wide range of 
insect pests and are used at very low rates. The 
following five pyrethroid insecticides are cur-rently 
labeled for use in the home vegetable 
garden. 
1. Permethrin is the oldest and most com-mon 
of the pyrethroid insecticides. It is wide-ly 
available and is sold under many different 
brand names (Martin’s Vegetables Plus, 
Bonide Eight Vegetable, Fruit & Flower, and 
Hi-Yield Garden, Pet & Livestock Insect 
Control are three examples). Permethrin is 
labeled for use on many different vegetable 
crops and is effective against many beetle, 
“bug,” and caterpillar pests. 
2. Bifenthrin is an especially useful 
pyrethroid on crops for which it is labeled, but 
bifenthrin is not labeled for all vegetable 
crops. Ortho BugBGon Max Lawn and 
Garden Insect Killer is a commonly available 
brand name. Bifenthrin is somewhat less like-ly 
than other pyrethroids to trigger outbreaks 
of spider mites and aphids. 
3. Lambda cyhalothrin is one of the newer 
pyrethroid insecticides (Triazicide Soil & Turf 
See Insecticides, page 14
Crop 
Peas 
(English Peas, 
Sweet Peas, Snow 
Peas) 
Onions 
Turnips 
Collards 
Mustard 
Spinach 
Cabbage 
Brocolli, 
Cauliflower 
Brussels sprouts 
Lettuce 
Pest 
aphid 
thrips 
caterpillar 
leaf miner 
onion thrips 
aphid 
vegetable weevil 
yellowmargined 
leaf beetle 
flea beetle 
looper 
diamondback moth 
aphid 
looper 
diamondback moth 
harlequin bug 
stink bug 
aphid 
looper 
diamondback moth 
vegetable weevil 
aphid 
leafminer 
looper 
other caterpillars 
aphid 
thrips 
looper 
diamondback moth 
cabbageworm 
harlequin bug 
stink bug 
aphid 
looper 
diamondback moth 
other caterpillars 
harlequin bug 
stink bug 
aphid 
looper 
diamondback moth 
other caterpillars 
harlequin bug 
stink bug 
aphid 
caterpillar 
Insecticide (PHI)* 
azadirachtin (0), malathion (3), insecticidal soap 
(1), neem oil (NA) 
malathion (3), spinosad (3) 
spinosad (3), Bt kurstaki (0) 
spinosad (3) 
malathion (3), cyhalothrin (14), insecticidal soap (1) 
azadirachtin (0), malathion (7), insecticidal soap 
(1), neem oil (NA) 
malathion (7), carbaryl (14) 
Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) 
azadirachtin (0), malathion (7), insecticidal soap 
(1), neem oil (NA), acetamiprid (7) 
Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) 
malathion (7), carbaryl (14) 
malathion (7), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) 
Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) 
malathion (7), carbaryl (14) 
azadirachtin (0), malathion (7), insecticidal soap 
(1), neem oil (NA) 
spinosad (1) 
Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) 
acetamiprid (7), malathion (7), insecticidal soap 
(1), neem oil (NA) 
Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) 
carbaryl (3), cyhalothrin (1), malathion (7), 
permethrin (7), bifenthrin (3) 
acetamiprid (7), malathion (broccoli-3; cauli-flower- 
7), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) 
Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) 
carbaryl (3), cyhalothrin (1), malathion (broccoli- 
3; cauliflower-7), bifenthrin (7) 
acetamiprid (7), malathion (7), insecticidal soap 
(1), neem oil (NA) 
Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1), permethrin (1), 
cyhalothrin (1) 
carbaryl (3), cyhalothrin (1), malathion (7), 
permethrin (1) 
azadirachtin (0), malathion (head lettuce-7; leaf 
lettuce-14), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) 
Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) 
* The numbers in parentheses indicate the pre-harvest interval (PHI), or the number of days 
that must elapse between treatment and harvest. Always verify PHIs on the label of the insec-ticide 
being used. 
13 
Insecticides for Home Vegetable Gardens 
Crop 
Squash, 
Pumpkin (cont.) 
Melons 
Beans 
(lima beans, snap 
beans, pole 
beans) 
Southern Peas 
(cowpeas, field 
peas, black-eyed 
peas, crowder 
peas) 
Sweet potatoes 
Irish potatoes 
Pest 
spider mite 
thrips 
cucumber beetle 
flea beetle 
leafminer 
looper 
pickleworm 
melonworm 
whitefly 
spider mite 
aphid 
spider mite 
bean leaf beetle 
cucumber beetle 
Mexican bean beetle 
cowpea curculio 
corn earworm 
lima bean pod borer 
other caterpillars 
leaf miner 
stink bug 
plant bug 
aphid 
spider mite 
bean leaf beetle 
cucumber beetle 
Mexican bean beetle 
cowpea curculio 
corn earworm 
lima bean pod borer 
other caterpillars 
stink bug 
plant bug 
armyworm 
looper 
flea beetle 
cucumber beetle 
tortoise beetle 
sweet potato weevil 
Colorado potato beetle 
blister beetle 
flea beetle 
potato tuberworm 
leaf miner 
Insecticide (PHI)* 
malathion (squash-1; pumpkin-3), insecticidal 
soap (1), neem oil (NA) 
bifenthrin (3), permethrin (1), esfenvalerate (3), 
spinosad (3) 
bifenthrin (3), permethrin (1), esfenvalerate (3), 
carbaryl (3), malathion (1) 
spinosad (3) 
spinosad (3), Bt kurstaki (0) 
bifenthrin (3), permethrin (1), esfenvalerate (3), 
spinosad (3), carbaryl (3) 
azadirachtin (0), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) 
insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) 
azadirachtin (0), malathion (1), insecticidal soap 
(1), neem oil (NA) 
insecticidal soap (1), 
neem oil (NA) 
permethrin (3), bifenthrin (3), esfenvalerate (3), 
carbaryl (3), malathion (3), bifenthrin (3) 
esfenvalerate (3), carbaryl (3), permethrin (3), 
bifenthrin (3) 
permethrin (3), bifenthrin (3), esfenvalerate (3), 
spinosad (3) 
spinosad (3) 
malathion (1), carbaryl (3), permethrin (3), 
pyrethrins (0), bifenthrin (3) 
azadirachtin (0), malathion (3), insecticidal soap 
(1), neem oil (NA) 
insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) 
carbaryl (3), malathion (3), bifenthrin (3), perme-thrin 
(3) 
carbaryl (3), bifenthrin (3), permethrin (3) 
spinosad (3), bifenthrin (3), permethrin (3) 
malathion (3), carbaryl (3), pyrethrin (0), bifen-thrin 
(3), permethrin (3) 
spinosad (7) 
carbaryl (7), permethrin (7) 
carbaryl (7) 
Stored sweet potatoes may be treated with phos-met 
(Imidan dust) according to label. 
spinosad (7), carbaryl (7), permethrin (7) 
carbaryl (7), permethrin (7) 
permethrin (7), spinosad (7) 
spinosad (7)
Noninsecticidal Insect Management Methods 
For every insect pest, there are many 
different species of predators and para-sites 
that feed on that pest and help keep 
its population in check. If it were not for 
these naturally occurring predators and 
parasites, our gardens would be overrun 
with insect pests. You, as a gardener, must 
recognize the importance of this natural 
control and avoid disrupting it when pos-sible 
. Without question, naturally occuring 
biological control is the single most 
important method of controlling insect 
pests. 
By their very nature, insecticide treat-ments 
are disruptive to biological control 
because they kill beneficial insects, as 
well as the pests. This is why you should 
avoid unnecessary insecticide treatments. 
Destroying naturally occurring beneficial 
insects can actually cause pest popula-tions 
to increase. 
However, do not allow a fear of dis-rupting 
natural control to keep you from 
making insecticide applications when 
they are needed. In the Southern garden, 
there will be times when pest populations 
escape natural control and reach damag-ing 
levels. Prompt, judicious use of insec-ticides 
can control pest populations and 
help prevent crop damage. 
When selecting insecticide treatments, 
keep in mind that some insecticides are 
more disruptive of natural control than 
others. For example, Bt products control 
Insect Killer Concentrate is the most 
common brand name). It is very effective 
against a number of different insect pests, 
but it is labeled for use only on a very few 
vegetable crops. 
4. Cyfluthrin is another relatively 
new pyrethroid insecticide. It is sold 
under the brand name Bayer Advanced 
Garden Power Force Multi-Insect Killer 
Concentrate. Like cyhalothrin, it is very 
effective against a number of different 
insect pests, but is labeled for use only on 
a very few vegetable crops. 
5. Esfenvalerate is one of the older 
pyrethroid insecticides. It is labeled for 
use on a number of different vegetable 
crops and controls a wide range of insect 
pests. Two common brand names are 
Monterey Bug Buster and Ortho Bug-B-Gone 
Multi-Purpose Insect Killer. 
Applying Insecticides in 
Home Vegetable Gardens 
You can choose from several differ-ent 
methods of applying insecticides to 
vegetables in your home garden. Liquid 
sprays, dusts, and ready-to-use sprays 
are three of the most common methods. 
Dusts—A few insecticides are avail-able 
for use as ready-to-use dust formu-lations 
(5% Sevin Dust and 0.25% per-methrin 
are two examples). Dusts nor-mally 
are applied using a shaker can— 
often the container the insecticide 
comes in is modified so it can be used as 
a shaker can—or a hand-powered, 
pump-type duster. Dusts have the 
advantage of being relatively conven-ient 
to apply, but they are generally less 
effective than sprays. It is also difficult 
to achieve thorough, uniform coverage 
with dusts, especially when using the 
shaker-can method of application. Also, 
many people consider dusts to be 
unsightly. 
Ready-to-use sprays—Several 
insecticides are sold as ready-to-use, or 
RTU, sprays that are labeled for use in 
the home garden. Permethrin, carbaryl, 
cyhalothrin, cyfluthrin, and neem oil are 
examples of active ingredients that are 
sold as RTUs. These products come in 
hand-pump spray bottles in which the 
product has already been diluted to its 
final-use strength. These RTU treat-ments 
are a very convenient way to 
apply spot treatments to individual 
plants. However, they are too costly to 
use on a large scale. 
Single-nozzle hand-pump 
sprayers—Single nozzle hand-pump 
sprayers are the most common method 
of applying insecticides in the home gar-den. 
They come in sizes ranging from 1 
quart to 5 gallons, with 1 gallon being 
the most common size. They can be used 
to apply liquid concentrate, wettable 
powder, or wettable granule insecticides 
according to label directions. Here is an 
example of the directions that might 
appear on the label of a liquid concen-trate: 
“Mix 1 tablespoon/gallon of water 
and spray to run-off, taking care to direct 
spray to undersides of leaves.” 
Hand-pump sprayers are powered 
by pumping air into the headspace over 
the insecticide mixture. This com-pressed 
air then forces the insecticide 
spray through the nozzle when the 
spray valve is opened. Most hand 
sprayers have a nozzle that can be used 
to adjust the coarseness or fineness of 
the spray droplets. Be sure to thorough-ly 
rinse the sprayer after each use. 
To avoid disappointing crop injury, it 
is strongly recommended that insecti-cides 
not be applied with a sprayer that 
has previously been used to apply herbi-cide. 
It is best to dedicate one sprayer 
specifically for herbicide use and anoth-er 
for applying insecticides and fungi-cides. 
Label each sprayer clearly. 
Insects 
continued from page 11 
spotted. Cutworms feed at night and remain hidden during the day. 
They damage stands by cutting young plants at the soil line. Control 
cutworms by using aluminum foil or wax paper collars to protect 
young transplants. You can also use sprays containing permethrin to 
control cutworms and/or prevent injury. 
Fall armyworm adults are dull-colored, night-flying moths. 
They usually do not appear in our area until the first part of June. 
Larvae will vary in color from light tan or green to nearly black, with 
yellowish lines down their sides. The larvae feed primarily on corn 
but will sometimes feed on peas, tomatoes, and beans. They infest 
the whorls of corn and can be found 1 to 2 inches deep in the whorl. 
It is difficult to get insecticides to the target; direct sprays into the 
whorls. 
Flea beetles are small with enlarged hind legs. They jump vigor-ously 
when disturbed. These beetles eat tiny round or irregular holes 
out of leaves. The leaves often look as if they had been peppered with 
very fine soot. The beetles attack cabbage, eggplant, peppers, pota-toes, 
spinach, sweet potatoes, tomatoes, turnips, and related crops. 
Mexican bean beetles are short, yellow to coppery-brown bee-tles 
with a curved shape. When the insects are at rest, 16 black spots 
are visible on their backs. Good coverage of upper and lower leaf 
surfaces will help control this insect. 
The pickleworm and melonworm are similar in appearance but 
vary in their feeding habits. The pickleworm often enters the fruit 
from the ground side, causing the inside of the fruit to sour after air 
enters. It also tunnels in the vines. The melonworm rarely enters the 
vine. It feeds on the foliage more than the pickleworm. When mature, 
both worms are about three-fourths of an inch long and range from 
whitish to green. Damaging populations are more likely to develop 
on late-planted crops. Start control procedures when young caterpil-lars 
are in and around blooms. 
Seed maggots are small, white to dirty-white fly larvae. Seed 
attacked by this insect usually fail to germinate, or plants are weak 
and stunted. Infestations are usually most severe during wet, cool 
springs and on ground that is high in organic matter. If these condi-tions 
are present, delay planting until conditions are right for good 
germination and growth. 
Serpentine leaf miner adults are tiny flies. Their maggots feed 
on the tissue between the upper and lower surfaces of leaves, caus-ing 
slender, white, winding trails through the interiors of the leaves. 
They can severely damage beans, cucumbers, peas, squash, toma-toes, 
and other vegetables. 
Squash vine borer adults are distinctly colored, wasp-like moths. 
The front wings are covered with metallic, olive-brown scales; the 
hind wings are transparent. The abdomen is ringed with red, black, 
and copper. Eggs are placed on leaves and stalks. Small larvae will 
bore into the plant from these locations, causing the runner to wilt 
eventually. As with all borers, this insect is difficult to control once it 
enters the plant because insecticides cannot reach the feeding site. 
Infestations are more common on pumpkins and late-planted squash, 
and weekly insecticide treatments are often required to protect these 
crops. Apply in late afternoon to protect bees. 
Cucumber beetles, striped or spotted, damage several garden 
vegetables. Some of these are cucumbers, muskmelons, squash, and 
to a lesser extent, beans and peas. The spotted cucumber beetle 
(SCB) is more of a problem on these latter vegetables than is the 
striped. They feed on leaves, tender stems, and in some cases, the 
root system. The larvae of the SCB damage seedling corn and are 
known as the southern corn rootworm. Use foliar sprays of carbaryl 
or other recommended insecticides to control adults. 
Tobacco hornworm adults are large moths that feed on the nec-tar 
of various plants. They do not damage any portion of the plant, 
but the larvae can eat large amounts of foliage quickly, and larvae 
will occasionally feed on fruit. This worm is green with diagonal 
white lines located along the sides and a prominent horn at the tail. 
These insects are found on tomatoes, eggplant, peppers, and related 
plants. 
Slugs are not insects. However, they can be annoying. These pests 
leave a trail of thick, sticky material over plant parts that will appear 
as a silver trail when dry. They feed on young foliage and low-lying 
fruit like strawberries. Slugs rest in moist, shaded areas during the 
day and become active at night. To control slugs, use methaldehyde 
on iron phosphate baits according to label directions. Be sure not to 
contaminate edible parts of plants. Trapping can be effective. Place 
wet burlap bags in your garden late in the afternoon. The next morn-ing, 
look under the bags for slugs and destroy any you find. 
Insecticides 
continued from page 12 
only caterpillar pests and are harmless to 
most beneficial insects, while broad-spectrum 
insecticides like permethrin are 
more disruptive. Still, there are times 
when you will need to use one of the 
broad-spectrum treatments to obtain con-trol 
of a particular pest or pest complex. 
There are many cultural control 
practices that can make plants more or 
less vulnerable to insect attack and/or 
injury. Healthy, vigorous plants are gen-erally 
more resistant and more tolerant to 
damage by insect pests. Consequently, 
practices that promote good growth and 
plant health also aid in insect manage-ment. 
Because many species of insect pests 
complete several generations per growing 
season, with populations increasing sub-stantially 
with each generation, early-planted 
crops often experience lower 
insect pressure than late-planted crops. 
This is especially important with crops 
like sweet corn, summer squash, and 
tomatoes. 
Many insect pests also reproduce on 
alternate weed hosts and over-mature 
vegetable plants that are left in the gar-den. 
So good sanitation practices, includ-ing 
weed control and prompt removal of 
plants that have ceased to produce, will 
help reduce insect populations. 
Some varieties of a vegetable are less 
vulnerable to insect damage than other 
varieties of the same vegetable. So vari-ety 
selection also can be an important 
insect management consideration. These 
are just a few general examples of how 
cultural control practices can influence 
insect populations. 
“Hand-picking and foot-stomping” is 
one type of mechanical control that 
home gardeners can use successfully. In 
small plantings, you can control insects 
by physically removing individual insects 
or egg masses. Physically washing aphids 
from plant terminals with spray from a 
garden hose is another form of mechani-cal 
control. 
You might also use floating row cov-ers, 
which prevent insects from being 
able to attack or deposit eggs on young 
plants. Collars of wax paper or aluminum 
foil can protect young transplants from 
attack by cutworms. 
Reflective mulches are another useful 
mechanical control for certain pests. 
These are especially effective in prevent-ing 
thrips from attacking young tomato 
and pepper plants and spreading virus 
diseases, particularly tomato spotted wilt 
virus. 
Using plastic mulches instead of 
organic mulches helps reduce populations 
of certain pests because the plastic mulch 
provides less favorable shelter for pests 
like crickets and slugs. Commercially 
available pheromone traps or sticky traps 
also can help you control or monitor cer-tain 
pest species. 
Caution! 
1. Be sure to read and 
follow all label directions. 
2. Note and observe the 
pre-harvest interval (PHI). 
3. Store insecticides in a 
safe, secure place where 
children cannot get to them. 
4. If you spill any of the 
insecticide on your body, 
wash with soapy water 
immediately. Wash all 
exposed skin after dusting 
or spraying. 
5. Wash all food before 
preparing or eating. 
14
Vegetable Diseases 
Garden vegetables can be attacked by a wide range of fungi, 
bacteria, viruses, and nematodes. Since no single control measure 
is effective against all diseases caused by these microscopic pests, 
gardeners must rely on a well-balanced defense to keep diseases 
in check. 
One of the first steps in setting up a disease control program 
is correct identification of disease problems—the earlier the bet-ter. 
With quick action, you can control leaf spots, blights, and 
mildews within the same season. Other disease problems may not 
be treatable this season, but correct disease identification allows 
you to take preventive disease control measures next year. 
Many garden vegetable diseases are easy to identify. Others 
may need the advice of someone more experienced, such as an 
Extension county agent, home economist, or plant pathologist. 
Disease is best identified on plants that are less than 50 percent 
damaged. Do not use dead plants. 
Common vegetable disease symptoms and recommended 
control measures are provided below. If you cannot identify a dis-ease 
problem from these descriptions, call, write, or visit your 
county Extension staff for assistance. 
To have a plant pathologist diagnose a diseased specimen, 
wrap the specimen in newspaper, paper towel, or (preferably) 
waxed paper. Pack it in a box or carton and ship it immediately to 
Extension Plant Pathology Lab, P. O. Box 9655, Mississippi 
State, MS 39762. 
Additional information on diseases and nematodes that attack 
garden vegetables is available at your county Extension office. 
Diseases take their toll in Mississippi gardens every year, but 
adequate planning and following recommended disease controls 
will keep losses to a minimum. 
Damping-Off (seedling dis-ease)— 
Seeds of many vegetables are 
susceptible to damping-off fungi when 
planted in infested soils. The seeds 
may fail to germinate, or seedlings 
may be attacked before or after emer-gence 
and turn brown, shrink, and 
finally die. Control measures include 
these: plant fungicide-treated seeds in 
well-drained areas; do not apply 
excessive amounts of nitrate forms of 
nitrogen fertilizers; and rotate the loca-tion 
of the vegetables. 
Root Rot of Beans and Southern 
Peas—Root rot is severe on green 
beans, lima beans, and southern peas. 
The disease first appears as reddish or 
reddish-brown areas on stems and 
roots. As the disease advances, discol-ored 
areas spread until the entire root 
and lower stem are affected. Above-ground 
symptoms include stunting, 
yellowing, drooping of leaves, failure 
to produce normal pods, and death. 
These control practices reduce 
losses from root rot: 
• Use high-quality seeds treated with a 
fungicide like Arasan. 
• In-furrow fungicides (Terraclor) 
help control root rot. Apply one-fourth 
of the material in the open 
furrow and the remainder in the 
covering soil during planting. 
• During cultivation, do not throw 
soil against plant stems. 
• Plant in a 4- or 5-year rotation with 
other vegetables. 
• Plant in well-prepared soils with a 
pH of about 6.5, fertilized according 
to a soil test and treated for nema-todes 
if recommended. Plant seeds 1 
inch deep only during favorable 
weather, in warm soils, and on top of 
a bed to avoid “drowning.” 
Early Blight of Tomatoes—Early 
blight is a major disease of tomatoes in 
Mississippi. Symptoms first appear on 
lower, older leaves as circular, dark 
brown to black spots that often contain 
rings, giving a “target board” effect. 
As the disease progresses, leaves turn 
yellow, wither, and drop off. 
Frequently, only the upper half of the 
plant has green leaves, and in severe 
cases, the plant becomes completely 
defoliated. 
Early blight also occurs on plant 
stems and sometimes on fruit. On 
seedlings, the disease may girdle the 
stem and give the appearance of 
damping-off. 
Reduce losses to early blight by 
providing good ventilation in plant 
beds and watering when leaves have 
time to dry. Seed treatment with 
Thiram aids in controlling the damp-ing- 
off stage. Do not set tomato plants 
where early blight occurred the year 
before, and remove and destroy all dis-eased 
plant debris in the garden after 
harvest. 
Applications of chlorothalonil or 
mancozeb effectively control this dis-ease. 
There is no waiting period after 
application until harvest for Bordeaux 
mixture or chlorothalonil, but there is 
a 5-day waiting period for mancozeb. 
Begin applying when plants are 8 
to 10 inches tall, and continue at 7-day 
intervals through the growing season. 
Applications of these fungicides also 
control some of the other leaf, stem, 
and fruit diseases of tomatoes. 
Blossom-End Rot of Tomatoes— 
Blossom-end rot occurs on the tomato 
fruit. It may also be a problem on pep-pers, 
squash, and watermelons. It is 
more common on fruit that is one-third 
to one-half grown and occurs on the 
blossom end of the fruit. It begins as a 
small, water-soaked spot that develops 
into a dark brown, leathery spot that 
may involve half the fruit. The surface 
of the spot shrinks and becomes flat or 
sunken. 
Blossom-end rot is caused by a 
lack of calcium in the developing fruit. 
The uptake of calcium from the soil by 
the tomato plant can be reduced by 
fluctuations in soil moisture—either 
excessively wet soil or excessively dry 
soil. The disease commonly occurs 
when plants are grown rapidly and 
luxuriantly early in the season and are 
then subjected to prolonged dry 
weather. Because of drying conditions, 
the disease may be more serious on the 
windward side of a garden and on 
staked tomatoes than on unstaked or 
bushy plants. 
Prevent blossom-end rot by main-taining 
a soil pH around 6.5, irrigating 
and mulching to maintain uniform soil 
moisture, and avoiding heavy applica-tions 
of nitrogen. Control blossom-end 
rot by spraying with 4 tablespoons of 
96 percent calcium chloride per gallon 
of water at 7- to 10-day intervals for 4 
applications. Begin spraying with first 
appearance of symptoms. Overdosing 
plants with calcium chloride may 
result in leaf burn. Calcium chloride is 
suggested only for tomatoes. 
Spotted Wilt of Tomatoes and 
Peppers—This viral disease is trans-mitted 
by several species of thrips and 
may kill plants or drastically reduce 
fruit-set. Fruits from diseased plants 
are generally small and distorted. 
Tomatoes develop irregular yellowish 
blotches. 
Initial symptoms appear as thick-ening 
of veins on younger foliage. 
Younger foliage generally exhibits a 
pronounced downward curling. 
Internodes become shortened, and 
immature fruit does not ripen. Dark 
purple streaks can occur on leaves, 
stems, and fruits. Other symptoms are 
blighting and blackening of young 
shoots. On individual leaflets, small, 
dark, circular dead spots may appear. 
Badly spotted leaves may turn dark 
and wither. 
Some varieties are now being 
released with resistance. Check with 
your seed source. It is not clear how 
effective or long-lived these resistant 
cultivars will be. 
Try these control practices: 
• Remove and destroy diseased plants. 
• Keep weed populations down in and 
around gardens to reduce movment 
of virus-carrying thrips from weeds 
to garden plants. 
• Suppress thrips by applying 
approved insecticides (Malathion 
50 or Diazinon 25 EC at 2 tea-spoons 
per gallon). 
• Further suppress thrips with shiny 
mulch materials around tomatoes 
and other susceptible vegetables. 
Apparently, light reflection from 
the mulch surface repels thrips and 
the chances of virus transmission. 
Conventional black plastic may be 
sprayed or hand painted with alu-minum- 
colored paint. Oil-based 
paints adhere to plastic surfaces and 
may be easily applied. This tech-nique 
gives best results when mulch 
is laid down at the time of planting 
and used in combination with other 
recommended control procedures. 
Southern Blight—Southern blight 
affects most garden vegetables. The 
fungus that causes southern blight 
attacks plant parts (roots, stems, 
leaves, or fruit) that are in contact with 
or just under the soil surface. 
The first visible symptoms are usu-ally 
an advancing yellowing and wilt-ing 
of the foliage, beginning with the 
lower leaves. During warm, moist 
weather, a white fungus growth may 
appear on the lower stem near the soil 
surface and on organic debris in the 
soil. Later, light tan to dark brown 
mustard seed-like bodies called sclero-tia 
develop in the mold. As the disease 
advances, several plants next to one 
another in the row die. 
Southern blight is difficult to con-trol, 
but you can reduce losses with 
these practices: 
• Plow 6 inches deep in the fall to 
bury organic debris and the scle-rotia. 
• Avoid throwing soil on the plants 
when cultivating. 
• Where a few scattered plants are 
affected, remove them from the gar-den 
along with the soil 6 inches deep 
and 6 inches from the stem. 
• Control foliar diseases, since dead 
leaves on the ground may trigger 
infection. Also control weeds early 
in the season for the same reason. 
• Treat problem areas with PCNB 
(Terraclor) as a dust, granule, or 
wettable powder. Rates and methods 
of application are stated on the label. 
• Wrap transplant stems with a 4- by 4- 
inch strip of aluminum foil and plant 
so that 2 inches of wrapped stems 
are below and 2 inches are above the 
soil. 
Stem Anthracnose of Lima 
Beans—Stem anthracnose is the most 
common disease of lima beans. The 
first stages of infection appear on pods 
as small, brick-red blotches. These 
blotches may spread over the entire 
surface of the pods. Later, the diseased 
areas become brownish to grayish and 
may have many tiny black specks 
which are fruiting bodies of the fun-gus. 
Occasionally, diseased pods fall 
from the plant. 
A brick-red streaking may occur 
along the veins on the under side of 
leaves and on young stems. 
Reddish spots occur on the lower 
leaf surface and enlarge and become 
noticeable on the upper leaf surface. 
Occasionally, leaves are killed and fall 
from the plant. Severely diseased 
plants are yellow and stunted. 
Reduce damage from stem an-thracnose 
by following these prac-tices: 
• Because stem anthracnose can be 
carried over on seed to the next 
season, use only certified disease-free, 
western-grown seed. 
• Never plant lima beans in the same 
location more than once in 3 years. 
• Avoid fall planting of lima beans in 
an area of the garden where stem 
anthracnose was a problem the pre-vious 
spring. 
• Apply Bordeaux mixture or another 
copper-based fungicide on a 7-day 
schedule, beginning at full bloom. 
Mosaic—This virus disease com-monly 
infects beans, sweet corn, 
Early Blight – Tomato 
Blossom-End Rot – Tomato 
Spotted Wilt 
Southern Stem Blight 
Stem Anthracnose – Lima Bean 
Specific Diseases and Control Measures 
Continued on next page 
15
squash, melons, cucumbers, peas, pep-pers, 
and tomatoes. Symptoms include 
the following: 
• Misshapen leaves with light and 
dark green areas. 
• Fruit with green specks, yellow and 
green mottling, or bumps. 
• Distorted fruit. 
• Overall stunted plants. Control of 
virus diseases is difficult. Reduce 
chances of mosaic in these ways: 
• Plant resistant varieties when 
available. 
• Control insects. 
• Eliminate weeds. 
• Remove diseased plants as they 
appear. 
• Purchase certified transplants or 
buy western-grown seed. 
• Do not use tobacco products when 
handling plants. 
Phenoxy herbicide damage (such 
as 2,4-D) resembles symptoms of 
mosaic disease. Leaves and stems are 
typically twisted, deformed, curled, 
leathery, and excessively long and nar-row. 
Apply herbicides carefully and 
correctly in and around the garden. 
Powdery Mildew—Powdery 
mildew is caused by a fungus that 
commonly occurs as a white, powdery 
growth on leaves of cucumbers, 
squash, melons, beans, and English 
peas. Benomyl and chlorothalonil 
effectively control powdery mildew 
on vine crops, and sulfur provides con-trol 
on beans and peas. 
Fusarium Wilt—This fungal dis-ease 
often infects watermelons, cab-bage, 
tomatoes, sweet potatoes, beans, 
and peas. Lower leaves often turn yel-low 
on one side of the plant only. Two 
brownish streaks that originate from 
the roots are exposed when the stems 
are split lengthwise. Infected plants 
are usually stunted and wilted. The 
best way to control fusarium wilt is 
using resistant varieties. 
Fruit Rot—Bacteria and fungi 
often infect fruit, resulting in soft, 
slimy fruit with an offensive odor. You 
can reduce the occurrence of fruit rot 
by staking, mulching, avoiding 
mechanical injury to fruits, controlling 
insects, following a regular fungicide 
program, and removing mature fruit 
from the garden. 
Rust—This fungus disease occurs 
commonly on beans and sweet corn as 
reddish-brown spots on leaves that rub 
off when touched. Apply fungicides 
like chlorothalonil or sprayable sulfur 
at the first sign of disease and at week-ly 
intervals thereafter until the disease 
is under control. 
Nematode Diseases—Nematodes 
are slender, tiny, worm-like animals 
that feed on plant roots, stems, and 
leaves. Nematodes cannot ordinarily 
be seen with the naked eye and go 
unnoticed until plants become 
unthrifty and stunted. They seldom kill 
plants; however, they can reduce qual-ity 
and yields of many vegetables, 
such as beans, beets, carrots, cucum-bers, 
lima beans, okra, peas, squash, 
tomatoes, and watermelons. 
Nematode injury to roots reduces 
uptake of water and nutrients from the 
soil. Typical above-ground symptoms 
are general stunting, yellowing, loss of 
vigor, and overall decline. The most 
common underground symptom in 
gardens is root-knot galling. 
Nematodes other than the root-knot 
nematode also can cause severe 
plant damage. Some of the less obvi-ous 
symptoms are stubby roots, tiny 
lesions, excessively branched roots, or 
complete loss of secondary roots. 
The best time to determine if you 
have a nematode problem is during the 
fall when nematodes are most active. 
To detect root-knot nematodes in the 
growing season, observe the galled 
roots. Have your soil tested for nema-todes 
by sending a soil sample to the 
Extension Plant Pathology Lab, P. O. 
Box 9655, Mississippi State, MS 
39762. 
Once you know nematodes are 
present, you can use certain cultural 
practices to help reduce nematode 
populations. These include setting 
nematode-free transplants, rotating 
crops, fallowing, practicing good sani-tation, 
controlling weeds, and planting 
resistant varieties. Vegetable varieties 
having resistance or tolerance to root-knot 
nematodes are marked in the list 
of recommended varieties. In addition, 
you can plant marigolds in gardens to 
help reduce nematode populations. 
As an alternative to chemical treat-ment, 
solarization can reduce parasitic 
nematode populations. Solarization is 
the use of heat from the sun for killing 
nematodes in the soil prior to planting. 
To use solarization, place clear plastic 
(1 to 1.5 ml thick) on moist, tilled soil, 
and seal the edges with soil, bricks, or 
other materials. Apply the plastic in 
May or June. Leave it in place for at 
least 8 weeks. Remove the plastic in 
August in time to establish a fall gar-den, 
if desired. If not, remove it before 
cold weather begins. 
Leaf Spots—Leaf spots, caused by 
fungi or bacteria, commonly occur on 
many vegetables. They appear on 
leaves and sometimes stems as dis-tinct, 
dark-colored or tan spots one-sixteenth 
to 1 inch in diameter. The 
regular application of a fungicide gen-erally 
provides acceptable control of 
fungal leaf spots. Applying copper 
fungicides helps control bacterial as 
well as fungal leaf spots. 
Bacterial Wilt of Cucumbers— 
This destructive disease is caused by a 
bacterium that overwinters in the bod-ies 
of adult striped and spotted cucum-ber 
beetles. As these beetles feed on 
young plants in the spring, bacteria are 
introduced into the vascular system. 
Here they are able to multiply rapidly 
and produce a sticky material that 
stops movement of moisture through 
the plant. As a result, leaves on an 
infected runner wilt rapidly, and with-in 
a short time all runners become per-manently 
wilted. Plants can die within 
a week or two after initial symptoms 
appear. Yellowing is not normally 
associated with this disease. 
A symptom of bacterial wilt is a 
thick, white, sticky substance that 
oozes from the cut stem of a wilted 
vine. If you press your finger tip 
against the cut surface several minutes 
after cutting and then slowly remove 
it, the bacterial ooze frequently 
remains attached and strings out in 
thin threads. 
Since bacterial wilt resistant 
cucumber varieties are not commonly 
available, the best control is to keep 
cucumber beetle populations in check. 
A rigid spray schedule with recom-mended 
insecticides (refer to the 
Insect Control section) should reduce 
the incidence of bacterial wilt. 
Black Rot of Cabbage—This dis-ease 
attacks cabbage and other cru-cifer 
crops like collards, mustard, cau-liflower, 
Brussels sprouts, kohlrabi, 
rutabagas, kale, and rape. Black rot 
may affect plants at any stage of 
growth but usually is most prominent 
close to maturity. On older plants, yel-low 
wedge-shaped areas appear at leaf 
margins and expand toward the center. 
Blackened veins are apparent in affect-ed 
areas. Vascular tissue within the 
stem also may become discolored. 
Black rot causes head dwarfing, 
and soft rot frequently develops on 
affected heads. 
Practices important for controlling 
black rot include these: 
• Use disease-free seeds that have been 
hot-water treated. This is the most 
effective treatment for ridding seeds 
of the causal bacteria. 
• Purchase transplants that have been 
certified as disease-free. 
• Rotate in the field so that at least 2 
years, and preferably 3, elapse 
between cruciferous crops. 
Yeast Spot of Lima Beans— 
Gray-brown sunken lesions on young 
or nearly mature seeds is a good indi-cation 
of this disease. Yeast spot is 
more a problem in seasons when 
southern green stink bug populations 
are high because the yeast fungus 
enters seeds through pod punctures 
this insect makes. The spots, or 
lesions, develop within 2 to 3 days of 
inoculation. Bright, sunny days allow 
the stink bug to move from one plant 
to another, spreading the disease. 
Yeast spot is best controlled by fol-lowing 
a good insect control program 
to discourage build-up of stink bugs. 
Powdery Mildew 
Fusarum Wilt – Tomato 
Fruit Rot – Squash 
Root-Knot Nematodes 
Leaf Spots – Turnips 
Precaution: Because of possi-ble 
changes in pesticide rec-ommendations, 
you must fol-low 
all label instructions. 
Fungicides for Disease Control 
Chlorothalonil 
Copper 
Sulfur 
PCNB 
Mancozeb 
or Maneb 
Vegetable 
Beans, Lima At planting 
Beans, Snap 7 At planting 
Beets 
Broccoli 0 See label See label 
Brussels Sprouts 0 See label See label 
Cabbage 0 See label See label 
Carrots 0 
Cauliflower 0 See label See label 
Collards 
Corn, Sweet 14 7 
Cucumbers 0 See label 
Eggplant See label 
Endive See label 
Lettuce See label 
Melons 0 See label 
Mustard Greens 
Okra 
Onions 14 See label 
Peas, Southern 
Peppers 
Potatoes, Irish 0 See label 0 
Potatoes, Sweet 
Pumpkins 0 See label 
Radishes 
Spinach 
Squash 0 See label 
Tomatoes 0 See label 5 
Turnips 0 
Cleared for use on most vegetables; no time limitations. 
Cleared for use on most vegetables; no time limitations. 
Check label to determine that the fungicide is cleared for use on the intended crop. 
Numbers indicate the number of days that must pass from last application to harvest. 
Blank spaces indicate the fungicide is not cleared for use on that crop. 
Mosiac – Southern Pea 
16
Watering 
Vegetable gardens usually need 
about 1 inch of water (630 gallons per 
1,000 square feet) per week in the form 
of rain or irrigation during the growing 
season. Gardens in sandy soil may 
need as much as 2 inches of water per 
week in midsummer. Where a water 
source is located close to the garden, 
there are few excuses (a local ban on 
watering during a shortage) for letting 
the garden suffer in dry weather. 
Mulches that slow soil surface 
evaporation can reduce the amount of 
water needed. Soaker hoses and drip 
or trickle irrigation systems wet only 
the soil in the root zone and can cut in 
half the amount of water used. 
Adequate soil moisture is impor-tant 
for seed germination, uniform 
growth, and productivity. The most 
critical periods for adequate mois-ture 
are during seed germination, 
early growth, flower and fruit devel-opment, 
and root enlargement of 
root crops, and immediately follow-ing 
transplanting. 
Where a water source is not close 
to the garden, it is possible to water 
some plants with a little work. 
Partially bury 1-gallon plastic milk 
jugs between tomato, pepper, egg-plant, 
squash, and other widely spaced 
plants. Punch a few small holes near 
the bottoms of the jugs before placing 
them in the soil. Fill the jugs periodi-cally 
with water hauled to the garden. 
The water will slowly seep into the 
soil, providing moisture to the root 
zone. Periodically place 1 to 2 table-spoons 
of fertilizer in the jugs to stim-ulate 
plant growth. 
Sprinklers 
There are several choices of garden 
sprinklers, ranging from the simple 
garden hose with a spray nozzle to 
semi-automatic equipment. Many 
portable lawn sprinklers are adequate 
for the garden. Adjust the rate of water 
application so that it is not faster than 
it can enter the soil. Water applied too 
rapidly runs off, resulting in erosion or 
puddles, and causing soil compaction. 
Place the sprinkler so plants do not 
interfere with the pattern of applica-tion. 
This often means mounting the 
sprinkler above the tops of the plants 
where wind may affect the distribution 
pattern. Small cans placed throughout 
the garden can be used to measure the 
amount of water applied and show the 
overlap necessary to approach an even 
application of water. 
Since overhead sprinklers wet 
plant leaves, water early enough in the 
day to allow time for leaves to dry 
before night. This helps keep leaf dis-eases 
from developing and spreading. 
Each watering should wet the top 3 to 
5 inches of soil. Frequent light water-ings 
result in shallow rooting, suscep-tibility 
to damage by drought, and 
plants that are easily blown over. 
Drip and Trickle 
Soaker or perforated plastic hoses 
are excellent for watering the garden. 
Place the hose with holes up along one 
side of the plants or underneath an 
organic or plastic mulch. 
A number of different drip and 
trickle irrigation systems are available 
through mail order catalogs, magazine 
ads, and local distributors. These sys-tems 
usually consist of a supply line 
that connects to a garden hose and 
delivery tubes that are placed next to 
the plants. A 150-mesh filter is recom-mended 
to prevent clogging small 
pores and emitters. The systems oper-ate 
at low pressure and deliver small 
amounts of water very slowly through 
pores in the delivery tubes or emitters 
punched into the delivery tubes. 
An irrigation system makes it pos-sible 
to water a large garden all at the 
same time. You also are able to har-vest, 
cultivate, spray, and do other gar-den 
chores while watering. The largest 
disadvantage of a drip system is the 
initial cost. 
Advantages include these: 
• Reduces water use by one-half or 
more. 
• Water is placed where it is needed: at 
the base of plants and not in walk-ways. 
• Permits working in the garden while 
watering. 
• Keeps plant leaves dry. 
A drip irrigation system makes it possible to water a large garden all at the same time. It 
also allows you to harvest, cultivate, spray, and do other garden chores while watering. 
The major disadvantage of a drip system is the initial cost. 
Correct use of a drip irrigation sys-tem 
should keep vegetable plants 
actively growing in dry periods yet 
cause no problem when rain occurs 
following irrigation. The system, 
when properly operated, keeps soil at 
the base of the plant (root zone area) 
moist. This may require operating the 
system for short periods three or four 
times a week during dry weather. 
Never allow the soil to dry complete-ly. 
Drip irrigation, when used correct-ly, 
prevents drought stress but is not 
designed to correct drought stress like 
sprinkler irrigation, which wets all the 
soil. Single drip lines will not adequate-ly 
water wide-row or raised-bed gar-dens, 
but several spray heads are avail-able 
that do a good job in these special 
types of gardens when fitted to the 
drip irrigation delivery tube. 
17 
Vegetable seeds and transplants 
are available from many sources. See 
pages 22-30 for suitable varieties. 
After selecting the varieties to plant, 
check local sources to see if the vari-eties 
are available. 
It is important to locate seeds 
early, especially if you are going to 
grow some of your own transplants 
for the spring garden. You can order 
new varieties that are not available 
locally from mail order seed catalogs. 
Check the Planting Guide on page 7 
for amounts of seed to buy. It is 
important to a garden’s success that 
the seed is fresh and packaged for the 
current year. Home-saved vegetable 
seeds and those carried over from the 
previous year may give disappointing 
results. Since most of the new vari-eties 
are hybrids, do not attempt to 
save seed from one year’s crop to 
plant the next year. Also, because 
some diseases are carried on seeds, 
home-saved seeds may continue to 
cause a disease problem in your gar-den. 
The only vegetable seeds that 
gardeners should save are those of 
varieties that have been in the family 
for many years and have become 
heirloom varieties. 
Once the garden is completely 
planned on paper, the land prepared, 
and the seed on hand, the job of plant-ing 
begins. 
Planting is not a “one shot” opera-tion. 
There are different times for 
planting different vegetables. 
Vegetables may be grouped in the 
garden plan and planted according to 
their hardiness and temperature 
requirements. Lettuce and English 
peas are cool-season vegetables and 
grow best in cool weather. Okra and 
southern peas are warm-weather veg-etables 
and need warm temperatures 
for best growth. 
Cool-season vegetables differ 
from warm-season vegetables in that 
they are hardy or frost tolerant, seeds 
germinate at cool soil temperatures, 
and root systems are shallow and 
require frequent irrigation. Cool-sea-son 
plants are smaller, respond more 
to nitrogen fertilizer, and are general-ly 
more tolerant of shade than warm-season 
vegetable plants. 
Before-You-Plant 
Practices 
Site Selection. To reduce chances 
of damping-off, root rot, and other 
problems associated with wet soils, 
choose a well-drained site. If such a 
site is not available, plant on raised 
beds to promote drainage and faster 
warming of the soil. Keep surface 
water from flowing across the garden 
to help prevent disease-causing 
organisms from coming into the gar-den 
from outside areas. 
Sanitation. Since many disease-causing 
organisms live through the 
winter in old plants, plow under crop 
debris at least 6 inches deep as soon 
as possible. 
Tobacco mosaic virus, a common 
problem on tomatoes and peppers, 
can be transmitted through tobacco 
products. Wash your hands with soap 
and water before working in the gar-den 
if you use tobacco. 
Disease-free seed.Weather condi-tions 
in Mississippi favor the devel-opment 
of many seed-borne diseases. 
Therefore, buy certified seeds pro-duced 
in the western United States 
where the climate is dry and the seeds 
are relatively free of disease-causing 
microorganisms. 
Seed treatment. Most seeds are 
treated with a fungicide, as indicated 
by their red, blue, purple, or green 
color. If they have not been treated 
with a fungicide, treat them yourself. 
Treat large seeds in a jar. To treat 
small seeds, tear off one corner of the 
seed packet. Lift out as much of the 
seed treatment fungicide (Thiram or 
Captan) as is held on the tip of the 
blade of a penknife, and insert the 
dust through the hole in the seed 
packet. Fold down the corner of the 
packet and shake thoroughly. 
DO NOT eat treated seed or 
feed it to livestock. 
Healthy transplants. Select 
healthy, vigorous plants for trans-planting. 
Buy them from a reputable 
dealer or grow your own. 
Crop rotation. An easy and eco-nomical 
way to reduce soil-borne dis-eases 
is to rotate vegetables. Corn and 
members of the cabbage family can 
be alternated with other vegetables 
from one year to the next. If space 
permits, move the garden to a new 
location every 3 to 4 years, preferably 
to a site that was in grass. 
Resistant varieties. Make every 
effort to buy disease-resistant vari-eties. 
Consult the list of recommend-ed 
varieties, seed catalog variety 
descriptions, or your county 
Extension office for help in selecting 
varieties that are disease resistant. 
Fertilization. Use fertilizer 
according to recommendations based 
on a soil test. Fertilizers do not pre-vent 
diseases, but a healthy, well-fer-tilized 
plant is less susceptible to dis-ease 
than one growing in soil lacking 
required nutrients. 
Plant spacing. Crowding plants 
allows moisture from dew or rain to 
remain on leaf surfaces. You should 
avoid this because it promotes disease 
development. 
After-Planting Controls 
Spraying. Control diseases like 
rust, mildew, anthracnose, and leaf 
spot with a foliar fungicide. Sprayers 
and dusters are available for this pur-pose. 
A spray is generally more effec-tive 
than a dust. 
Successful disease control with 
fungicides depends on these factors: 
• Apply early to prevent early-season 
infection and rapid spread of disease. 
• Select the proper fungicide because 
not all fungicides control the same 
disease. 
• Cover all foliage thoroughly. 
• Repeat application. 
Suggested fungicides include 
chlorothalonil and other products list-ed 
in the Fungicides for Disease 
Control table on page 16. These fungi-cides 
are usually applied at rates rang-ing 
from 1 to 2 tablespoons per gallon 
of water. Refer to labels for recom-mended 
rates for specific vegetables 
and diseases controlled on those crops. 
Some gardeners prefer to prepare 
their own fungicide. Bordeaux is an 
example of a fungicide that can be eas-ily 
prepared by combining copper sul-fate 
(blue stone), lime, and water. 
Directions for making Bordeaux mix-ture 
are available at your county 
Extension office. Ask for Plant 
Disease Dispatch Sheet M-707 The 
Preparation of Bordeaux Mixture. 
Weed control. Weeds can harbor 
disease-causing organisms. A weedy 
garden also reduces air movement and 
sunlight, which creates conditions 
favorable to disease development. 
Insect control. Insects feeding and 
laying eggs cause wounds on roots, 
Planting Vegetables 
See Planting, page 30
Weed Control 
Weeds (plants growing out of 
place) are a serious garden problem. 
They rob vegetable plants of sunlight, 
water, and nutrients. They also provide 
hiding places for insects and serve as a 
source of vegetable diseases. 
Weeds can kill a gardener’s enthu-siasm, 
which can cause them to aban-don 
the garden in midsummer. It is 
important to control weeds while they 
are small and before they get out of 
control. 
Since any plant growing out of 
place can be considered a weed, a 
sweet corn plant (from a carelessly 
dropped seed) growing in a row of 
bush snap beans is technically a weed; 
but the most common garden weeds 
are crabgrass, yellow and purple 
nutsedge, morningglories, bermuda-grass, 
and pigweed. 
Most weeds can be controlled and 
kept from becoming serious problems 
in the garden. Methods of control 
include hand-pulling, cultivation, 
mulching, and use of chemicals. 
Hand-Pulling 
Hand-pulling is not an effective 
way to control weeds in a large gar-den, 
but it can be effective under cer-tain 
circumstances. Hand-pull weeds 
that appear in the row with vegetable 
plants, as well as those that grow in the 
planting holes of a plastic mulch. 
Weeds that grow between closely 
spaced rows of vegetables in wide 
rows, raised beds, or small gardens 
also may require hand-pulling. Weeds 
growing in containers used for vegeta-bles 
should be hand-pulled. Extremely 
small weeds are difficult to pull by 
hand, but do not wait until the weeds 
get so large that pulling them destroys 
adjacent vegetable plants. Thinning 
seedlings spaced too closely together 
and hand-weeding frequently can be 
done at the same time. 
Cultivation 
Cultivation is the most widely used 
method of garden weed control. It is 
not a one-time chore, for with each 
rain, irrigation, and stirring of the soil, 
weed seedlings emerge. 
A variety of hand and power equip-ment 
is used for cultivation, but the 
most commonly used tools are the hoe 
and garden tiller. 
A sharpened hoe blade is an excel-lent 
tool for cutting the roots of weeds. 
The severed plants dry in the sun and 
die. 
A garden tiller and other soil-dis-turbing 
tools, the hoe included, are 
used to disturb the soil around the 
weed plant’s roots. On a hot day, the 
weeds die when their roots dry and the 
plants are unable to get water. Small 
weeds die more quickly than large 
weeds, so cultivation should be fre-quent 
enough to prevent weed 
seedlings from becoming established. 
Cultivation should also be shallow so 
you do not disturb or injure vegetable 
plant roots. 
Deep cultivation, in addition to 
destroying weeds, injures vegetable 
plant roots and brings more weed 
seeds to the surface, where they ger-minate. 
“Hoe blight,” the wilting and 
death of vegetable plants after cultiva-tion, 
often results from careless culti-vation. 
Take a perennial weed, such as 
bermudagrass, out of the garden fol-lowing 
cultivation because pieces of 
the plant that have no roots can form 
roots and make the bermudagrass 
problem worse. 
Mulching 
Mulching is an effective way to 
control garden weeds. Natural and 
plastic mulches properly applied to 
weed-free garden soil prevent most 
weeds from becoming established in 
the mulched area. Bermudagrass and 
nutsedge are difficult to control com-pletely 
with mulches. Weeds that 
appear in the planting holes of plastic 
mulch should be pulled by hand. 
Herbicides 
Commercial vegetable growers 
have a fairly wide choice of chemical 
weed killers (herbicides) to prevent or 
control weed problems. Gardeners, 
however, have a much smaller choice 
of herbicides. 
Don’t expect to control all weeds 
in a garden of mixed vegetables with 
one herbicide. First, no single herbi-cide 
controls all weeds. Secondly, 
some vegetables are also sensitive to 
the herbicide, and if the wrong herbi-cide 
is used, the vegetable is injured 
along with the weeds. 
Herbicides applied to the soil 
before vegetables are planted and 
before weeds have emerged are called 
preemergence herbicides. Some pre-emergence 
herbicides can be applied 
immediately after the vegetable seeds 
or plants are planted but before the 
weed seeds germinate. Postemergence 
herbicides are applied after weeds 
have emerged. 
Herbicides used in the garden may 
be in the form of granules, wettable 
powders, or liquids. The equipment 
needed for application depends on the 
formulation used. Use a pump-up 
pressure sprayer for applying liquids 
and wettable powders. Since most gar-den 
sprayers are equipped with a 
cone-type nozzle, use a 50-mesh 
screen and a 8003 E or equivalent fan 
nozzle attached to the sprayer for 
applying herbicides. 
Chemical herbicides used in the 
vegetable garden can be washed from 
the sprayer, but some of those used on 
the lawn cannot. Therefore, a wise 
Nozzle Parts 
Spray Nozzle Nozzle Body Strainer Cap Spray Tip 
gardener will keep two sprayers: one 
for lawn herbicides and the other for 
garden herbicides. When spraying her-bicides 
approved for application over 
the tops of vegetable plants, do not use 
a sprayer that has been used with lawn 
herbicides. 
Before using a herbicide in your 
garden, read the product label for a 
listing of vegetables it can be used on, 
the recommended rate of application, 
and the method of application. Never 
use a product that is not labeled, and 
do not exceed the recommended rate. 
Dacthal—Several brand names 
are available. Dacthal can be used on a 
wide variety of vegetable plants. 
Applied correctly, Dacthal gives good 
control of most grasses and a few 
broadleaf weeds. This herbicide con-trols 
weeds as their seeds germinate. 
Therefore, before applying Dacthal, 
remove existing weed plants. 
Trifluralin—Several brand names 
are available. Trifluralin is a preemer-gence 
herbicide used to control grass 
problems in the garden. Some plan-ning 
of the garden to group trifluralin-labeled 
vegetables in one area is help-ful 
when you use this herbicide. To 
obtain good weed control, mix triflu-ralin 
with garden soil. Cultivate soil to 
eliminate clods. Broadcast the recom-mended 
amount of either the granules 
or the liquid formulation. Granules are 
easier for most gardeners to use. After 
application, mix the herbicide in the 
top 2 inches of the soil. Two very shal-low 
cultivations provide good mixing 
with the soil. Trifluralin is labeled for 
use before planting seeds of several 
vegetables and before setting trans-plants 
of others. Read the package 
label for a list of approved vegetables. 
Poast is a postemergence herbicide 
that selectively controls grass weeds in 
several vegetables. Apply Poast to 
most grasses before plants reach 8 
inches high. One application controls 
most annual grasses, but several appli-cations 
may be required to control 
perennial grasses like bermudagrass. 
Mix a crop oil concentrate in the spray 
solution before application. Read the 
Poast label for specific instructions 
and approved vegetable crops. 
Glyphosate—Formulations of this 
popular nonselective, postemergence 
herbicide are approved for limited use 
in the vegetable garden site. Most 
applications are for eliminating exist-ing 
weed problems before vegetable 
seedling emergence and before veg-etable 
plants are in the garden. Read 
the label for specific application 
instructions and limitations. 
Herb Gardening 
Herbs are a special group of plants used for 
flavoring and scents. Many herbs used in flavor-ing 
foods and teas (culinary herbs) can be grown 
in Mississippi gardens. Most herbs should be 
grown in full sun, but a few tolerate light shade. 
They prefer a well-drained soil of medium fer-tility 
with a pH of 6.0 to 7.0. An organic mulch 
in summer benefits the plants. 
Herbs that can be grown in Mississippi are 
annuals that are planted every year, biennials 
that are planted in the fall and flower the follow-ing 
year, hardy perennials that come back year 
after year, and tender perennials that may sur-vive 
a mild winter but often need to be treated as 
annuals or protected from freezing temperatures. 
You can start most popular herbs from seeds. 
Many of the perennial herbs are propagated by 
stem cutting, layering, or crown divisions. 
Annual, and some perennial, herb plants are sold 
at nursery and garden centers, and seeds and 
plants are offered by many mail order catalog 
companies. 
Because herbs are used in very small 
amounts, just a few plants of each type may be 
enough. If you want a large quantity of a partic-ular 
herb, such as sweet basil for making pesto, 
plant the herb in the vegetable garden. 
Otherwise, prepare a small area especially for 
herbs so that they can be enjoyed for their 
appearance as well as fragrance. 
Herbs have few pests, which is good because 
there are few if any pesticides approved for use 
on these plants. When planting herbs in the veg-etable 
garden, protect them from pesticides used 
on vegetables. 
Grow herbs started from containers so they 
can be set in the garden without disturbing the 
roots. Borage and dill are two herbs that do not 
transplant well if bare-root. Either scatter seeds 
in the garden where these herbs are to grow, or 
start plants in containers. 
The flavors and scents of herbs are caused by 
oils in the plant tissue. High fertilization, excess 
moisture, and shade result in low oil content and 
weak flavor. The oil content in many herbs is at 
its highest just before the plants begin to flower. 
Herbs and Their 
Characteristics 
Anise—annual grown for its licorice-fla-vored 
leaves and seeds; slow growing; difficult 
to transplant bare-root. 
Basil—annual grown for its leaves; available 
in several different flavors and plant types; easi-ly 
gown from seed; purple leaf types make 
attractive vinegar. 
Sweet Bay—tender perennial, evergreen 
shrub; source of bay leaf; requires cool green-house 
protection in winter; frequently grown as 
a container plant; start with a nursery-grown 
plant. 
Bergamont—perennial, also known as bee 
balm; grown for minty leaves; attractive flowers 
attract bees and hummingbirds; start from crown 
division or seeds. 
Borage—annual grown for cucumber-fla-vored 
leaves and attractive small blue flowers; 
attracts bees; makes a large, unruly plant; diffi-cult 
to transplant bare-root. 
Salad Burnet—perennial grown for cucum-ber- 
flavored leaves; grow from seed or crown 
division. 
Catnip—perennial grown for leaves; a mint; 
grow from seed, cuttings, or division. 
Chamomile—perennial grown as annual; 
flowers used for tea; grow from seed. 
Garlic Chives—grown for leaves with light 
garlic flavor and scent; grow from seed or divi-sion; 
attractive white flowers sew many seed; 
self-seeds prolifically. 
Onion Chives—perennial grown for onion-flavored 
leaves; attractive purple flowers; grow 
from seed or division. 
Coriander—annual; grow from seed; fresh 
green leaves known as cilantro and Chinese 
parsley; also grown for seeds. 
Costmary—perennial; known as bible leaf; 
grown for minty scented leaves; grow from seed 
or division. 
Dill—annual grown for seed heads and 
leaves; prefers cool weather; grow in spring and 
fall; doesn’t transplant well bare-root; scatter 
seeds where plants are to grow or use container-grown 
plants. 
Garlic—perennial grown for dry bulb; plant 
garlic cloves in October and harvest bulbs in 
May and June. 
Scented Geraniums—tender perennials; 
available in many different scents: rose, pepper-mint, 
lemon, lime, orange, strawberry, apple, 
almond, mint; variety of foliage forms available; 
See Herbs, page 19 
18
Median Date of First Freeze in Fall 
Approximate Number of Plants to Expect 
per Ounce of Seed 
Broccoli.....................................5,000 
Cabbage ....................................5,000 
Cauliflower ..................................5,000 
Eggplant.....................................2,500 
Peppers......................................1,500 
Tomatoes ....................................4,000 
excellent pot plant; propagate by cuttings. 
Ginger—tender perennial grown for pungent root; 
treat as annual (plant in spring and harvest in fall); 
propagate by root cuttings; prefers moist, rich soil. 
Anise Hyssop—perennial grown for licorice fla-vored 
leaves for teas; attractive purple flowers attract 
bees; a mint; propagate by seed or division. 
Lemon Balm—perennial mint grown for lemon-scented 
leaves; grow from seed, division, or cuttings. 
Lemongrass—tender perennial grown for lemon-flavored 
leaves used in oriental cooking; attractive as 
ornamental grass with blue-green color; leaves have 
sharp edges. 
Lemon Thyme—perennial; low-growing attrac-tive 
plant for sunny area; leaves have strong lemon fra-grance. 
Marjoram—perennial grown as annual; grown for 
leaves; grow from seed, cuttings, or by layering. 
Mint—perennial; many different flavors and leaf 
and plant types; spreads rapidly; prefers moist soil, tol-erates 
shade; keep cut for tender growth. 
Oregano—perennial grown for leaves; grow from 
seed, cuttings, or division. 
Parsley—biennial grown as annual; grown for 
leaves; grow from seed; prefers moist soil. 
Rosemary—perennial, evergreen shrub but reli-ably 
hardy; grown for leaves; available in different 
plant types, upright and creeping; adapted to pot cul-ture; 
prefers moist, well-drained soil. 
Sage—perennial grown as annual, not reliably 
hardy; available as common, golden, and variegated; 
grown for leaves; grow from seed, cuttings, or layer-ing; 
prefers well-drained soil. 
Pineapple Sage—tender perennial; pineapple-scented 
leaves; large plant; attractive red flowers grow 
from cuttings. 
Summer Savory—annual grown for leaves; grow 
from seed; unruly plant. 
Winter Savory—perennial grown for leaves; grow 
by layering; a neater plant with better flavor than sum-mer 
savory. 
Tarragon—perennial grown for licorice-flavored 
leaves; French Tarragon the only type to grow and 
only grows from stem and root cuttings; suffers with 
summer heat. 
Winter Tarragon—tender perennial, not reliably 
hardy; also known as mint marigold; licorice-flavored 
leaves; propagate by cuttings and division; small sin-gle, 
orange, marigold-type flower in fall. 
Thyme—perennial, but not reliably hardy; variety 
of flavors and plant types; grown for leaves; propagate 
by seed, cuttings, or divisions; prefers well-drained 
soil.L 
emon Verbena—tender perennial, shrubby, 
grown for leaves; propagate by cuttings; grow in con-tainer 
and provide winter protection. 
Fall Gardening 
Fall gardening is the way to 
have fresh vegetables right into 
winter. Many fall gardens are car-ried 
over from summer gardens. 
Tomato plants, okra, peppers, and 
eggplant, if cared for during the 
summer, continue to produce until 
cold slows them down and frost 
kills them. 
To keep these vegetables pro-ducing, 
control insects and dis-eases, 
keep the plants watered and 
fertilized, and don’t let the garden 
grow up in grass and weeds. A good 
fall garden, however, is not just 
keeping the summer garden alive. It 
means planting new vegetables to 
produce in fall and early winter. 
Plan the fall garden at the same 
time you plan the spring and sum-mer 
garden. Include your seed 
needs for fall when ordering seeds 
for the spring and summer garden. 
It helps to have the seeds on hand 
so you can plant them at the appro-priate 
time. 
Many cool-weather vegetables 
normally planted in spring grow 
and produce better in the fall, since 
they mature as the weather cools. 
When wet weather causes a delay 
in planting early spring vegetables 
(past a time when they can be 
expected to mature before hot 
weather destroys them), a fall gar-den 
provides a second opportunity. 
Chinese cabbage (very sensitive to 
heat) and rutabagas (require a long 
period of cool weather) are two 
cool-weather vegetables recom-mended 
for planting only in the 
fall. 
Warm-season vegetables planted 
in midsummer for fall harvest 
require additional time to mature as 
the weather cools in September and 
October. Choose planting dates in 
midsummer that allow these veg-etables 
to mature before frost. 
The map at right provides the 
median dates of the first freezes 
(temperatures equal to or lower 
than 32 ºF) in the fall. 
Young Plants 
The hot, dry weather in July, 
August, and September is hard on 
germinating seeds and young 
seedlings. Germination and 
seedling survival is improved if one 
of these methods is used: 
• Water a day or two before plant-ing 
so seeds are planted in moist 
soil. Watering after planting can 
cause the soil surface to pack and 
crust. 
• Plant seeds in moist soil and 
cover with moistened, non-crust-ing 
materials: a mix of peat moss 
and vermiculite or composted 
sawdust and sand. Keep the sur-face 
moist during germination 
and seedling establishment. 
Plant three to five seeds of the 
small-seeded vegetables like broc-coli 
and cabbage at the recom-mended 
final plant spacing in the 
garden row. Once the seedlings are 
established, thin the seedlings to 
one plant at each location. 
Transplants 
Start vegetable transplants for 
the fall garden in individual con-tainers, 
such as peat pots, small 
clay or plastic pots, or peat pellets. 
Setting out plants without disturb-ing 
the root systems reduces trans-plant 
shock. 
Protect young plants from the 
sun for a few days. You can use 
bare-root transplants from thinning 
the seedling row, but be prepared to 
provide water and shade until they 
become established. 
A fall garden is open to attack 
by insects and diseases just as the 
summer garden. In some cases, the 
insect problems are worse. Worms 
(cabbage loopers and imported cab-bage 
moths) are serious problems 
on fall cabbage, cauliflower, broc-coli, 
and collards. Control these 
leaf-eating worms with one of the 
biological sprays. Squash bugs are 
troublesome on fall squash and 
pumpkins. 
Fall vegetables need fertilizer 
just as much as spring and summer 
vegetables. Don’t count on the fer-tilizer 
applied in spring to supply 
fertilizer needs of vegetables plant-ed 
in late summer and fall. Fertilize 
before planting and side-dress as 
needed. 
As the danger of frost approach-es, 
pay close attention to weather 
predictions. Tender plants often can 
be protected from an early frost and 
continue to produce for several 
weeks. When a killing frost is 
inevitable, harvest tender vegeta-bles. 
Green tomatoes that are turning 
white just before turning pink will 
ripen if stored in a cool place. Pick 
these tomatoes, wrap them in paper, 
and use them as they ripen. 
Don’t abandon the garden when 
freezing temperatures kill the 
plants. Clean up the debris, store 
stakes and poles, take a soil test, 
and row up part of the garden to be 
ready for planting early spring Irish 
potatoes and English peas. 
Vegetables Typically Planted in a Fall Garden 
Bush Snap Beans 
Beets 
Broccoli 
Cabbage 
Carrots 
Cauliflower 
Chard 
Chinese Cabbage 
Kohlrabi 
Lettuce 
Mustard 
Onions 
Radishes 
Rutabagas 
Spinach 
Turnips 
October 27 - November 2 
November 3 - 7 
November 8 - 12 
November 13 - December 2 
Herbs 
continued from page 18 
19 
compact plant than many others and 
makes jumbo four-lobed peppers. Orange 
Blaze bell pepper is the 2011 All 
American Selection. This green to orange 
pepper is very quick to color in only 65 
days and makes slender, 4-inch-long pep-pers 
on a compact plant. Gardeners having 
trouble with tomato spotted wilt virus may 
want to try Milena green to orange bell 
pepper. 
Avatar is for fans of huge cantaloupes. 
The fruit are somewhat elongated and can 
grow to 10 pounds. This is a full-sized 
cantaloupe plant requiring at least 25 
square feet per plant in the garden. 
Sprite melon is now available to home 
gardeners. This crisp-fleshed, very sweet 
Oriental melon makes several 1-pound 
white- to yellow-rinded melons per plant. 
The variety was restricted to only a few 
commercial growers in North Carolina 
until a few years ago. Grow the plants as 
you would cantaloupe and see what all the 
excitement was about. 
Rocky Top is a new tomato spotted 
wilt virus-resistant tomato that has per-formed 
well in tunnel culture in 
Mississippi. It produces large, somewhat 
flattened tomatoes with good eye appeal 
and good yields. This determinate variety 
grows well with short stakes and does not 
require aggressive suckering. 
New Varieties 
continued from page 5
Staking and Training Tomatoes 
The main reason for staking and supporting 
tomato plants is to keep plants and fruit off the 
ground. This reduces losses from fruit rots when 
fruit touch the soil and from sunburn when fruit 
are not shaded by foliage. 
Supported plants are easier to spray or dust 
for insect and disease control and easier to har-vest 
than those sprawling on the ground. Three 
popular methods of supporting tomato plants 
are staking, caging, and trellising. Supported 
tomato plants are pruned (suckered) to reduce 
the number of branches, thereby making plants 
more suitable for the selected method of sup-port. 
Plant type also determines the amount of 
pruning. 
Tomato varieties are divided into two gener-al 
groups based on their pattern of growth. 
Determinate, or self-topping, varieties have 
short- to medium-length vines. Plants are heav-ily 
branched and do not make continuous 
growth. Rather than having continuous produc-tion 
of leaves and flower clusters, every branch 
ends with a flower cluster. Determinate varieties 
often are early and have a short but concentrat-ed 
production season. These plants are staked or 
caged but are not adapted to trellising. Some 
determinate varieties are Celebrity, Mountain 
Pride, and Rutgers. Determinate varieties are 
not heavily pruned, regardless of the support 
system, because most of the fruit is produced on 
the branches. 
Indeterminate varieties continue to grow 
and produce leaves and flower clusters until dis-ease, 
insects, cold, or lack of water and fertiliz-er 
kills the plants. Indeterminate varieties are 
Better Boy, Floradel, and Big Beef. 
Indeterminate varieties are heavily pruned when 
trellised, moderately pruned when staked, and 
lightly pruned when caged. 
Pruning removes small shoots where each 
leaf joins the stem. Properly pruned plants pro-duce 
larger and earlier fruit than non-pruned 
plants of the same variety. Remove shoots when 
they are less than 4 inches long to avoid injuring 
the plant. The larger the sucker before removal, 
the larger the resulting wound, and the more 
wasted plant energy that went into the sucker. 
Remove a sucker by grasping it between your 
thumb and second finger and bending it to the 
side until it breaks. This is best done early in the 
day when plants are crisp and not wilted from 
the day’s sun and heat. Do not cut suckers with 
a knife because this is one way to spread virus 
diseases. 
Decide on the method of support before set-ting 
tomato plants in the garden. Plants for trel-lising 
are set closer together than plants to be 
staked or caged. Plants for caging are set farther 
apart than plants for staking. 
Staking 
Staking requires wooden or metal stakes 5 to 
6 feet long for indeterminate varieties and 3 to 4 
feet long for determinate varieties. Wooden 
stakes should be at least 1 inch square. Metal 
stakes can be of smaller diameter and have the 
advantage of lasting many years. Do not use 
chemically treated wood. Sections of concrete 
reinforcing rods (rebar) make excellent tomato 
stakes. 
Space plants 18 to 24 inches apart in the row 
and drive a stake next to every plant or every 
other plant. Place the stake 3 to 4 inches from 
the base of the plant on the side away from the 
first bloom cluster to prevent trapping the fruit 
between the plant and the stake. 
Support Tomato Plants 
There are many ways to prune and tie toma-to 
plants. Limit staked indeterminate plants to 
two or three fruit-producing branches. A popular 
method is to select the main stem, the sucker 
that develops immediately below the first bloom 
cluster (a very strong sucker), and one other 
sucker below that. Remove all other suckers and 
as you tie the plants, periodically remove addi-tional 
suckers that develop on selected branch-es. 
Tie individual branches to the stake with soft 
cord by first tying twine to the stake and then 
looping it loosely around the plant. Never tie a 
plant immediately below a fruit cluster because 
the weight of the fruit may cause the plant to sag 
and strip the cluster from the plant. Continue to 
prune and tie the plant as it grows. 
The Florida weave is an alternative system to 
support staked tomato plants in a row. Using 
polypropylene cord (it doesn’t stretch), tie the 
cord to the first stake about 6 to 10 inches above 
the ground. Run the cord to the second stake and 
wrap it around the stake once at the same level. 
Be sure to keep the cord tight. Repeat this 
process, going on to the third, fourth, and 
remaining stakes until you reach the end of the 
row. Come back with the cord on the opposite 
side of the stakes, wrapping it around each 
stake. Plants are held in the space between the 
cords on opposite sides of the stakes. Repeat this 
process as plants grow so the branches are 
always held between the cord. Three to five runs 
down the row should be enough for the season. 
Remember to keep pruning plants as they grow 
to reduce the amount of plant material that must 
be supported. 
When staking determinate varieties, prune 
only once to remove the first suckers. 
Caging 
Tomato plants supported by cages made 
from concrete reinforcing wire require consider-ably 
less work than either staked or trellised 
tomatoes because there is no tying and only lim-ited 
pruning. A 5-foot length of 10-guage rein-forcing 
wire with 6-inch openings makes a cage 
of about an 18-inch diameter. Make cages at 
least 5 feet high for indeterminate varieties. 
Shorter cages are best for determinate varieties. 
Using heavy bolt cutters, remove the sections of 
the bottom horizontal wire, leaving wire legs to 
stick into the ground. 
Set your tomato plants 3 feet apart in the row 
and place a cage over each plant. Push legs into 
the ground for anchoring the cage. Protect early 
plants from cold and wind by wrapping the bot-tom 
18 inches of each cage with clear plastic. 
Black plastic mulch, in combination with caging 
and a clear plastic wrap, promotes early bloom-ing. 
Caged plants generally are pruned to four or 
five main fruiting branches. As plants grow, 
keep turning ends of the branches back into the 
cages. Caged plants may not produce ripe toma-toes 
as early as staked or trellised plants, but 
they produce more tomatoes that are less likely 
to crack or sunburn. 
Trellising 
Trellising is only for indeterminate varieties. 
Set plants about 1 foot apart in the row and 
prune to just the main stem, or occasionally to 
the main stem and one strong sucker (the suck-er 
originating just below the first bloom cluster). 
Remove all other suckers as they develop. 
Build a trellis by setting support posts in the 
ground about 20 feet apart. The tops of the posts 
should be about 6 feet above the soil surface. 
Stretch a heavy wire or a piece of barbed wire 
between the tops of the posts and attach a length 
of heavy twine to the wire above each plant. 
Barbed wire prevents twine from slipping as the 
top wire sags with the weight of the plants. Tie 
twine to the base of each plant or to a bottom 
wire if one is used. As plants grow, wrap them 
around the twine for support, or use the plastic 
clips that greenhouse tomato growers use. When 
trellising two stems per plant, use a separate 
cord for each stem. 
Trellising produces ripe fruit earlier than 
other methods of support. Each plant produces 
fewer but larger tomatoes that are more subject 
to sunburn because of the small amount of pro-tective 
foliage. 
Tomato plants loaded with fruit are heavy. 
Anchor the posts to keep them from collapsing. 
Other Wire Supports 
Some determinate plants are not suited for 
standard trellising and staking because of their 
limited vine growth. These plants, as well as 
indeterminate plants, can be held off the ground 
by a wire trellis. Support a 2- to 3-foot width of 
hog wire 8 to 10 inches above the ground with 
“H” supports. Center the wire over the row and 
pull the plants through an opening as they grow. 
Pruning and tying are not necessary. Space 
plants about 2 feet apart and the “H” supports 8 
to 10 feet apart. A wire stapled to the top of the 
“H” on each side provides additional support to 
plants. Tightly stretch and fasten the hog wire at 
both ends. 
Wire 
8- to 10-inch clearance 
between wire and ground 
Remove 
sucker 
Concrete reinforcing or hogwire 
20
Harvesting 
Gardening itself is a lot of fun, but harvest 
is what gardeners work toward. Harvesting at 
the right time is essential to obtain quality. If 
you pick vegetables too soon, they can be 
tough or too tender, lacking substance and 
flavor. If you pick them too late, they may be 
tough, fibrous, or too soft. 
The number of days from planting to 
maturity is generally listed in catalog descrip-tions. 
For vegetables commonly started with 
transplants, such as tomatoes and peppers, the 
number of days given is from setting plants in 
the garden to harvest. For vegetables that are 
typically direct-seeded in the garden, such as 
peas and sweet corn, the number represents 
the days from planting the seed. 
The number of days given represents an 
average and varies with weather and variety. 
Cool-season vegetables mature more rapidly 
as weather warms in late spring; warm-sea-son 
vegetables mature more slowly as weath-er 
cools in fall. Early varieties mature more 
rapidly than mid- and late-season varieties. 
Use the number of days as a guide, but also 
consider the weather, the variety description 
of early, midseason, or late, and the appear-ance 
of the vegetables. 
Asparagus—cut or snap spears when they 
are 6 to 8 inches tall and before leaf bracts at 
the tips begin to open. Harvest spears of large 
and small diameter, but leave 20 to 50 percent 
of the spears to grow to provide energy for 
next year’s crop. 
Beans, snap—best when pods are crisp 
and snap easily but when tips are still pliable, 
50 days for bush, 65 days for pole. 
Beans, lima—pick when pods are well-filled 
but still bright green and fresh. End of 
the pod should feel spongy when squeezed, 
65 days for bush, 80 days for pole. 
Beans, shell—harvest when beans are 
very evident in the pods but before pods 
begin to dry, very much like lima beans and 
southern peas, 70 days. 
Beans, dried—harvest when pods are dry 
but before they shatter. Plants may be turning 
yellow. Cut entire plant and dry or pick the 
pods. When the beans are completely dry, 
shell them and store in the freezer, 90 days. 
Beets—pull when medium-sized (11⁄4 to 2 
inches in diameter), 60 to 70 days; leafy tops 
are an excellent cooked green. 
Broccoli—heads should be compact with 
tight buds. Individual bud and head size 
determined by variety, 65 to 75 days from 
transplants yet within the same time period 
from direct seeding in the fall. Yellow flowers 
indicate overmaturity. 
Brussels sprouts—cut sprouts from the 
stalk when they are 1 to 2 inches in diameter 
and firm, 90 days from transplants. Lower 
sprouts develop first. Remove the leaf when 
cutting the sprout. 
Cabbage—cut when head is firm and 
before splitting, 80 days from transplants. 
Carrots—harvest according to desired 
size and weather. Sugar content is higher in 
mature roots, but younger ones are more ten-der, 
75 days. 
Cauliflower—cut when head is firm and 
smooth, should not be coming apart or ricey 
in appearance, 65 days from transplants. Pure 
white color depends on blanching. Creamy 
color is fine. 
Chinese cabbage—cut entire plant at the 
ground line when the head is fairly compact 
or the plant has reached the desired size, 80 
days. 
Collards—as soon as leaves are large 
enough to pick. Large, old leaves are tough 
and fibrous, 55 days. 
Sweet corn—17 to 21 days after silking. 
Harvest when silks turn dark and begin to 
shrivel. Kernels should be bright, plump, and 
milky, except super sweets, which may 
appear watery. Small, soft kernels and large, 
hard, starchy kernels are tasteless, 70 to 85 
days. 
Cucumbers, pickling—pick when 2 inch-es 
or less in length for pickles and 4 to 6 inch-es 
for dills. Use large cucumbers for relish. 
Harvest before cucumbers become dull, 
puffy, or yellow. Frequent harvest is neces-sary, 
55 days. 
Cucumbers, slicing—harvest when 6 to 8 
inches long and before the ends become soft 
or begin to turn yellow, 62 days. 
Cucumbers, burpless and European 
types—harvest when 8 to 10 inches long and 
1 to 11⁄2 inches in diameter. 
Eggplant—ready when fruit is half 
grown, before color dulls, 65 to 85 days from 
transplants. 
Endive, escarole—cut plants at ground 
level when large enough to eat, 85 days. 
Gourds, small decorative—cut from the 
vine with stem attached when the rind is hard, 
before frost. 
Gourds, dipper and birdhouse—cut 
from the vine with stem attached when they 
begin to dry. Mature gourds are not injured 
by frost. 
Gourds, luffa—cut from the vine when 
skin turns yellow or after the gourd has dried. 
For eating, harvest when small (4 inches or 
less in length) and tender. 
Horseradish—dig roots in late fall after 
frost. Where soil doesn’t freeze and is well 
drained, roots can be left in the ground until 
needed. 
Jerusalem artichoke—dig tubers all win-ter 
after the tops are killed by cold. 
Kale—cut entire plant or larger leaves 
while still tender. Old kale is tough and 
stringy. Cold weather improves flavor, 55 
days. 
Kohlrabi—pull when swollen stem is the 
size of a baseball. Large, old kohlrabi is 
woody and tasteless, 55 days. 
Lettuce, leaf—when leaves are large 
enough to harvest, 40 to 50 days. 
Lettuce, head—harvest for leaves as 
needed before heads form or as soon as heads 
are firm, 80 days. 
Melons, muskmelons—ready when blos-som 
end of fruit gives to pressure from finger 
and melon separates (slips) easily from stem. 
Netting should be coarse and prominent 
according to variety and with no green lines 
showing, 42 to 46 days from pollination, 90 
days from seed. 
Melons, honeydew—when the greenish 
rind takes on a golden cast, melon does not 
slip from the vine, 110 days from planting. 
Melons, watermelons—ready when 
undersurface (ground spot) turns from white 
to cream-yellow, 42 to 45 days from pollina-tion, 
90 days from planting. 
Mustard—as soon as large enough to har-vest, 
old leaves are tough, 45 days. 
Okra—pick when pods are 2 to 4 inch-es 
long, 4 to 6 days from pollination, 60 
days from planting. 
Onions, green—when one-fourth to 
one-half inch in diameter and tops are 12 to 
16 inches tall. 
Onions, bulb—dig when tops have yel-lowed 
and fallen over. 
Parsley—when leaves are large enough 
to pick, 90 days. 
Peanuts—dig when tops are yellowing 
and inner hulls are brown. All pods do not 
mature at the same time, but dig the entire 
plant, 110 days. 
Peas, English—best when pods are 
bright green and fairly well filled. Raw 
peas should be sweet, 65 days. 
Peas, snap—best when pods are green, 
crisp, and peas have filled pods, 65 days. 
Peas, southern—pick purple hull vari-eties 
when pod is up to 50 percent purple. 
Pick tan pod types when pods show a hint 
of yellow. Peas should be green when 
shelled, 65 days. 
Peppers—pick green bell peppers 
when shiny green and firm, 75 days from 
transplants. Colored peppers are harvested 
when fully colored, yellow, red, etc. 
Pimiento should be fully red. Sweet banana 
and hot Hungarian Wax are harvested when 
fully yellow, turning red, or fully red. 
Harvest hot pepper when green or fully 
colored. 
Potatoes, Irish—as soon as large enough 
for early potatoes. Harvest main crop after 
vines have yellowed. Greenish or sunburned 
potatoes are not good. Skin should be firmly 
attached to tuber, 100 days. 
Potatoes, sweet—when roots have 
reached a usable size. Before frost or ground 
cools below 50 °F, 120 days. 
Pumpkins—when fully colored, hard 
rind, and heavy, 110 days. 
Radishes—pull as soon as large enough, 
28 days. 
Radishes, winter—harvest before ground 
freezes, 50 days. 
Rhubarb—pull leaf stalks from plants 
when leaves are fully grown. Discard leaf 
blade and eat the stalk only. 
Rutabagas—dig any time large enough. 
Becomes dry and woody if soil moisture is 
insufficient, 90 days. 
Spinach—use before leaves get old and 
tough, 45 days. 
Spinach, New Zealand—pick terminal 3 
to 4 inches of shoots when plants get large 
enough. 
Squash, summer—when medium in size, 
color good, and rind easily dented with fin-gernail; 
zucchini when 6 to 10 inches long 
and shiny, 55 days from planting; yellow 
summer 5 to 7 days from pollination, zucchi-ni 
3 to 4 days from pollination. 
Squash, winter (storage)—color should 
be good for the variety and the rind very hard, 
90 days; acorn 60 days from pollination, but-ternut 
65 days from pollination, hubbard 85 
days from pollination. 
Swiss chard—as soon as large enough to 
pick off leaves, from about 12 inches up. Old 
leaves are tough and fibrous, 50 days. 
Tomatoes—when color is good all over. 
Size is no indication of maturity. Will ripen 
off the plant, but quality is better when 
ripened on the plant. Reduce bird damage by 
Average Bushel 
Weights of Vegetables 
Weight in 
Vegetable Pounds 
Beans, lima (unshelled) 32 
Beans, snap 30 
Cabbage (sack) 50 
Cucumbers 47-55 
Eggplant 33 
Greens 23-24 
Okra 30 
Peanuts (green) 35-45 
Peas, English 28-30 
Peas, southern 25 
Peppers, bell 25 
Potatoes, Irish 60 
Potatoes, sweet 55 
Spinach 20-25 
Squash, summer 42 
picking before fully colored, 70 days from 
transplants; 45 days from pollination. 
Turnips, greens—when large enough to 
pick. Tough, fibrous, and bitter when old. 
Turnips, roots—best when of medium 
size and firm. Large turnips tough and strong-ly 
flavored, 60 days. 
Watermelons—see Melons. 
Keep these points in mind when harvest-ing 
vegetables: 
• Harvest at the proper stage of maturity, not 
before. You can harvest most vegetables 
several times if you harvest only the part 
that is ready. 
• Harvest on time. Harvest okra every 1 or 2 
days. This also applies to summer squash, 
beans, and cucumbers. 
• Harvest when the foliage is dry. Tramping 
through wet foliage spreads diseases. 
• Don’t damage foliage by stepping on vines 
or breaking stems. This creates wounds and 
entrances for diseases. 
• Don’t harvest when plants are wilted. 
Wounds made by harvesting permit water 
loss, which increases water stress inside the 
plant. 
• Immediately move freshly harvested veg-etables 
into the shade and keep them cool. 
• Use freshly harvested vegetables as soon 
after harvest as possible. 
• Don’t injure the plant during harvest. 
Gently remove the part to be harvested from 
the plant. Cut eggplants and watermelons 
with a knife. Cut okra that won’t snap off. 
21
Storing Vegetables 
In addition to canning, freezing, 
and drying fresh vegetables, you can 
store many to use later. The length of 
successful storage depends on the 
vegetable and the storage conditions. 
Loss of moisture is the major fac-tor 
that reduces quality during stor-age. 
Reducing the temperature slows 
this loss and delays growth of bacteria 
and fungi that cause vegetables to 
spoil. 
Some vegetables, such as winter 
squash, onions, Irish potatoes, and 
pumpkins, lose moisture slowly; 
while others, such as leafy greens, 
lose moisture rapidly. Place vegeta-bles 
in a plastic bag or container 
before refrigerating to prevent rapid 
loss of water. This applies to lettuce, 
mustard greens, spinach, collards, 
turnip greens, Chinese cabbage, beets, 
carrots, radishes, snap beans, shelled 
limas, cucumbers, broccoli, cauli-flower, 
kohlrabi, and green onions. 
Turnip roots not only lose moisture 
rapidly but have a strong odor, so be 
sure to bag them. 
For short-term refrigerated stor-age, 
wash vegetables to remove 
insects, soil, and spray residue before 
refrigerating. 
Some vegetables can be stored for 
several weeks or longer without 
refrigeration under proper conditions. 
Beets, carrots, turnips, rutaba-gas— 
When you grow these root 
crops in the fall, you can sometimes 
leave them in the garden until you 
need them if the garden site is well 
drained and the vegetables are pro-tected 
from freezing. Pull soil up over 
roots or cover them with straw. Store 
harvested roots in plastic bags in your 
refrigerator or in moist sand in a cool 
location. 
Cabbage—Protect fall-grown 
cabbage from freezing. Pull mature 
heads and wrap leaves over the head. 
Set the heads, roots up, in a well-drained, 
cool place, and cover with 
soil or straw. You can pull mature 
heads with roots attached and place 
them in a cold frame. 
Onions—After bulbs are harvest-ed 
and dried, trim tops, leaving about 
one-half inch. Most southern onions 
do not store well, but for best storage, 
keep dry bulbs in a cool, well-venti-lated 
place. If the temperature is too 
warm, tops will sprout. If humidity is 
too high, the roots begin to swell and 
develop. 
Irish potatoes—Spring-grown Irish 
potatoes are difficult to store. Cure 
potatoes for several days in a warm 
place to heal cuts and bruises. Do not 
wash potatoes unless they are very 
dirty from harvesting in wet soil. 
Store dry potatoes in boxes in a closet 
in an air-conditioned home. If the 
house is on a conventional founda-tion, 
store potatoes under the house. 
Be sure to shut out all light to prevent 
greening of the stored potatoes. 
There are sprays or treatments that 
prevent spring-grown Irish potatoes 
from sprouting. Natural dormancy 
prevents sprouting for about 100 
days, but refrigeration or cold storage 
is the only way to hold these potatoes 
for several months. 
Irish potatoes grown in the fall are 
easier to store than spring-grown 
potatoes. Harvest when the soil is dry, 
and don’t expose potatoes to the sun. 
Cure in a warm, moist place for about 
a week to heal cuts and bruises; then 
place potatoes in a cool, dark place. 
Just make sure they don’t freeze. Fall-grown 
potatoes can be successfully 
stored for several months. 
Sweet potatoes—Sweet potatoes 
are very sensitive to cold soils and 
cold storage. Potatoes that are chilled 
in the soil or in storage will not keep 
very long. Dig potatoes before soil 
temperatures drop to 55 ºF. Cure pota-toes 
for 7 to 10 days in a warm, moist 
place—80 to 85 ºF and 90 percent rel-ative 
humidity. Curing helps heal all 
cuts and bruises that occurred during 
harvest. Store cured potatoes at 55 ºF 
and high humidity to prevent shrink-age. 
Storage at warmer temperatures 
encourages sprouting. 
Pumpkins, winter squash— 
Harvest these vegetables as they 
mature because they do not store well 
in the garden. If planted in April or 
May, they are ready to harvest in July 
and August. If left exposed to the sun 
and wet weather, they rot. Store in a 
cool, fairly dry place. Small quantities 
can be stored in an air-conditioned 
home. Do not stack these vegetables 
in storage, and do not expose them to 
temperatures below 50 ºF. If the 
humidity is too high, molds and rots 
develop. 
Tomatoes—Ripe tomatoes store 
best at a temperature around 60 ºF. At 
refrigerator temperatures, the quality 
rapidly deteriorates. Mature green 
tomatoes (those that have reached full 
size and are turning white before col-oring) 
will ripen if picked before frost 
injures them. Wrap tomatoes in paper 
and store in a cool place. Check them 
regularly to remove any ripening or 
spoiled tomatoes. You can have gar-den 
tomatoes for Christmas and even 
later if you strip the vines of fruit 
before a freeze and handle them as 
described. 
Dried beans and peas—The 
greatest danger in storing dried beans 
and peas is infestation by insects. Pick 
dry pods and thoroughly dry them in a 
warm, well-ventillated place before 
shelling. Kill insects by heating dry, 
shelled beans and peas in a 180 ºF 
oven for 15 minutes. Store these treat-ed 
beans and peas in plastic bags in 
containers with tight-fitting lids. If 
freezer space is available, you can 
store dried peas and beans in the 
freezer without prior heating. 
Seed Storage: 
Cool and Dry 
Moisture and high temperatures 
cause rapid loss in the ability of veg-etable 
seeds to germinate. Therefore, 
discard vegetable seeds held in stor-age 
buildings, vehicles, and other 
places with widely fluctuating tem-peratures 
and humidities. 
The longer seeds are stored, the 
more important it is to control mois-ture 
and temperature conditions. Low 
moisture content in the seeds means 
longer life, especially if seeds must be 
kept at warm temperatures. 
Seeds can be stored over, but not 
touching, calcium chloride, dried sili-ca 
gel, or freshly opened powdered 
milk by sealing them in air-tight con-tainers. 
Bean and okra seeds can be over-dried, 
resulting in hard seed coats and 
reduced germination. Seeds can be 
stored successfully at temperatures 
above 32 ºF. Between 40 and 50 ºF is 
satisfactory when moisture content of 
the seed is not too high. 
For long-term storage (several 
months) seeds can be stored in the 
freezer. Seeds are not harmed if prop-erly 
dried before storing, but be sure 
to let them come to room temperature 
before handling. 
Do not store chemically treated 
seeds with vegetables or other food 
items that are to be eaten. 
Approximate Years of Storage Life 
of Seeds Under Cool, Dry Conditions 
Asparagus – 3 Cucumbers – 5 Pumpkins – 4 
Beans – 3 Eggplant – 5 Radishes – 5 
Beets – 4 Kale – 5 Rutabagas – 5 
Broccoli – 5 Kohlrabi – 5 Southern peas – 3 
Brussels sprouts – 5 Lettuce – 5 Spinach – 5 
Cabbage – 5 Muskmelons – 5 Squash – 5 
Carrots – 3 Mustard – 4 Tomatoes – 4 
Chard, Swiss – 4 Okra – 2 Turnips – 5 
Collards – 5 Peas, English – 3 Watermelons – 5 
Corn – 1-2 Peppers – 4 
Vegetables 
Asparagus 
Asparagus is a perennial plant that 
can be grown successfully in many 
parts of Mississippi. Performance in 
south Mississippi gardens, however, 
is likely to be disappointing. In the 
southern part of the state, asparagus 
may not become completely dormant 
in winter and may continue producing 
a few weak spears. 
Asparagus grows on a variety of 
soils but prefers well-drained soils 
high in organic matter. Plants lose 
vigor, are more susceptible to root rot, 
and may die when planted in poorly 
drained soils. 
Since asparagus is a perennial 
plant that grows in the same location 
for several years, there is only one 
chance to prepare the soil before 
planting, so do it right. Start preparing 
soil about a year before planting by 
mixing in large quantities of organic 
matter, such as composted manure, 
compost, and green manure crops. 
Mix 2 to 3 pounds of 13-13-13 fertil-izer 
per 100 square feet into the soil 
and lime to a pH of 6.0 to 6.5. 
Asparagus does poorly at a soil pH 
below 6.0. 
Mary Washington is the most 
widely available garden variety. 
Plants and seeds of newer varieties, 
such as UC-157, Purple Passion, and 
Jersey Giant, are of more limited 
availability to home gardeners. 
In early spring, plant 1-year-old 
crowns 4 inches deep in clay soils and 
6 inches deep in sandy-textured soils. 
Do not use older crowns or pieces of 
old crowns dug from an existing bed. 
Dig a trench 12 to 18 inches wide to 
the desired planting depth in the pre-pared 
planting area. Space crowns 12 
to 15 inches apart on the bottom of the 
trench. Spread roots, being sure the 
crown is right side up. Cover crowns 
with 2 inches of soil, and during the 
first season as plants grow, gradual-ly 
fill in the trench with soil. If you 
plant more than one row, space rows 
4 to 5 feet apart. 
Keep bed free of weeds at all 
times. Remove all brown, frost-killed 
stalks in winter, and, if available, 
cover bed with 2 to 3 inches of com-posted 
manure. Each spring before 
growth begins, broadcast 2 to 3 
pounds per 100 square feet or 25 feet 
of row of 6-8-8 fertilizer and work it 
lightly into the surface. Repeat fertil-ization 
after harvest. 
Harvest can begin the third year. 
Harvesting earlier than the third 
year reportedly weakens the plants. 
Harvest all spears, large and small, 
when 6 to 8 inches long, and before 
leaf bracts at the tip begin to open. 
Cut spears 1 to 3 inches below the 
surface, trying not to injure spears 
developing below the surface, or 
you can snap spears at ground 
level. When the diameter of most 
of the spears drops to the size of a 
pencil, stop harvest for the year. On 
young beds, harvest for only 2 to 3 
weeks. Harvest established beds 
for up to 8 weeks. 
Do not allow grass to take over 
the bed during summer months 
after harvest. Fertilize and keep the 
bed clean and watered. Asparagus 
fern can reach 4 to 7 feet in height. 
Do not cut until after frost kills it in 
late fall. 
Control insects attacking spears 
during harvest with malathion and 
carbaryl. 
You can grow asparagus plants 
from seed instead of starting with 1- 
year-old crowns. To grow plants from 
seed, soak seeds in aerated water for 3 
days. Use a small electric aquarium 
air pump with a bubbler stone to aer-ate 
the soaking seeds. Plant individual 
seeds about 1 inch deep in small pots 
or containers. Plants should be large 
enough to set in the garden in 12 to 14 
weeks. Treat seedlings the same as 1- 
year-old crowns, using the same 
planting depth and spacing. During 
the first season’s growth, gradually 
fill in the trench. 
Asparagus has both male and 
female plants. Male plants produce 
spears of larger diameter than 
female plants. New all-male vari-eties 
are now available. Female 
plants produce red berries in late 
summer. Volunteer seedlings origi-nating 
from these berries may 
spread asparagus to other garden 
areas. 
Plant crowns 4 inches deep in 
12- to 18-inch wide beds. Cover 
with 2 inches of soil and gradu-ally 
fill in this trench during the 
first season. 
22 
Continued on next page
Variety 
Mary Washington—leading home 
garden variety; some resistance to rust. 
Jersey Giant—hybrid; 100 percent 
male; producer of larger, uniform 
spears; excellent vigor; tolerant to 
fusarium wilt. 
Beans 
All garden beans are sensitive to 
cold soil and cold air temperatures. 
Seeds planted in cold, wet soils rot, 
but colored bean seeds are more tol-erant 
to cold soils than white bean 
seeds. 
Soil type is important to bean seed 
germination. In germination, the two 
large seed halves (cotyledons) must 
come through the soil surface. Clay or 
compacted soils hold the cotyledons, 
and germination is poor. Cover seeds 
with a non-crusting material, or add 
sand, peat moss, vermiculite, or per-lite 
to the soil. If a crust forms, care-fully 
break it or sprinkle it lightly with 
water several times to soften it and aid 
germination. All beans are nitrogen 
fixing plants, so be careful to avoid 
heavy nitrogen fertilization and nitro-gen- 
rich soils. 
Major problems with beans are 
blossoms and pods shedding, dis-eases, 
and insects. Both too much and 
too little moisture cause blooms and 
small pods to shed. This also occurs 
when summer temperatures are 
extremely high. Control most diseases 
by buying western-grown seeds, 
selecting disease-resistant varieties, 
using treated seed, rotating land, and 
not working or harvesting beans when 
leaves are wet. Major insect pests are 
bean leaf beetle (round holes in 
leaves) and Mexican bean beetle 
(lace-like leaves). 
Bush snap beans can be green or 
yellow (wax) and round or flat. They 
are sensitive to hot, dry weather; 
therefore, do not plant them to mature 
in midsummer. Late-planted bush 
beans do not set a big crop, and the 
pods that develop are of poor quality. 
Bush beans should be planted in a 
broad band of several closely spaced 
rows. 
Harvest beans at the tender snap 
stage, but any snap bean variety can 
be allowed to grow to the green shell 
stage and be used much like lima 
beans and southern peas. Most bush 
snap bean varieties require 50 to 60 
days from planting to harvest. 
Varieties 
Atlantic—mottled seed; medium 
green; slim; round-oval; long pod; 
mosaic resistant. 
Blue Lake—white seed; dark 
green; round pod; slow to develop 
fiber; good flavor; processing type. 
Contender—old variety; colored 
seed; pale green; oval pod; frequently 
curved; early; fresh-use type that 
develops fiber rapidly. 
Derby—white seed; round; long, 
slim, straight pods; slow seed devel-opment; 
resistant to common bean 
mosaic virus; AAS 1990. 
Magnum—long, flat pod; light-medium 
green color; 6.9 inches long; 
tan seed; 51 days from planting. 
Gator Green—white seed; round; 
long, straight pods; mosaic tolerant; 
fresh market type. 
Greencrop—white seed; long, flat 
pole bean type pod; fresh use and pro-cessing; 
no disease resistance; AAS 
1957. 
Provider—purple seed; round; 
medium-length pods; white seeded 
type also available. 
Topcrop—medium green; round; 
medium-length pod; slightly curved; 
mosaic resistant; brown seed; AAS 
1950. 
Green-shell beans are grown like 
bush snap beans. These are special 
varieties: 
French’s Horticultural—pods and 
beans cream colored, splashed with 
scarlet; a semi-runner type; 68 days. 
King Horticultural—similar to 
French’s Horticultural; 75 days. 
Taylor’s Horticultural—non-run-ning 
plant; pods and beans similar to 
French’s Horticultural; 75 days. 
Pole snap beans extend the har-vest 
of snap beans through the sum-mer. 
They are more tolerant of hot 
temperatures than bush beans. 
Support vines with cane poles, 
strings, or a trellis, allowing for 6 to 8 
feet of growth. Bean vines are heavy, 
so construct a strong trellis. Barbed 
wire as the top wire prevents poles 
and strings from slipping. Support 
posts to prevent trellis collapse in wet 
weather. When exposed to very hot 
summer temperatures and dry soils, 
beans drop their blooms and small 
pods. Harvest all beans to keep vines 
producing. Pole beans yield more 
than bush beans because they produce 
over a longer period of time. 
Nitrogen-rich soils result in excessive 
vine growth and no beans. Most pole 
snap bean varieties require 65 to 70 
days from planting to first harvest. 
Varieties 
Alabama No. 1—black seed; nem-atode 
resistant. 
Blue Lake—white seed; fresh and 
processing type; pods long; round-oval; 
smooth; meaty. 
Cornfield (Striped Creaseback) — 
colored seed; pod flat; light green 
turning purple brown; stringy. 
Dade—white seed; fresh use type; 
similar to McCaslan; tolerant to sev-eral 
diseases; early. 
Kentucky Blue—pods 6 to 7 inch-es 
long, round, straight; good flavor; 
mature in 58 to 65 days; vines resist-ant 
to strains of bean rust and com-mon 
bean mosaic virus; AAS 1991. 
Kentucky Wonder—colored seed; 
fresh use; pod long, flat; meaty, brit-tle; 
low fiber; good flavor; popular 
old variety. 
Kentucky Wonder 191—white 
seed; similar to Kentucky Wonder. 
Louisiana Purple—purple pods 
that turn green when cooked. 
McCaslan—white seed; fresh use; 
light green pod; flatter and smoother 
than Kentucky Wonder; very produc-tive 
. Asparagus (yardlong) beans are 
pole beans with pods that reach 3 feet 
in length. At this stage they are past 
their prime and should be used like 
southern peas. Harvest when pods 
are 10 to 12 inches long for use as a 
snap bean. 
Variety 
Red Seed—long, dark green pods. 
Bush lima beans (butter beans) 
are more sensitive to cold than snap 
beans, so delay planting until the soil 
temperature is at least 65 degrees. 
Both small- and large-seed types are 
used as green-shell beans. The small-seed 
limas produce better than the 
large-seed types. Most varieties 
require about 65 days from planting to 
harvest. Use treated, fresh seeds. Do 
not use last year’s dry garden beans 
for this year’s seeds because of dis-ease 
carryover problems. The major 
disease is stem anthracnose. Control 
this disease by using western-grown 
seeds and planting rotation in the gar-den. 
Do not plant lima beans in the 
same garden location where they were 
grown last year. 
Varieties 
Dixie Butterpea—white seed; 3 to 
4 small, plump beans per pod; sets 
pods under high temperatures; large 
and vigorous plants; late maturing. 
Early Thorogreen—small, flat, 
rich-green baby lima; heavily produc-tive; 
sets throughout the plant; very 
adaptable and vigorous; green-seeded 
Henderson Bush. 
Henderson Bush—creamy white 
seed; 3 to 4 small, flat beans per pod; 
most popular older variety; small 
plant; productive; processing type. 
Jackson Wonder—speckled butter 
bean; seed buff with purple markings; 
beans small, greenish-white with pur-ple 
markings at green shell stage; 
medium-sized plant. 
Nemagreen—seeds greenish-white; 
3 to 4 small, flat beans per pod; 
plants small; productive; resembles 
Henderson Bush; resistant to root-knot 
nematodes. 
Pole lima beans are grown like 
pole snap beans. 
Varieties 
Carolina (Sieva)—white seed; 3 to 
4 beans per pod; pole type Henderson; 
popular old variety; widely grown; 80 
days. 
Florida Speckled Butter Bean— 
seed buff, splashed with maroon; 3 to 
4 small beans per pod; greenish with 
purple at green shell stage; bears well 
in hot weather; 78 days. 
Willowleaf—dull white seed; sim-ilar 
to Carolina, except dark green 
leaves are narrow; 90 days. 
Beets 
Beets require cool temperatures 
and a loose, moist soil for best pro-duction. 
An adequate supply of potash 
in the soil is necessary for roots to 
form. Test soil before planting. Beets 
do not tolerate acid soils. Beets are 
shallow-rooted, so never let the soil 
dry completely. Because beets require 
cool temperatures, you can grow them 
in spring and fall. 
Most beet seeds produce a small 
cluster of seedlings when they germi-nate. 
Even with individually placed 
seeds, thinning is necessary for cor-rect 
plant spacing. Thin seedlings to 
stand 2 inches apart. Beet seeds are 
slow to germinate, so mix in some 
radish seeds to mark the row. Poor 
stands of seedlings can often be traced 
to planting too deep or crusting soils 
after rain or irrigation. 
Black spots in beets may indicate a 
shortage of boron in sandy soil. 
Dissolve 1 level tablespoon of house-hold 
borax in 3 gallons of water and 
apply it to 100 feet of garden row as a 
corrective measure. Reduce the 
amount of borax for shorter rows 
because too much boron can be toxic 
to plants. 
Do not discard beet leaves; they 
are an excellent leafy green. You can 
also use the thinnings of young beets 
as greens. Beets require 60 to 70 days 
from planting to harvest. Harvested 
beets can be stored in the refrigerator 
in a plastic bag for several weeks. A 
variety with golden roots is available. 
Varieties 
Burpee’s Red Ball—uniform; 
smooth-skinned; globe-shaped; 3- 
inch dark red roots; tops erect; medi-um 
tall; red and green. 
Cylindra—long, cylindrical root 
that gives uniform slices; dark red; 6 
inches long; leaves excellent as 
greens. 
Detroit Dark Red—an old stan-dard 
variety; globe shaped; smooth; 
uniform; deep red color. 
Golden Beet—yellow interior; 
orange skin. 
Ruby Queen—uniform; smooth; 
round with fine taproot; superior qual-ity; 
fine for canning; small crown; 
AAS 1957. 
Broccoli 
Broccoli is one of the most nutri-tious 
of all vegetables. The edible 
parts are the compact clusters of 
unopened flower buds and the 
attached stems. Each plant produces 
one large central head and often sev-eral 
smaller side heads following har-vest 
of the main head. This cool-sea-son 
vegetable grows in all parts of 
Mississippi in spring and fall, but fall 
production often is more successful. 
For spring broccoli, start plants in 
a cold frame 6 to 8 weeks before time 
for setting plants in the garden. This 
means starting in what seems mid-winter. 
Grow seedlings at cool tem-peratures 
and spaced at least one-half 
inch apart in rows 4 to 6 inches apart 
so they are hardy and able to with-stand 
cold temperatures when trans-planted. 
Seedlings can be grown in individ-ual 
cups or cells in plastic trays. 
Seedlings exposed to temperatures 
below 45 ºF for 2 weeks or more in 
plant beds may form small flower 
heads and be unproductive. Seedlings 
grown indoors, in a hot bed, or in a 
greenhouse often are killed by the 
first cold night after transplanting to 
the garden in early spring. Harden 
these seedlings for 1 to 2 weeks in a 
cold frame before setting them out. 
Use 1 cup of starter solution (page 9) 
for each plant when transplanting to 
the garden. 
Side-dress broccoli plants with a 
nitrogen fertilizer as soon as they 
begin active growth after transplanti-ng. 
A second side-dressing just before 
heading will help increase the size of 
the center heads. 
For fall broccoli, plant seeds 
directly in the garden where they are 
to grow. Keep the seed bed moist to 
prevent crusting and to aid germina-tion. 
Do not delay planting past rec-ommended 
dates waiting for moisture 
or for temperatures to cool. If water is 
not available to keep the seed bed and 
seedlings moist, do not direct seed. 
Fall broccoli is better in quality 
than spring broccoli because it 
matures as the weather is getting cool-er 
rather than warmer, but fall broc-coli 
has more insect problems than the 
spring crop. Control the major worm 
problems by spraying or dusting with 
a biological control containing 
Bacillus thuringiensis. 
Harvest broccoli while the cluster 
of flower buds is still tight. Open yel-low 
flowers indicate overmaturity. A 
hollow stalk may indicate a shortage 
of boron in the garden soil. Dissolve 1 
tablespoon of household borax in 3 
gallons of water and apply it to 100 
feet of garden row. Use less borax for 
shorter row lengths. Using more than 
is recommended can be toxic to 
plants. 
Varieties 
Green Comet—hybrid; extra 
early; medium-sized, 6- to 7-inch uni-form 
heads; large side shoots; 61 to 75 
days; AAS 1969. 
Packman—hybrid; very early; 
compact plant with large, flattened 
head; 62 days. 
Premium Crop—hybrid; midsea- 
Continued on next page 
23
son; medium large, 7- to 8-inch head; 
minimum of side shoots; 75 to 89 
days; AAS 1975. 
Brussels Sprouts 
This cold-hardy, slow-growing, 
long-season vegetable is not frequent-ly 
grown in Mississippi gardens. The 
cool weather of neither spring nor fall 
is long enough for maximum yields. 
When attempting a spring crop, set 
plants early and side-dress as soon as 
active plant growth begins and again 
when sprouts form. For a fall crop, 
start plants in midsummer. Set plants 
24 inches apart and keep them 
watered. Sprouts develop where 
leaves join the main stem. As sprouts 
develop, do not remove leaves. Lower 
sprouts mature first, and you can cut 
leaves when you harvest sprouts. Heat 
causes soft sprouts. Aphids often 
infest developing sprouts, making 
them inedible. 
Varieties 
Jade Cross—hybrid; vigorous 
plant; uniform sprouts closely spaced; 
11⁄2 inches in diameter; 90 days; AAS 
1959. 
Long Island—sprouts 11⁄2 inches in 
diameter; firm; plants 32 to 34 inches 
tall; 90 days. 
Cabbage 
Cabbage can be green or red, 
smooth or curly (savoy), and have flat 
or pointed heads. 
Cabbage is grown exactly as 
described for broccoli in both spring 
and fall. When purchasing cabbage 
plants in spring, beware of large 
plants or those with stems as large as 
a pencil. Bundled, bare-root trans-plants 
with large, woody stems may 
flower without forming a head. 
When growing transplants, select 
varieties that mature over several 
weeks to extend the harvest season 
from a single planting. Also, pur-chased 
transplants of a non-hybrid 
(open-pollinated) variety mature over 
several weeks. Use starter solution 
(page 9) when setting transplants in 
the garden. 
As cabbage matures, head-split-ting 
results from the pressure of 
water taken up by the plants after the 
heads are solid. Soft heads indicate 
lack of maturity. 
Serious insect problems for cab-bage 
are aphids and cabbage worms. 
The major diseases, black leg and 
black rot, are seed-borne and difficult 
to control except by purchasing dis-ease- 
free seeds and plants. 
Varieties 
Red Head—hybrid; main season; 
red; 85 days; AAS 1971. 
Rio Verde—hybrid; heads slightly 
flattened; strong blue-green; main 
season late; 85 days. 
Round Dutch—open-pollinated; 
old, popular garden variety; most 
commonly sold as transplants; main 
season; round, green head; tolerant to 
cold weather; resistant to bolting; 75 
days. 
Ruby Ball—hybrid; very deep red; 
solid, round head; 5 to 6 inches 
across; 70 days; AAS 1972. 
Savoy Ace—hybrid; savoy heads 
of deep green; round; 78 days; AAS 
1977. 
Chinese Cabbage 
Several different vegetables are 
commonly called Chinese cabbage. 
There are both heading and nonhead-ing 
types. Michihli types form tall, 
cylindrical heads. A second type, 
Napa, forms heads similar to loose 
heads of savoy cabbage. A third type, 
Pak Choi or Bok Choi, often called 
celery cabbage, resembles swiss 
chard and is nonheading. All types 
rapidly go to seed in warm weather, 
which makes them better suited for 
fall rather than spring gardens. Sow 
seeds in early fall and thin seedlings 
to stand 8 to 12 inches apart. It is 
important that the plant growth not be 
interrupted. 
Varieties 
China Express—hybrid; early, 
slow-bolting Napa type; for spring 
planting; disease resistant. 
China Pride—hybrid; rugged 
Napa type; best for fall; broad, large 
heads; good, dark green color; disease 
tolerant. 
Monument—hybrid; Michihili 
type; 18 inches tall; dense head with 
deep green outer color and white inte-rior; 
80 days. 
What-A Joy—Pac Choi hybrid; 
Joy Choi is white-stalked. 
Carrots 
Mississippi’s 
high clay content, poorly 
drained soils are not suited for 
developing long, straight carrots, so 
select varieties that are only 6 to 8 
inches long. Carrots are sensitive to 
acid soils. Raised beds filled with 
improved soil allow you to grow car-rots 
where they wouldn’t grow in 
native soil. 
Carrot seeds are slow to germi-nate, 
and germination may not be uni-form. 
Hard, packing rains following 
planting and before germination result 
in a poor stand or no stand at all. Mix 
some radish seeds with carrot seeds to 
mark the row. Carrot seeds germinate 
best in a warm, moist soil. Cover the 
planted row with clear plastic or a 
floating row cover to help get a good 
stand. Remove the plastic immediate-ly 
after germination, but you can 
leave the polyester row cover over the 
seedlings until they make some 
growth. To aid emergence, cover the 
seeds with a noncrusting material like 
sawdust, sand, or vermiculite, and 
keep the newly seeded row moist. 
Thin seedlings to stand about 2 inches 
apart. 
Green shoulders on carrots result 
from sunburn. Pull a little soil to the 
row when cultivating to keep carrots 
covered. Misshapen, twisted, and 
forked carrots result from clay soils, 
sticks, roots, stones, or root knot 
nematodes. 
Varieties 
Danvers 126—fresh use and pro-cessing 
type; tolerates high tempera-tures; 
moderately tapered; stump root 
6 to 8 inches long; broad shoulder; 
open pollinated; 75 days. 
Red Cored Chantenay—process-ing 
type; choice for heavy soils; 
tapered; short, thick stump root; 4 to 6 
inches long; heavy shoulder; 68 days. 
Cauliflower 
Cauliflower is grown much like 
broccoli and cabbage, but plants are 
less tolerant of heat and cold. Start 
from transplants in spring. Direct seed 
or use transplants in fall. Select early 
maturing varieties to avoid late spring 
heat and late fall cold. Cauliflower 
plants are more sensitive to spring 
freezes than broccoli or cabbage. 
Cauliflower plants must be kept 
growing vigorously from germination 
through harvest. Any interruption in 
growth caused by drought, heat, or 
cold can cause the edible head to fail 
to develop (button). Use a starter solu-tion 
(page 9) when setting plants in 
the garden. 
Some of the new cauliflower 
hybrids are self-blanching (leaves 
fold over developing head), eliminat-ing 
the need for tying outer leaves to 
ensure a white head. With nonself-blanching 
types, tie the large outer 
leaves loosely together over the center 
of the plant when the small head is 2 
to 3 inches in diameter. The head 
should be ready to harvest 7 to 12 
days after tying the leaves. Cut the 
head before it develops a coarse, ricey 
appearance. Cauliflower plants make 
only a single head. Downy mildew 
can be a serious disease problem. 
Aphids, cabbage loopers, and import-ed 
cabbage moths are major insect 
pests. 
Varieties 
Majestic—hybrid; earlier than 
Snow Crown; heads 7 inches across; 
66 days. 
Snow Crown—hybrid; early 
Snowball type; white heads up to 8 
inches across; 68 days; AAS 1975. 
Snow King—hybrid; extra early; 
withstands heat; ideal for fall; 60 
days; AAS 1969. 
Swiss Chard 
Swiss chard is a 
close relative of the 
garden beet that 
does not develop 
an edible root. 
Grow chard just 
like beets, but 
space the plants 4 
to 6 inches apart in the row. 
Harvest chard by cutting the entire 
plant or by removing the large outer 
leaves, leaving the smaller leaves to 
develop for future harvests. If wa-tered, 
spring-planted chard may sur-vive 
the summer to produce leaves for 
fall harvest. The green portion of the 
leaf can be stripped off, leaving the 
broad mid-rib, which can be steamed 
and eaten like asparagus. 
There are several varieties of 
chard; the biggest difference among 
them is that some varieties have 
brightly colored stems. The red-stemmed 
varieties may be mistaken 
for rhubarb but cannot be used as a 
rhubarb substitute. 
Because of its upright growth and 
large, attractive leaves, chard can be 
used as an ornamental in borders and 
display beds. 
Varieties 
Bright Lights—red, yellow, pur-ple, 
and green petioles. 
Lucullus—early; leaves crumpled; 
dark green; broad, pale-green petiole. 
Rhubarb—crimson stalks; leaves 
dark green; heavily crumpled. 
Collards 
This leafy green seems to be in 
gardens year-round but is at its best in 
spring and fall during cool weather. 
Early spring plantings produce edible 
leaves right through summer if 
watered and fertilized, and if insects 
are controlled. 
Some gardeners prefer to harvest 
the large, mature lower leaves, leav-ing 
young leaves and the growing bud 
to produce more leaves for later har-vests. 
Other gardeners harvest leaves 
from young plants by cutting them 
from the plants, leaving the growing 
buds to produce leaves for later har-vests. 
Collard seeds are sometimes 
planted in May, June, or July for sum-mer 
transplants and fall harvest. 
Collards are relatively heavy feed-ing 
plants and require side-dressing 
with a nitrogen fertilizer. The most 
popular old varieties, Georgia LS 
(long standing) and Vates, are both 
relatively slow to go to seed. Vates is 
the preferred variety for overwinter-ing. 
Major insect problems are aphids 
and leaf-eating worms. Larvae of cab-bage 
loopers and imported cabbage 
moths are serious pests in late spring, 
summer, and early fall. 
Varieties 
Vates—standard older variety for 
overwintering; good resistance to 
bolting; low-growing, compact. 
Georgia LS—spring and summer 
planting not recommended for over-wintering. 
Blue Max—hybrid; slightly 
savoyed, large leaves that extend 
down the petioles; blue-green color; 
mild taste; upright, vigorous, compact 
plant. 
Champion—Vates type with 
longer standing ability. 
Sweet Corn 
Seed companies have offered an 
explosion of new sweet corn hybrids 
in recent years. Sweet corn varieties 
can be divided into three broad 
groups: normal sweets, sugary 
enhanced sweets, and super sweets. 
Within the sugary enhanced group 
there are two types: those with 100 
percent of the kernels being sugary 
and those with about 25 percent of the 
kernels being sugary. Both the normal 
sweets and the sugary enhanced are 
excellent types for gardens because 
seeds are normal in size and germi-nate 
well. 
Super sweet seeds are small, and 
conditions must be ideal for good ger-mination. 
Super sweet seedlings are 
slower to establish than the normal 
and sugary enhanced types. The super 
sweets have a sugar content that is 
two to three times higher than that of 
normal sweet corn and a slow conver-sion 
rate of sugar to starch. Therefore, 
super sweets hold up well on plants 
and in the refrigerator. 
Both the normal sweet and the sug-ary 
enhanced sweet corns have fairly 
rapid rates of conversion of sugar to 
starch, but these sweet corns also have 
a creamy texture, while super sweets 
are more crisp and watery. 
24 
Continued on next page
In addition to differences in sugar 
content, sweet corn also comes in dif-ferent 
colors: yellow, white, and 
bicolor (yellow and white kernels on 
the same ear). 
Sweet corns also are divided into 
varieties that mature early (65 to 70 
days), midseason (70 to 80 days), and 
late (80 or more days). Most early 
varieties are better adapted to the 
northern states and do not make satis-factory 
growth or ear size in the south. 
For an ear of corn to develop prop-erly, 
corn pollen from the tassel at the 
top of the plant must fall to the silks of 
the ear located about halfway up the 
stalk. Plant several short rows, rather 
than one or two long rows, for better 
pollination. Better pollination means 
fuller ears. Hot, dry conditions during 
pollination result in missing kernels, 
small ears, and poor development of 
ear tips. A water shortage, signaled by 
visible wilting (rolling of the leaves), 
at the time of silk emergence results in 
reduced yields and quality. 
When different varieties of sweet 
corn planted close together silk and 
tassel at the same time, crosspolli-nation 
can occur by wind-blown 
pollen. This may result in something 
as simple as yellow kernels scat-tered 
in the ears of white corn; but 
more important is the reduction in 
quality when super sweet corns are 
pollinated by any other type of 
sweet corn. Therefore, isolate the 
super sweets from other sweet corns 
by time of planting so that they silk 
and tassel at different times; or iso-late 
them by a distance greater than 
the pollen is carried by the wind. If 
popcorn and field corn pollinate any 
type of sweet corn, they will destroy 
its eating quality. 
Soil fertility problems frequently 
cause low yields in sweet corn. If soils 
are cold and wet during early plant-ing, 
deficiencies of nitrogen and phos-phorus 
will occur. Small ears at har-vest 
indicate low fertility, and poorly 
filled ear tips indicate low nitrogen, 
phosphorus, or potassium. 
Corn earworms are the most seri-ous 
sweet corn pests, although chinch 
bugs, flea beetles, blister beetles, and 
armyworms also cause serious dam-age. 
As soon as silks appear, spray or 
dust to control earworms. Continue to 
apply insecticide on a 3- to 4-day 
schedule until silks are brown and dry. 
Sweet corn is ready to harvest 
about 20 days after the first silks 
appear. The ear should feel full, the 
kernels should be plump, and the juice 
should be milky in the normal and 
sugary enhanced types. 
Birds are a problem at planting 
time and at harvest time. They pull 
seedlings from the soil to feed on the 
kernels and also feed on the ears as 
they approach maturity. Problems 
with animals, such as raccoons and 
squirrels, feeding on sweet corn as it 
matures are difficult to prevent. You 
can prevent some damage by using a 
2-strand electric fence around the 
garden. Place one wire about 4 inch-es 
aboveground and the other at 
about 12 inches. The electric fence 
should be in operation well before 
corn approaches maturity. 
Varieties 
Normal type 
Jubilee—yellow; large ear; white 
silk; late. 
Merit—yellow; tolerant to high 
temperatures and drought; large, 
heavy ears; smut resistant; sometimes 
called silkless because silks come off 
ears easily; midseason to late. 
Silver Queen—white; exceptional 
quality; late. 
Sweet G-90—bicolor; very tender 
and sweet; 75 days. 
Sugary Enhanced (se) 
Bodacious—homozygous se; yel-low; 
early (75 days); medium-sized 
ear; excellent eating. 
Calico Belle—bicolor; homozy-gous 
se; midseason; medium-sized 
ear; excellent eating; good yields. 
Incredible—yellow; an improved 
Miracle; good husk protection and tip 
fill; 100 percent se; late. 
Miracle—yellow; excellent flavor; 
tender kernels; large ears; midseason. 
Platinum Lady—white; excellent 
flavor; purple color in stalks and 
husks; early to midseason. 
Snowbelle—white; creamy tex-ture; 
1 week earlier than Silver 
Queen. 
Tendertreat–yellow; excellent fla-vor 
and tender; purple color in stalks 
and husks; tall plants; late. 
Super Sweet (sh2) 
How Sweet It Is—white; 8-inch 
ears; late; requires isolation; 88 days; 
AAS 1986. 
Summer Sweet 7210—yellow; 8- 
inch ears; midseason; requires isola-tion; 
78 days. 
Cucumbers 
Cucumbers are divided into two 
broad groups, pickling and slicing, on 
the basis of shape and color. 
Pickling types are short and 
blocky and have white or black spines 
on the cucumber (spines are small and 
easily overlooked). Fruit are generally 
dark green at stem end and may be 
almost white at blossom end. Fruit 
with white spines turn light yellow or 
white when overmature. Black-spined 
types turn orange. 
Slicing cucumbers have long fruit, 
are generally dark green from stem to 
tip, and have white spines. Grow slic-ing 
cucumbers on a trellis for straight, 
uniformly colored fruit. 
Fruit types may actually be used 
interchangeably (except in veg-etable 
shows), and the two types 
crosspollinate. 
The normal type of cucumber 
plants have separate male (short stem 
and pollen) and female (little cucum-ber 
and pollen-receiving organ) flow-ers 
on the same plant. This condition 
is called monoecious. Some of the 
newer hybrids are described as being 
predominantly female, or gynoecious. 
These plants produce few if any male 
flowers. Seed packets of gynoecious 
hybrids generally have about 15 per-cent 
seeds of a pollinator (normal 
plants with male flowers) mixed in. 
Until recently, all garden cucum-bers 
required pollination for fruit to 
develop, and the cucumbers had seeds 
in them. Plant breeders are now devel-oping 
seedless (parthenocarpic) vari-eties 
that develop without pollination 
and seeds. 
All cucumbers must be harvested 
before blossom ends soften or fruits 
begin to yellow. Smaller sizes are 
more desirable for pickling than the 
larger fruit, which can be used for rel-ish 
or mock spiced apple slices. 
Harvest slicing cucumbers before 
seed coats on the seeds begin to hard-en. 
Remove all overmature, large, and 
poorly shaped fruit from the vines to 
keep plants producing. 
Poor fruit shape (crooks, nubs, and 
balls) is caused by low soil fertility, 
drought, or poor pollination. A 
cucumber is almost 95 percent water, 
so lack of water affects fruit develop-ment 
and quality. 
Bitter cucumbers result from poor 
growing conditions (low soil fertility, 
high temperatures, and drought). 
Varieties are now available that do not 
become bitter, but this is no excuse for 
neglecting the plants. 
Cucumbers do not crosspollinate 
with melons, squash, or pumpkins, 
but they do cross with other varieties 
of cucumbers. This has no impact on 
the fruit being harvested and should 
be of concern only if you save seeds. 
Since most modern varieties are 
hybrids, saving seeds is not recom-mended. 
Cucumber seedlings that are not 
grown in small pots or containers do 
not transplant easily, so plant seeds 
where they are to grow; or start 
seedlings in peat pots, pellets, or cups, 
and set them in the garden before the 
first true leaf enlarges. 
Most new cucumber hybrids are 
resistant to major diseases. Problem-causing 
insects are cucumber beetles, 
squash bugs, and pickleworms. 
Varieties 
Pickling type 
Calypso—gynoecious hybrid; 
multiple disease resistance; uniform 
dark green; blocky; white spine; 56 
days. 
Carolina—gynoecious hybrid; 
multiple disease resistance; medium-length 
vine; medium dark green; 
blocky fruit; white spine; 55 days. 
Slicing type 
Ashley—straight, slightly tapered 
fruit; 7 to 8 inches long; 66 days. 
Cherokee—gynoecious hybrid; 7 
to 71⁄2 inches long; 63 days. 
Gemini—gynoecious hybrid; mul-tiple 
disease resistance; 8 to 81⁄2 inches 
long; 61 days. 
General Lee—tolerates cucumber 
mosaic virus. 
Poinsett 76—open-pollinated; 
monoecious; 7 to 8 inches long; mul-tiple 
disease resistance. 
Salad Bush—monoecious hybrid 
with short (24-inch) vines; multiple 
disease tolerance; dark green fruit; 
adapted to containers, hanging bas-kets, 
and small gardens; AAS 1988. 
Slicemaster—early gynoecious 
hybrid with multiple disease toler-ance; 
8 to 9 inches long; dark green 
color; 61 days. 
Straight 8—white spine; AAS 
1938 and still productive! 
Sweet Success—greenhouse type; 
seedless; 12 to 14 inches long; best 
grown on trellis; some disease toler-ance; 
AAS 1983. 
Sweet Slice—hybrid; multiple dis-ease 
tolerance; mild burpless; nonbit-ter; 
10 to 12 inches long; 63 days. 
Thunder—very early; strong dis-ease 
package. 
Eggplant 
Eggplant is an extremely cold-sen-sitive 
vegetable, and early planting 
results in stunted plants. Direct seed-ing 
in the garden is not recommended. 
Start with transplants, either home 
grown or purchased. Use a starter 
solution (page 9) when setting out 
transplants. 
You have a broad choice of vari-eties 
when ordering seeds from a cat-alog, 
but there is often little or no 
choice of varieties when purchasing 
plants. Most plant producers grow 
only Black Beauty, the old standard, 
late-maturing variety. New varieties 
and hybrids offer high yields, earli-ness, 
and a choice of size, shape, and 
color. 
Eggplant is in the garden from 
spring planting until frost, so mulch 
plants to reduce summer’s heat and 
drought stress. Side-dress eggplant 
when plants are half grown and again 
after first harvest. 
Several diseases and insects attack 
eggplant. The most serious disease is 
Phomopsis fruit rot. The most serious 
insect pest is the flea beetle. This 
small, black insect eats many tiny 
holes in the leaves and may defoliate 
and kill plants. 
Varieties 
Black Beauty—old standard; low-spreading, 
bushy plant; fruit round to 
globe and dark purple; 80 days. 
Florida Market—prolific over a 
long season; plants tall and upright; 
fruit long, cylindrical, glossy dark 
purple; Phomopsis resistant; 85 days. 
Dusky—hybrid; extra early; free 
setting heavy yielder; fruit deep oval, 
glossy black; tolerant to tobacco 
mosaic virus; 63 days. 
Millionaire—Oriental type with 
purple-calyxed, black fruit. 
Endive and Escarole 
These two strong-flavored leafy 
greens are commonly used in salads. 
Both are cool-season vegetables like 
lettuce and are best grown like head 
lettuce; transplants in spring and 
direct seeding in fall. 
Endive has curly, finely cut leaves, 
while escarole has broad, flat leaves. 
Both have a somewhat coarse texture 
and a strong flavor that some interpret 
as bitter. 
Varieties 
Florida Deep Heart—broad, dark 
green leaves, creamy white heart; 
escarole type; 85 days. 
Green Curled—finely cut, curled 
leaves; endive type; 95 days. 
Gourds 
Gourds are divided into several 
groups based on use and flower color. 
The small, hard-shelled ornamental 
gourds used for decoration have yel-low 
flowers. Varieties within this 
group are Apple, Bell, Egg, and Crown 
of Thorns. Ornamental gourds belong 
to the same botanical group as summer 
squash, and they do crosspollinate. 
The ultility gourds, dipper and 
birdhouse, have white flowers. The 
dishrag gourd (luffa) is a utility gourd 
with yellow flowers. This gourd can 
be eaten when young and is also 
known as running okra. The fruit can 
reach 2 feet in length and have promi-nent 
ribs, or it can be smooth. 
Gourds are grown the same way as 
muskmelons, cucumbers, squash, and 
pumpkins. Vines are vigorous and 
spreading and will readily climb a 
support or trellis. Trellising results in 
better shaped gourds and keeps them 
off the ground, reducing rotting and 
soil staining. 
Plant seeds about 1 inch deep 
when soil is warm and danger of frost 
is over. Space plants about 2 feet apart 
when not trellising. Utility and luffa 
gourds have large, vigorous vines and 
require a long growing season. 
Although mature gourds are not hurt 
by frost, vines of all types are sensi-tive 
to frost. 
Fertilize as for squash and water-melons. 
Side-dress when the vines 
begin to run. 
Harvest ornamental gourds in 
August or September when fruits 
Continued on next page 
25
become hard. Harvest dipper gourds 
when they turn tan or brown and luffa 
gourds when skin is yellow and can 
be easily removed. Harvest using 
clippers to avoid twisting or breaking 
the stems. Handle carefully to avoid 
cuts and bruises. 
Following harvest, wash the orna-mental, 
dipper, and birdhouse gourds 
in a non-bleaching disinfectant and 
place them in a dry location with good 
air circulation until thoroughly dry. 
Cure dipper and birdhouse gourds for 
several weeks in a warm, dry place. 
Gourds are very hard, and the seeds 
rattle when completely dry. 
With luffa gourds, remove the yel-low 
skin and seeds from the fresh 
gourds. Remaining fibers can be 
washed and dried in the sun. Luffa 
gourds dried with the skin on must be 
soaked in water for several days to 
soften the skin to ease its removal. 
Remove seeds, wash fiber mass, and 
dry in the sun. 
After drying, colorful ornamental 
gourds can be waxed or dipped in 
shellac and hung by their stems to dry. 
Major insect pests of gourds are 
cucumber beetles, squash bugs, 
squash vine borers, and pickleworms. 
Horseradish 
Horseradish is a hardy perennial 
plant that is normally grown as an 
annual. This cool-season root crop is 
not well adapted to Mississippi’s cli-mate 
and soils. 
Start in early spring with root cut-tings 
(sets) that are 8 to 14 inches 
long. Plant them 18 to 24 inches apart 
and 4 to 5 inches deep in a trench. 
Water and mulch to keep soil cool. 
Horseradish does best in deep, loose, 
fertile soil. Use a fertilizer high in 
potash to promote good root develop-ment. 
Keep side shoots removed to 
force development of one large root. 
This requires digging around the 
crown to cut off the side shoots. 
Harvest in the fall after frost. 
Side roots not removed during 
growth can be removed at harvest, 
stored, and used to start another crop. 
Jerusalem Artichokes 
(Sunchokes) 
This relative of the sunflower pro-duces 
fleshy tubers you can boil, fry, 
or eat raw. 
In the spring, plant small tubers 2 
to 3 inches deep and 18 to 24 inches 
apart. Stalks reach several feet in 
height and produce masses of attrac-tive 
yellow flowers before frost in the 
fall. Tubers can be harvested all winter 
and are best left in the ground until 
needed. Keep harvested tubers in a 
plastic bag in the refrigerator to pre-vent 
shrinkage. 
Beware of this plant. It quickly 
becomes a weed from small tubers 
left in the ground at harvest. 
Kale 
This close relative of cabbage and 
collards is best grown in the fall gar-den. 
Light frost improves the flavor, 
and in some years, kale plants sur-vive 
the winter to produce an early 
spring crop of leaves. 
Sow seeds directly in the garden 
in late summer, and thin plants to 
stand 8 to 12 inches apart. Harvest 
the lower leaves, or cut the entire 
plant. Aphids and leaf-eating worms, 
such as cabbage loopers and import-ed 
cabbage moths, are the most seri-ous 
pests. 
Kale is available in two different 
types—a curly-leafed type that is 
normally used for eating and an orna-mental 
type used for garnish. Be sure 
to grow the correct variety for eating. 
Varieties 
Dwarf Siberian—hardy; vigor-ous; 
large, coarse leaves; deep 
bluish-green color. 
Vates—low, spreading; hardy; 
slow bolting; leaves curled. 
Winterbor—very curly leaves; 
cold tolerant. 
Kohlrabi 
Known as stem turnip, kohlrabi is 
a rapid-maturing, cool-season veg-etable 
that can be grown in both the 
spring and fall garden. This vegetable 
is not widely grown by Southern gar-deners 
even though the hybrid variety, 
Grand Duke, was named an All 
America Selection in 1979. 
Kohlrabi grows very well in 
Mississippi and is becoming popular as 
an alternative to chips for snack food. 
Thinly sliced raw roots are used with 
dips. Thin seedlings to stand about 4 
inches apart. Keep plants watered and 
fertilized so they won’t become 
woody. The swollen stem can reach 
several inches in diameter but should 
be harvested at the 2-inch size. 
Varieties 
Grand Duke—hybrid; early; vig-orous; 
50 days; AAS 1979. 
Purple Vienna—leaves and stem 
purple; stem flesh white; 55 days. 
White Vienna—standard variety; 
light green; 55 days. 
Lettuce 
Both leaf and head lettuce grow 
well in Mississippi gardens in spring 
and fall. Leaf lettuce is more cold 
hardy, faster maturing, more shade 
tolerant, and a few varieties are more 
heat tolerant than head lettuce. 
Start plants in a cold frame in late 
winter or early spring for transplant-ing 
to the garden, or sow seeds direct-ly 
in the garden. Head lettuce seeds 
sown directly in the garden in very 
early spring make a good crop if May 
is a relatively cool month. Remember, 
garden head lettuce doesn’t have to 
form a solid head before being har-vested 
and used. 
Lettuce transplants easily, and 
plants with plenty of growing space 
develop more quickly than those in 
the crowded seed row. Thin leaf let-tuce 
to at least 4 inches apart, butter-head 
bibb types to 6 inches apart, and 
crisp head types to 10 to 12 inches 
apart. 
All types of lettuce are relatively 
heavy feeders and need high nitrogen 
fertility. Because the root system is 
small and shallow, keep soil moist to 
promote rapid, constant growth. 
Lettuce does not grow well in hot 
weather without plenty of moisture, 
and even then it may become tough 
and bitter and go to seed. 
Varieties 
Crisp head types 
Great Lakes—medium-sized; 
solid head; large, dark green wrapper 
leaves; slow bolting; frost resistant; 
resistant to tip burn; AAS 1944. 
Leaf types 
Black Seeded Simpson—old vari-ety; 
large, upright plant; light green 
leaves; heavily frilled. 
Grand Rapids—old popular home 
garden variety; large, erect, compact 
leaves; light green; wavy. 
Prize Head—early; curled and 
frilly; outer leaves reddish-brown, 
inner leaves medium green. 
Red Sails—deep bronzy-red ruf-fled 
leaves; attractive; slow to bolt; 
AAS 1952. 
Salad Bowl—slow to bolt; large, 
upright leaves; light green; deeply 
notched; AAS 1952. 
SloBolt—long-standing Grand 
Rapids type. 
Butterhead types 
Butternut Crunch—long standing 
bibb type; dark green outside leaves; 
AAS 1963. 
Muskmelons (Cantaloupes) 
Muskmelons are popular with gar-deners 
who have plenty of space to 
accommodate their spreading vines. 
Muskmelons do not tolerate cool 
temperatures or transplanting very 
well, so wait until the soil is warm 
before planting seeds. To warm the 
soil, use black plastic mulch, floating 
row covers, or plastic tunnels. Start 
transplants in individual containers 
like peat pots, and move them to the 
garden shortly after the seeds germi-nate 
and the soil is warm. 
Muskmelons can be grown on a 
trellis, but the fruit must be supported 
with a sling. Control the vigorous 
vines by pinching out the growing ter-minals 
once the melon crop has set. 
Bees are necessary for pollination. 
Muskmelons do not crosspollinate 
with cucumbers, squash, or watermel-ons, 
so off-flavor and poor quality are 
attributed to growing conditions 
(excess water while ripening, low soil 
fertility, and hot, cloudy weather). 
Many newer hybrid varieties are 
resistant to major diseases. 
Varieties 
Ambrosia—hybrid; excellent fla-vor; 
4-pound melons; light orange 
flesh; resistant to downy and powdery 
mildews. 
Dixie Jumbo—hybrid; replace-ment 
for Hales Best Jumbo; salmon 
flesh; 4-pound melons; resistant to 
downy and powdery mildews. 
Hales Best 36—round; well-net-ted; 
small seed cavity; salmon flesh; 
87 days. 
Magnum 45—hybrid; early; 3- 
pound melons; deep orange flesh; 
resistant to powdery mildew. 
Mission—hybrid; western shipper 
type with no sutures; deep salmon 
flesh; 3- to 4-pound melons; resistant 
to powdery mildew. 
Mustard Greens 
Mustard greens are quick and 
easy to grow in spring and fall. 
Mustard does not tolerate heat and 
bolts (runs to seed) when weather 
warms in late spring. Plant seeds 4 to 
6 weeks before the last frost in spring 
and 6 to 8 weeks before the first frost 
in fall. Several plantings, a couple of 
weeks apart, provide a continuous 
supply of mustard. Harvest by cut-ting 
entire plants, breaking off only 
the large leaves, or cutting plants to 
within an inch or so of the crowns, 
permitting regrowth for a second har-vest. 
Curly leaved varieties trap a lot 
of sand that is difficult to wash off. 
Varieties 
Florida Broad Leaf—broad, flat 
leaf; sawtooth edge; the most popular 
garden variety. 
Green Wave—very curly leaf; 
AAS 1957. 
Southern Giant Curled—very 
curly leaf. 
Tendergreen (Mustard 
Spinach)—strap-shaped leaf; 
smooth. 
Okra 
Okra is a hot-weather vegetable. 
Most varieties make large plants that 
require a fair amount of garden space. 
When two rows are planted side by 
side, leave extra space between the 
rows and on both sides to allow for 
easy harvesting. 
Okra seeds are hard. Soak them in 
water overnight before planting to 
speed germination. 
Space the seed about 4 inches 
apart in the row and thin seedlings to 
the recommended spacing, or plant 
groups of two or three seeds at the 
recommended final spacing and thin 
seedling groups to one plant. Planting 
through black plastic mulch is recom-mended 
to promote earliness. Okra 
seedlings are sensitive to cool, wet 
soils and cool air temperatures. Acid 
soils result in poor pod development. 
A second planting of okra seeds 
about 6 weeks after the first planting 
ensures plenty of tender pods in late 
summer and fall when production on 
the early planting is declining. 
Cut back tall okra plants to a 
height of 3 to 4 feet to promote 
branching, to make harvesting easier, 
and to renew the plants. Side-dress 
with a nitrogen fertilizer at the same 
time. Harvest okra pods by snapping or 
cutting frequently. Even the spineless 
varieties cause some skin irritation, so 
wear long sleeves when harvesting. 
Disease problems are generally 
minimal, but okra is sensitive to root 
knot nematodes. Insect pests are corn 
earworms, stink bugs, and ants. 
Varieties 
Annie Oakley—hybrid; Clemson 
Spineless type; spineless pods slightly 
ribbed. 
Burgundy—burgundy-colored 
pods; dwarf plants grow to only 4 
feet; plant has ornamental appeal with 
red in stems and leaves; AAS 1988. 
26 
Continued on next page
Cajun Delight—five-sided; dark 
green pods. 
Clemson Spineless—leading 
home garden variety; straight pods 
tapered, ridged, spineless; less foliage 
than Perkins Spineless; 65 days; AAS 
1939. 
Onions 
Onions are grown for green-topped 
salad onions and dry bulb 
onions. Select a loose, fertile soil and 
start with transplants, small dry bulbs 
(sets), or seeds. Set out transplants in 
late winter and early spring, depend-ing 
on location, and use for both salad 
and bulb onions. Onion sets planted in 
early spring also produce salad onions 
and bulbs. Fall-planted sets produce 
fall salad onions and when overwin-tered, 
produce spring salad onions 
and bulbs. 
Onion seeds are normally planted 
in fall (September to October) for the 
production of transplants, but few gar-deners 
go to the trouble of raising 
their own onion plants. 
Separate onion sets into two 
sizes—smaller than a dime and larger 
than a dime—before planting. The 
small sets planted in spring make bulb 
onions, and planted in fall, may sur-vive 
the winter to make bulb onions. 
Large sets planted in spring or fall 
generally flower and should be used 
for green salad onions since onion 
plants that flower do not mature into 
good dry bulbs. 
Space sets and transplants for bulb 
onions 4 to 6 inches apart in the gar-den 
row. Onion plants have shallow 
roots and are subject to injury from 
dry soils. Side-dress with a nitrogen 
fertilizer once or twice to encourage 
strong and vigorous growth. 
As onion bulbs begin to mature, 
the tops yellow and fall over. Lifting 
the bulbs gently with a turning fork 
to break some of the roots hastens 
maturity. Do not bend over the tops 
to hasten maturity. This practice 
reduces bulb size and opens the 
onions to neck rot. 
The onion varieties grown for 
bulbs in the South do not make 
strong-flavored, hard-storage type 
bulbs. The soft, sweet Southern 
onions keep for several weeks, but 
plan to use them rapidly. 
Varieties 
Crystal Wax—white skin and 
flesh; standard variety; flat, medium-sized 
bulb; soft, mild flesh; also used 
for green salad onions. 
Granex 33—Vidalia type onion; 
hybrid; thick, flat globe shape; yellow 
skin; fair storage quality; mild, sweet 
flavor; susceptible to pink root. 
Granex 429—yellow skin; deeper 
shape than Granex 33 and several days 
later maturing; mild, sweet flavor. 
Texas Grano-1015 Y—yellow 
skin; globe shape; sweet and mild; 
resistant to pink root. 
Southern Peas 
Field pea, cowpea, and protepea 
all are names used for the southern 
pea. There are numerous types and 
varieties with many old family 
favorites in the seed trade. Gardeners 
classify peas several different ways: 
seed color, pea size and shape, and 
pod color. Small-sized pea and pod 
types are referred to as lady peas. 
Other common types are crowders, 
creams, blackeyes, pinkeyes, purple 
hulls, and silver skins. 
Do not plant this warm-weather 
vegetable early in cool soil. Peas grow 
in all soil types but are sensitive to 
high levels of nitrogen fertilizer and 
respond by making all vine and few 
pods. Older varieties have a tendency 
to make a vine; newer varieties are 
semi-vining to bush type. 
Seed quality and variety are 
important to success when growing 
peas. Varieties such as Mississippi 
Silver, Mississippi Purple, Magnolia 
Blackeye, Mississippi Cream, and 
Mississippi Pinkeye have multiple 
disease resistance (fusarium, root 
knot nematode, and several strains of 
virus) and perform better than vari-eties 
that possess no disease resist-ance, 
such as California Blackeye, 
Knuckle Purple Hull, and Bunch 
Pinkeye. 
Major disease problems are fusari-um 
wilt, several viruses, root knot 
nematodes, and pod rots. The most 
serious insect problems are cowpea 
curculios, aphids, and stink bugs. 
Varieties 
Louisiana Quickpick—bears pink-eyed, 
purple-hulled pods above the 
foliage. 
Magnolia Blackeye—green pea is 
light green to cream with black eye; 
mature green pod is light green to 
cream; mature pods are tan; plant is 
small, and pods are not held up well; 
plants have multiple disease resist-ance. 
Mississippi Purple—brown crow-der 
type; green pea is large, turning to 
brown seed; mature pod light green to 
purple turning brown when dry; semi-vining 
type plant with multiple dis-ease 
resistance. 
Mississippi Silver—brown crow-der 
type; green pea is large turning to 
brown seed; mature pod is green turn-ing 
silvery and then yellow; large, 
semi-vining plant with multiple dis-ease 
resistance. 
Pinkeye Purple Hull-BVR—a typ-ical 
pinkeye type but with resistance 
to blackeye cowpea mosaic virus. 
Peas 
(English, Snap, Snow) 
English peas require early spring 
planting in order to mature before 
warm weather destroys them. Prepare 
the planting site in fall by adding all 
fertilizer except nitrogen. Prepare a 
high bed so that planting is possible 
when the rest of the garden may be 
too wet. 
Some varieties of English peas 
have smooth seeds and others have 
wrinkled seeds. Smooth-seeded peas 
have a starchy flavor, even when 
young, and are used mostly for can-ning. 
Wrinkled-seeded peas are sweet 
when young and are slower to lose 
quality. 
Soil temperatures at planting 
should be at least 45 °F for good ger-mination. 
Plant seeds 1 inch deep and 
1 inch apart. Allow 8 to 10 inches 
between double rows. Some form of 
support makes harvesting easier and 
keeps vines off the ground, reducing 
losses to pod rot. Tall varieties must 
be supported. Double rows of short 
vine types support themselves. Mulch 
to keep soil around roots cool and 
moist. 
Grow sugar peas (snow peas) the 
same way as English peas. Harvest 
edible pods while still young and ten-der, 
and before peas enlarge. Edible-podded 
peas are also grown like 
English peas. Plants and pods resem-ble 
English peas, but the pods as well 
as the enlarged peas are eaten togeth-er 
without shelling. Sugar Snap, a 
1979 AAS Gold Medal winner, has 
tall vines that require support. More 
recently developed varieties have 
short vines. 
Varieties 
English peas 
Alaska—smooth seed; canning 
type; early; 28-inch vines; 52 days. 
Green Arrow—midseason; wrin-kled 
seed; 24- to 28-inch vine; 41⁄2- 
inch pods; 9 to 11 peas per pod; resist-ant 
to downy mildew and fusarium 
wilt; 68 days. 
Little Marvel—old variety; wrin-kled 
seed; 15-inch vines; early; 3-inch 
pod; 6 to 8 peas per pod; dark green 
pea; 62 days. 
Thomas Laxton—early; wrinkled 
seed; 28- to 34-inch vine; 31⁄2-inch 
pod; 6 to 8 peas per pod; large pea; 
excellent quality; 61 days. 
Wando—midseason to late; small 
pod; 24- to 30-inch vine; tolerates 
some heat; 3-inch pod; 6 to 8 peas per 
pod; 70 days. 
Snap peas 
Snappy—large pods; 8 to 9 peas; 
vines 6 feet; mildew resistant; 63 days. 
Sugar Ann—bush-type plant; 18 
to 24 inches tall; AAS 1984. 
Sugar Bon—2- to 3-inch pods; 
weather tolerant; vines 18 to 24 inch-es; 
powdery mildew resistant; 56 days. 
Sugar Daddy—stringless; easy to 
pick; 74 days. 
Sugar Snap—4- to 6-foot vine; 
thick-walled, edible pod; 21⁄2- to 31⁄2- 
inch pods; wilt resistant; 68 days; 
AAS 1979. 
Snow peas 
Dwarf Gray Sugar—early; 3-inch, 
light green pods; vines 2 feet tall. 
Mammoth Melting Sugar—4-inch 
pods; 4-foot wilt-resistant vines. 
Oregon Sugar Pod II—4-inch 
pods; 28-inch disease resistant vines. 
Peanuts 
Peanuts are divided into four gen-eral 
categories according to plant and 
nut types: Virginia, Runner, Spanish, 
and Valencia. Virginia and Runner 
types are mostly low-growing plants 
with two large seeds per pod and are 
the best garden types. Spanish and 
Valencia types are mostly erect plants, 
small-seeded, with the Spanish hav-ing 
two to three seeds, and the 
Valencia three to four seeds per pod. 
Peanuts grow best on coarse-tex-tured, 
sandy loam soils. On fine-tex-tured 
soils, the Virginia and Runner 
types are difficult to harvest, and 
many pods may be left in the ground. 
Peanuts are good users of residual 
fertilizer in the soil and may not need 
additional fertilizer. Soils of low fer-tility 
require about 10 pounds of 0-24- 
24 or equivalent per 1,000 square feet. 
Soils of medium fertility require 
about 7 pounds per 1,000 square feet. 
Peanuts are very sensitive to low soil 
pH and low levels of soil calcium. 
Remove seeds that are still in the 
pods, being careful not to damage the 
seed coat or split the seed. Use one-half 
pound of seed per 100 feet of 
row. Virginia and Runner types 
require 3 feet between rows, with 
plants 3 to 4 inches apart in the row. 
Plant Spanish types closer together (in 
rows 2 feet apart with 2 to 3 inches 
between plants). Plant on a wide, 
slightly raised bed. Cover seeds with 
11⁄2 to 2 inches of coarse-textured soil. 
On fine-textured soils, 1 inch is deep 
enough. 
Inoculate the peanut seed where a 
well nodulated peanut or southern pea 
crop was not grown on the garden site 
the preceding year. Buy a fresh com-mercial 
peanut inoculant and apply it to 
the seed immediately before planting. 
To prevent poorly developed pods, 
sprinkle about 21⁄2 pounds of gypsum 
or basic slag per 100 feet of garden 
row over the plants when they begin 
to flower. 
Because peanut plants are low-growing, 
close cultivation is difficult. 
Keep weeds under control and soil 
free from crusts that interfere with the 
pegs (young undeveloped peanuts) 
entering the ground. Do not throw or 
pull soil to the plants while cultivating 
because this kills leaves, interferes 
with flowering, and increases the 
chance for disease. 
Once pods are developing in the 
soil, cultivation causes injury and 
weeding close to the plants must be 
done by hand. 
Peanuts are relatively tolerant to 
dry soils when compared to some 
other garden vegetables. However, 
they need plenty of water when flow-ering 
vigorously and when pegs are 
entering the soil. A water shortage at 
this time greatly reduces yields. Water 
is also important as harvest approach-es. 
Do not water peanuts as they begin 
to mature. The Virginia and Runner 
types have good seed dormancy, but 
Spanish types may sprout if watered. 
As peanuts mature, leaves turn 
yellow. Since plants flower over a 
period of weeks, all pods do not 
mature at the same time. False matu-rity 
(plants yellowing) caused by dis-ease 
reduces yields. From 120 to 150 
days are required from planting to 
maturity. 
Dig when about 75 percent of the 
inner hulls of Spanish types and 65 
percent of the inner hulls of Runner 
types are brown. 
Dig the whole plant with a turning 
fork, being careful to break off as few 
pods as possible. Freshly dug green 
peanuts are excellent for boiling. 
After several days of exposure to 
good drying conditions, the moisture 
content of the peanuts drops from 50 
percent to about 20 percent. Move 
plants to a warm, airy place for 2 to 3 
weeks to complete curing before 
pulling the nuts from the plants. 
Yields vary with planting date, soil 
pH, growing conditions, and type 
grown. Virginia and Runner types 
yield about 1 bushel (green-35 to 45 
pounds; dry-15 pounds) of peanuts 
per 100 feet of row. 
Major diseases attacking garden 
peanuts are leafspot, stem and pod rot, 
and nematodes. Control these dis-eases 
by changing the location of 
peanuts in the garden every year. 
Also, remove all dead plants and 
leaves from the garden site or turn 
them under in the fall to allow time 
for decomposition. 
Control most leafspot diseases by 
regularly applying fungicides contain-ing 
chlorothalonil or maneb. 
Sanitation is the best way to control 
stem and pod rot caused by southern 
blight. 
Control velvet bean caterpillars, 
corn earworms, fall armyworms, and 
thrips with carbaryl (Sevin). Control 
aphids with malathion. 
Peppers 
Garden peppers, both hot and 
sweet, are generally purchased as 
transplants from a local distributor at 
Continued on next page 
27
planting time. Peppers grow well on 
black plastic mulch. Use a starter 
solution when setting plants in the 
garden. Growing transplants from 
seeds takes 10 to 12 weeks. Direct 
seeding in the garden is not recom-mended. 
All peppers are sensitive to exces-sive 
nitrogen fertilization. Too much 
fertilization will cause blossoms and 
small pods to drop off. Hot daytime 
temperatures and cool nighttime tem-peratures 
also cause blossom drop. 
Problems with peppers other than 
blossom drop are blossom end rot 
(resulting from drought and acid 
soils), southern stem blight, sunburn, 
leaf diseases, anthracnose, viruses, 
and aphids. 
Varieties 
Sweet peppers 
Bell Boy—hybrid; medium long; 
blocky; mostly 4-lobed fruit; tolerant 
to tobacco mosaic virus; heavy set; 
AAS 1967. 
Big Bertha—hybrid; elongated 
bell type; resistant to tobacco mosaic 
virus. 
California Wonder—thick walled; 
blocky fruit; 3 to 4 lobes. 
Emerald Giant—large, 4-lobed 
blocky fruit; tolerant to tobacco mosa-ic 
virus. 
Jupiter—early; large and blocky; 
mostly 4-lobed; medium-dark green 
turning red at maturity; tolerant to 
tobacco mosaic virus. 
Keystone Resistant Giant—large 
pendant, blocky fruit; resistant to 
tobacco mosaic virus. 
Sweet Banana—Sweet Hungarian 
type; 6 inches long; tapered; light yel-low 
turning red. 
Hot peppers 
Cayenne—dark green turning red; 
6 inches long; processing type for 
drying and sauce; concentrated fruit-ing 
habit; strong 24-inch plants. 
Habanero—the hottest of the hot 
peppers; a Caribbean favorite; gold-en- 
orange lantern-shaped fruit. Be 
careful. 
Hungarian Wax—canary yellow 
fruit; 6 to 8 inches long; turns red 
when ripe. 
Jalapeno—very hot; thick-walled; 
tapered green fruit turning red; 3 inch-es 
long. 
Super Chili—hybrid; thin-walled, 
tapered fruit; 21⁄2 inches long; fruit 
held upright on small plants; orna-mental 
value; AAS 1988. 
TAM Mild Jalapeno—mildly hot 
jalapeno type; dark green; thick wall; 
productive. 
Irish Potatoes 
Most garden Irish potatoes are 
grown in the spring, since good seed 
potatoes are impossible to find for fall 
planting. This is one of the few veg-etables 
recommended for growing in 
mildly acid soil. A soil pH below 6.0 
is acceptablebecause it retards devel-opment 
of potato scab disease. 
Prepare garden rows in fall by 
building a high bed that will permit 
early spring planting. Small whole 
potatoes or cut pieces of large pota-toes 
are referred to as seeds. Use cer-tified 
seed potatoes that are not shriv-eled 
or black on the inside when cut. 
Do not use potatoes left over from last 
year’s garden because they may be 
diseased and result in low yields. Do 
not use potatoes from the grocery 
store, since the variety may be 
unadapted and the potatoes may have 
been treated to prevent sprouting. 
Cut seed potatoes into pieces 
weighing 11⁄2 to 2 ounces with at least 
one eye per piece. Small seed pieces 
produce weak plants; large pieces are 
a waste of seeds. Cut seed potatoes 
several days before planting and hold 
them at room temperature spread in a 
single layer to allow the cut surfaces 
to dry and heal. This reduces seed 
piece rot following planting. You need 
1 pound of seed potatoes to plant 
about 10 feet of row; 10 pounds 
should plant 100 feet of row. Space 
seed pieces 10 to 12 inches apart and 
cover with 3 to 4 inches of soil. 
Spring-planted potatoes normally 
bloom, and some of the flowers 
develop into fruit that look like small 
green tomatoes. These fruits, the 
green areas on the skin of potatoes 
that have been exposed to light, and 
sprouted potato eyes contain a poison-ous 
substance that may cause illness if 
eaten. Prevent greening of potatoes by 
keeping them covered with soil as 
they grow, and keeping them in the 
dark after harvest. 
Some gardeners prefer to grow 
potatoes in straw mulch. Potatoes 
grown in such a manner are clean and 
easy to harvest. Cover seed pieces 
with 1 inch of soil. When green 
sprouts appear, place 4 to 5 inches of 
straw around the plants. Keep the 
layer of straw deep and moist. When 
potato vines die, harvest potatoes by 
carefully removing the straw. 
Problems with Irish potatoes are 
seed piece rot resulting from planting 
in clay, wet soils; enlarged lenticels 
(warts) and tuber rot from excessive 
soil moisture near harvest; early 
blight; Colorado potato beetles; and 
aphids. 
Most varieties have white flesh 
and light brown or red skin. Some 
specialty varieties have yellow or 
dark flesh. 
Varieties 
Atlantic—light brown. 
LaChipper—light brown. 
Norland—early; red; oblong-shaped; 
shallow eyes. 
Red LaSoda—midseason; red; 
oblong-shaped; deep eyes. 
Red Pontiac—midseason; red; 
oblong-shaped; deep eyes. 
Superior—midseason; light 
brown. 
Norchip—early; light brown; 
round to oblong; shallow eyes. 
Sweet Potatoes 
This tropical root crop is started 
from small plants called slips or vine 
cuttings. Slips are produced by 
sprouting sweet potato roots in moist 
sand or sawdust. Cover roots in a box 
or bed with 3 to 4 inches of sand or 
sawdust, water, and keep warm (80 
°F). In a few weeks when sprouts are 
several inches long, pull them from 
the roots. Additional slips develop and 
can be used for later planting. 
Before planting sweet potato slips 
(homegrown or purchased), cut 
about 1 inch from the base of the 
stem to reduce disease problems. Use 
starter solution when setting slips in 
the garden. 
Vine cuttings are slips cut at the 
bed surface with no roots or cuttings 
taken from the ends of slips set in the 
garden earlier. They have the advan-tage 
over slips of further reducing dis-ease 
and insect problems. Vine cut-tings 
several inches long can be made 
until July 1. These cuttings root rapid-ly 
when set in warm, moist soil. 
Sweet potatoes need warm soils 
and about 90 to 110 days from setting 
the plants until harvest. Even good 
roots will produce poor yields if the 
soil is clay, wet, or overfertilized with 
nitrogen. A good sweet potato fertiliz-er 
has a ratio of 1-2-4. Select a loose, 
well-drained soil that allows for root 
growth and easy digging. Side-dress 3 
to 4 weeks after transplanting with a 
low nitrogen, high potash fertilizer. 
Many sweet potato varieties flower in 
late summer. Sweet potato flowers are 
similar to morningglory. 
Dig sweet potatoes when the soil 
is fairly dry and the air is warm. Early 
harvest results in many small roots. 
Late harvest results in jumbo roots 
and possible cold injury. Do not let 
freshly dug potatoes sit in the sun; 
they scald easily. If exposed to tem-peratures 
below 50 °F, potatoes may 
develop hard spots in the roots, a con-dition 
known as hardcore, or be 
chilled and begin to break down. 
Problems in growing sweet pota-toes 
are sweet potato weevil in the 
southern half of the state, larvae of 
various insects that burrow into the 
roots, and the diseases scurf (soil 
stain) and soil rot. Clip the base of the 
slips before planting or use vine cut-tings 
to reduce scurf infection. Acid 
soils help to control soil rot. Cracks in 
the roots indicate nematode damage 
or interrupted growth caused by peri-ods 
of drought. 
Varieties 
Beauregard—light rose skin; mod-erately 
deep orange flesh; high yield-ing; 
some disease resistance but not 
resistant to nematodes. 
Centennial—variably tapered to 
cylindrical root shape; medium to 
large size; orange skin; deep orange 
flesh; vines thick and vigorous. 
Jewel—blocky shape; smooth cop-per 
skin with rose blush; orange flesh. 
Unit I Porto Rico—old variety; no 
field disease resistance; root shape 
variable; copper skin; yellow-orange 
flesh. 
Nancy Hall—popular old variety 
with no disease resistance; light 
orange flesh. 
Pumpkins 
Most garden pumpkins are planted 
for Halloween. Pumpkins planted in 
spring, when summer squash, cucum-bers, 
and melons are planted, mature 
in midsummer, long before 
Halloween. If left in the garden, they 
rot. Therefore, they must be harvested 
and used or stored in a cool, dry place. 
Pumpkins for Halloween are best 
planted in late June and early July. 
They require 90 to 110 days from 
planting to harvest. 
Most pumpkin varieties produce 
strong, running vines that require 
plenty of garden space. Some vari-eties 
are described as having short 
vines and are adapted to limited 
space. 
Pumpkins crosspollinate with 
summer squash, acorn squash, veg-etable 
spaghetti, and small ornamen-tal 
gourds if they are growing nearby. 
This is of no concern unless you plan 
to save seed for another year. 
Jumbo pumpkins belong to a dif-ferent 
squash group from Halloween 
pumpkins, and they crosspollinate 
with many types of winter squash. 
The tan pumpkins Kentucky Field 
and Dickinson Field belong to a third 
group and crosspollinate with butter-nut 
squash. 
All of this crossing results in some 
strange looking volunteer squash-pumpkins 
in the garden or compost 
pile the next year. 
Pumpkin seeds saved from har-vested 
pumpkins make a nice snack 
food when roasted. Some pumpkin 
varieties have seeds with no hulls. 
Never eat seeds that were purchased 
for planting because of insecticides 
and fungicides used as seed treat-ments. 
Problems in growing pumpkins 
are cucumber beetles, squash bugs, 
pickleworms, squash vine borers, and 
powdery and downy mildews. 
Varieties 
Autumn Gold—hybrid; early; 7 to 
10 pounds; fruit begin turning gold at 
an immature stage; AAS 1987. 
Big Max—50 to 100 pounds; fair-ly 
round; pinkish orange; rough. 
Connecticut Field—20 pounds or 
more; fairly round; deep yellow-orange; 
thin, hard shell; thick, coarse 
flesh. 
Cushaw—12 pounds; skin cream-white 
mottled with irregular green 
stripes; bulbous blossom end with 
medium-long curving neck; thick, 
sweet flesh. 
Howden—Connecticut Field type; 
more uniform in shape. 
Jack Be Little—miniature pump-kin; 
3 inches across, 2 inches high; 
not edible; for decoration only; small 
pumpkins last several months. 
Jack O’Lantern—10 pounds; 
medium orange; smooth, shallow 
ribs. 
Prizewinner—hybrid; traditional 
color and shape; up to twice as big as 
Big Max. 
Spirit—hybrid; 12-inch diameter; 
10 to 15 pounds; deep oval; bright 
orange; semi-bush; AAS 1977. 
Spookie—small; average 6 
pounds; dark orange; thick, fine-tex-tured, 
sweet flesh. 
Triple Treat—6 to 8 pounds; 
round; thick flesh; seed with no hulls. 
Radishes 
Radishes are quick maturing cool-season 
vegetables for spring and fall 
gardens. They are ready to harvest 
within 4 weeks of planting and rapid-ly 
pass into a pithy, unusable condi-tion. 
Radishes that produce only tops 
result from being planted too thick 
(late thinning), too much shade, or hot 
temperatures. Black spots in radishes 
may indicate boron deficiency. 
Dissolve 1 level tablespoon of house-hold 
borax in 3 gallons of water and 
apply to 100 feet of garden row. Use 
proportionately smaller amounts for 
shorter rows. 
Some large-root types designated 
as winter radishes are recommended 
for the fall garden. They remain crisp 
longer than small types, are more pun-gent, 
and are best grown like fall 
turnips. 
Varieties 
Champion—scarlet; deep oval; 
large root and top; 28 days; AAS 
1957. 
Cherry Belle—round globe; cher-ry 
red skin; crisp, solid flesh; short 
top; 21 days; AAS 1949. 
China Rose—winter type; deep 
rose skin; white flesh; pungent; long; 
52 days. 
Round Black Spanish—winter 
type; large globe shape; 31⁄2- to 4-inch 
diameter; black skin; pungent white 
flesh; 55 days. 
Scarlet Globe—bright scarlet 
globe; crisp; white; mild flesh; 24 
days. 
Snowbelle—hybrid; white; round 
28 
Continued on next page
root; crisp; mild; 30 days. 
White Chinese (Winter Cel-estial)— 
winter type; 6 to 8 inches 
long; 3-inch diameter; crisp; white; 
mild flesh; 60 days. 
White Icicle—long; white; crisp; 
tapered to a point; 28 days. 
Rhubarb 
This cool-season perennial veg-etable 
is not adapted to Mississippi’s 
hot summers, wet winters, and clay 
soils. The plant may survive but will 
not thrive. Rhubarb grows best where 
summer temperatures do not exceed 
75 degrees. Plants are subject to 
attack by a number of fungi, resulting 
in crown rot. 
If you want to grow rhubarb, 
select a well-drained soil in a lightly 
shaded area. The shade reduces sum-mer 
temperatures. Raised beds pro-vide 
additional drainage, which may 
help reduce disease problems. 
Set the large, fleshy crown in 
early spring so the bud is about 1 
inch below the soil surface. Each 
plant needs 4 to 6 square feet of 
growing space. 
Normally, harvest should not 
begin until the second or third year to 
allow establishment, but the plants 
might not live that long in 
Mississippi. Harvest by pulling the 
large outer stalks and leaving the 
small inner stalks to enlarge. Do not 
eat the leaf blade because it is poi-sonous. 
Following harvest, apply a 
small amount of nitrogen fertilizer 
around each plant. Mulch plants in 
late fall and again in early spring. 
Before growth starts in spring, apply 
a small amount of mixed fertilizer, 
such as 13-13-13, around each plant. 
If plants develop a flower stalk in 
summer, remove it at first appear-ance. 
Spinach, 
New Zealand Spinach, 
and Malabar Spinach 
Fresh spinach is a popular salad 
vegetable. A cool-weather green, 
spinach is adapted to growing in 
spring, fall, and winter gardens. 
Spinach grows best on a well-drained 
soil rich in organic matter with a pH 
approaching 7.0. It grows poorly on 
soils with a pH below 6.0. Spinach 
plants are shallow-rooted and require 
adequate soil moisture. Plant spinach 
seeds 4 to 6 weeks before the last frost 
in spring and 6 to 8 weeks before the 
first frost in fall. Soak seeds in water 
overnight to soften seed coats and 
hasten germination. With ideal grow-ing 
conditions, spinach is ready to 
harvest in 45 to 50 days from plant-ing. 
Harvest entire plants, individual 
large outer leaves, or clip plants, leav-ing 
about an inch for regrowth. 
New Zealand spinach is a hot-weather 
leafy green. It is not a true 
spinach, but the tender young shoot 
tips are used in similar ways. It grows 
rapidly, has many branches, and 
prefers a well-drained loamy soil, rich 
in organic matter. Being a hot-weath-er 
plant, the seeds of New Zealand 
spinach should not be planted until 
the soil is warm. Soak seed in water 
overnight before planting to aid ger-mination. 
Space plants 12 to 18 inch-es 
apart in the garden row. Side-dress 
plants with a little nitrogen fertilizer 
every 4 to 6 weeks. 
Malabar spinach is a tropical, vin-ing 
plant that does best in hot, humid 
weather. Easily grown from seed, the 
plant makes an attractive vine that 
should be trellised to keep it off the 
ground. There are two leaf types, red 
and green. Individual leaves or the 
tender young shoot tips can be used as 
a hot-weather spinach substitute. 
Varieties 
Chesapeake—hybrid; semi-savoy; 
bolts rapidly; large, upright plant; 
overwinters; recommended for fall 
planting. 
Dixie Market—compact, upright 
plant; savoyed; recommended for fall, 
winter, and spring planting. 
Long Standing Bloomsdale— 
large; savoy leaf; semi-upright plant; 
recommended for spring planting. 
Melody—hybrid; semi-savoy; 
upright plant; recommended for early 
spring and fall planting; AAS 1977. 
Skookum—hybrid; early; dark 
green; semi-savoy leaf; upright; 
resistant to downy mildew. 
Summer Squash 
All summer squash (straight 
neck, crookneck, bush scallop, and 
zucchini) are actually true pumpkins. 
They crosspollinate with each other 
as well as Halloween type pumpkins, 
spaghetti squash, and small orna-mental 
gourds. All this crossing does 
not affect the quality of the current 
season’s production. 
Summer squash have a tender 
skin and are harvested at an imma-ture 
stage, generally within 4 to 6 
days after bloom. The plants are bush 
type rather than vining and are suited 
for small gardens. Most new vari-eties 
are hybrids. 
Summer squash have separate 
male (attached to the plant by a thin 
stem) and female flowers (small 
squash behind the yellow blossom) on 
the same plant and depend on bees for 
pollination. Hybrids may produce a 
few female flowers before male flow-ers 
appear, and without pollination, 
these fail to develop into squash. 
Plant summer squash seeds in hills 
about 3 feet apart, with 3 to 4 seeds 
per hill or in a row with single seeds 
spaced about 1 foot apart. Space sin-gle 
plants about 3 feet apart. 
Crowding leads to low production and 
disease. 
Squash do well on black plastic 
mulch in spring, especially when 
planted early. They benefit from 
warm soil and lack of weed compe-tition. 
Fall squash can be grown by 
planting seeds in August, but mosa-ic 
virus has been a serious problem 
in recent years. 
Side-dress plants with a nitrogen 
fertilizer when they have several 
leaves but before they start to bloom. 
Proper harvesting is important for 
continuous production. Remove all 
large and overmature squash. This 
problem is more serious with zucchi-ni 
than with other types of summer 
squash. 
Several serious insect pests attack 
squash plants: spotted and striped 
cucumber beetles, squash bugs, stem 
borers, and pickleworms. A regular 
spray program with carbaryl (Sevin) 
helps reduce damage from these 
insects. 
Disease problems are mainly fruit 
rot on crowded, shaded plants and 
mosaic virus. 
Varieties 
Aristocrat—hybrid zucchini; cylin-drical 
fruit; smooth; uniform; dark 
green; 53 days; AAS 1973. 
Bush Scallop—scalloped white to 
pale green fruit; 55 days. 
Butterbar—hybrid yellow straight-neck; 
long, cylindrical; butter yellow; 
small seed cavity; 49 days. 
Medallion—hybrid; crookneck; 
lemon yellow. 
Early Prolific Straightneck—pop-ular 
old variety; creamy yellow; 
straight; slightly tapered; 52 days; 
AAS 1938. 
Early Summer Crookneck—popu-lar 
old variety; yellow; small, curved 
neck with bulbous blossom end; 55 
days. 
Senator—hybrid zucchini; 6 to 7 
inches long; medium green. 
Sunburst—hybrid scallop; bright 
yellow with green at blossom and 
stem ends; AAS 1985. 
Winter Squash 
These hard-shelled squash are 
grown for harvest in fall and storage 
through early winter months. Acorn 
and Butternut are the two most popu-lar 
types, but the group includes many 
others, such as buttercup, spaghetti, 
hubbard, banana, marrow, and turban. 
Some of the pumpkins, such as 
cushaw and Kentucky Field, are treat-ed 
as winter or storage squash. An odd 
assortment of local squash called 
“aboveground sweet potatoes” fall 
into this group. 
Most of these squash have strong 
vining plants. The fruit range in size 
from the small acorn and hybrid Early 
Butternut to the large banana and hub-bards. 
Winter squash planted in spring 
along with summer squash mature in 
midsummer. These fruit lack the eat-ing 
quality of those produced on 
plants from seeds planted in late June 
or early July along with Halloween 
pumpkins. 
Delay harvest until the fruit rind is 
very hard and vines begin to die. 
Immature fruit of most varieties are 
tasteless. Yellow acorn varieties are 
edible at all stages of maturity. All 
winter squash are pollinated by bees 
and require 60 to 70 days from polli-nation 
to maturity. 
Varieties 
Early Butternut Hybrid—mature 
fruit are tan; excellent flavor and tex-ture; 
stores well; viney but not overly 
vigorous; AAS 1979. 
Sweet Mama—hybrid; dark green; 
2 to 3 pounds; flattened; round; 
Buttercup type fruit; orange flesh; 
stores well; vigorous vines; AAS 
1979. 
Table Queen—acorn type; small 
fruit; dark green; deeply ridged; 
smooth and hard; yellow flesh; bush 
type plant. 
Vegetable Spaghetti—fruit 8 to 10 
inches long, 3 pounds; yellow when 
mature; cooked flesh is greenish-white, 
spaghetti-like strands; flavor is 
bland; prolific vine; 90 days; orange-fleshed 
type also available. 
Waltham Butternut—large, tan 
fruit; 3 pounds; uniform shape; 
orange flesh; stores well; vigorous 
vine; AAS 1970. 
Tomatoes 
The tomato is the most popular 
garden vegetable. Tomatoes come in 
many shapes, sizes, and colors, but 
the most popular is the medium-sized 
(6 to 8 ounces) red globe. 
Tomato plants require full sun, 
moderate amounts of fertilizer, stak-ing 
or caging, and an insect and dis-ease 
control program. Determinate 
(short, self-topping) varieties like 
Celebrity, Mountain Pride, and 
Mountain Spring are gaining in popu-larity, 
but the indeterminate varieties 
like Better Boy are used more widely. 
Most tomatoes are set out as trans-plants, 
since it takes several weeks 
longer to harvest from tomatoes plant-ed 
as seeds. Do not set out transplants 
too early in the spring. Cool soils as 
well as cool air temperatures chill 
plants, resulting in delayed harvest. 
Use a starter solution when setting the 
transplants. If transplants have small 
fruit at planting time, remove fruit to 
prevent stunting the plants. 
Plants set out in spring are some-times 
maintained through the summer 
in hopes of a fall crop. With 
mulching, irrigation, fertilization, and 
a good pest control program, this is 
possible, but the fall fruit that develop 
are frequently small. This results from 
failure to maintain a season-long 
pruning program. A second planting 
of tomatoes for a fall crop provides 
large, attractive fruit. Start seedlings 
in June and set plants out in July or 
early August. You can use rooted cut-tings 
(suckers) that were removed in 
pruning to start a second planting. 
Set tomato transplants deeper than 
they were growing in the plant bed, 
peat cup, or plastic tray; the deeper 
the better. 
All garden tomato plants, indeter-minate 
as well as determinate, must 
be supported off the ground in some 
manner to prevent loss of fruit to rots 
and sunburn. Wooden stakes, placed 
at planting time or shortly after, are 
the most common type of support. 
Wire cages at least 18 inches in 
diameter made from concrete rein-forcing 
wire are also popular. Cages 
wrapped with clear plastic to a height 
of 18 inches provide some protection 
from cold winds and wind-blown 
sand. Black plastic mulch laid before 
planting, in combination with plastic-wrapped 
cages, is beneficial to early 
plants. 
Staked plants in a row do not have 
to be tied directly to the stakes. They 
can be supported by nylon cord that 
runs from stake to stake, down the 
row on both sides of the stakes, and at 
several levels (Florida weave). 
Tomato plants form many branch-es 
(suckers) as they grow. It is a com-mon 
practice to break the suckers out 
of the plants to encourage larger and 
earlier fruit and to make the plant eas-ier 
to tie and spray. Determinate types 
are not pruned as heavily as indeter-minate 
types, and in no instance are 
all the suckers removed. 
Products advertised to promote 
fruit development by spraying on the 
flower clusters are useful at times but 
should not be counted on for all the 
fruit set. When conditions are not ideal 
(shade; cool, wet weather; high tem-peratures) 
for natural pollination, these 
sprays are useful. Fruit that develop 
entirely from these sprays, with no nat-ural 
pollination, do not have seeds and 
are not the best quality. 
Tomatoes are attacked by a num-ber 
of diseases and insects. The most 
serious diseases are early blight (no 
resistant varieties), spotted wilt virus 
(BHN 444 and Amelia are resistant 
varieties), fusarium wilt, blossom end 
rot, and root knot nematodes. Regular 
use of fungicides containing maneb or 
chlorothalonil controls early blight 
and several other leaf and fruit dis- 
Continued on next page 
29
eases. Plant disease-resistant varieties 
to reduce disease problems. Disease 
resistance is indicated in the variety 
descriptions below by a series of let-ters, 
V, F, N, and T. The V indicates 
resistance to verticillium wilt, F for 
fusarium wilt, N for root knot nema-todes, 
and T for tobacco mosaic virus. 
Major insect problems are aphids, 
thrips, stink bugs, blister beetles, fruit 
worms, horn worms, leaf miners, and 
white flies. 
Problems are blossom end rot (low 
soil calcium, lack of water), fruit 
cracking (excess water and high tem-peratures), 
sudden wilting (root dam-age 
from cultivation or drowning), 
blossom drop (low or high tempera-tures, 
poor nutrition), and sunscald 
(excessive pruning, no plant support, 
or loss of leaves to disease). 
Varieties 
I--indeterminate 
D--determinate 
Amelia—large-fruited with toma-to 
spotted wilt virus resistance; D. 
Better Boy—VFN hybrid; 8- to 
12-ounce red fruit; 72 days; I. 
Big Beef—large-fruited beef stake 
with good disease resistance; I; AAS 
1994 . 
Celebrity—VFNT hybrid; 7- to 8- 
ounce red globe; firm, flavorful fruit; 
D; 72 days; AAS 1984. 
Cherry Grande—VF hybrid; large 
cluster of 11⁄2-inch firm, round, red 
fruit; D; 60 days. 
Floramerica—VF hybrid; 8- to 12- 
ounce red fruit; 76 days; D; AAS 
1978. 
Floradel—F; 8-ounce red fruit; 75 
to 85 days; I; old variety; open-polli-nated. 
Marion—F; 6-ounce red fruit; 79 
days; I; old; open-pollinated. 
Mini Charm—miniature cherry 
tomato with indeterminate growth and 
abundant production. 
Mountain Spring—VF hybrid; 
early; resistance to cracking; D. 
Park’s Whopper—VFNT hybrid; 
large fruit; I; 70 days. 
Super Fantastic—VF hybrid; 8- 
ounce red fruit; 70 days; I. 
Sweet 100—hybrid; large clusters 
of 1-inch, round, red fruit; I; 65 days. 
Turnips and Rutabagas 
Turnips are grown for both leaves 
(greens) and roots in the spring and 
fall garden. For greens, it is not neces-sary 
to thin seedlings, and there are 
varieties just for greens. For roots, 
thin seedlings to 2 to 4 inches apart. 
Rutabagas are a fall crop with 
planting recommended in August or 
early September. Roots require 4 to 6 
weeks longer to mature than turnip 
roots. Thin rutabaga seedlings to at 
least 6 inches apart (12 inches pre-ferred) 
in the row. Rutabaga leaves 
can be eaten. 
Hot weather causes turnips to be 
strong-flavored or bitter and pithy. 
Black spots inside the roots indicate a 
need for boron. Dissolve 1 level table-spoon 
of household borax in 3 gallons 
of water and apply to 100 feet of row. 
Use less for shorter rows. 
Major problems are aphids, leaf-eating 
worms, and leaf spots. 
Varieties 
All Top—hybrid; broadleaf turnip 
for tops only; dark green; 50 days. 
American Purple Top—rutabaga; 4- 
to 5-inch diameter; spherical; purple-red 
crown; pale yellow flesh; 90 days. 
Just Right—hybrid; root and top 
type; white root; broad, serrated leaf; 
60 days; AAS 1960. 
Purple Top—old standard; root 
and top type; white globe root with 
purple crown; 57 days. 
Seven Top—leaf type; cut leaf; 
dark green; 45 days. 
Tokyo Cross—hybrid; root and 
top type; semi-globe; white root; 
early; 35 days; AAS 1969. 
Watermelons 
Most watermelon plants require a 
lot of space and quickly take over a 
small garden. Some varieties are 
described as having short vines. 
Those described as having bush-type 
plants may be disappointing. 
Varieties are available that produce 
large or small, round or oblong, solid 
or striped fruit with red or yellow 
flesh, with seeds or seedless. 
Plant when the soil is warm and all 
danger of frost has passed. 
Watermelon transplants in peat cups 
or plastic trays can be used, but they 
must be small (not yet vining) to 
avoid plant injury. Use transplants 
with seedless melons because the seed 
is small, expensive, and slow to ger-minate. 
For seedless melon trans-plants, 
plant the seeds with the round-ed 
end down and the pointed end up. 
Hot kaps, black plastic mulch, 
floating row covers, and plastic tun-nels 
are ways to obtain earliness. 
Black plastic also controls weeds. You 
can use transplants or seeds in combi-nation 
with black plastic mulch. With 
normal vining melons, plant several 
seeds in groups spaced about 6 feet 
apart. Thin seedlings to two plants in 
each group. With seedless melons, it 
is necessary to plant some standard 
melons close by to provide pollina-tion. 
All watermelons are pollinated 
by bees and require about 45 days 
from pollination to maturity. 
Disease problems are anthracnose, 
fusarium wilt, gummy stem blight, 
and bacterial wilt. Insect problems are 
striped and spotted cucumber beetles. 
Varieties 
Bush Charleston Gray—bush-type 
plant; 10- to 13-pound melons; 
red flesh. 
Bush Jubilee—bush-type plant; 
10- to 13-pound oblong fruit; red 
flesh. 
Charleston Gray—30 pounds; 
oblong; light green; bright red flesh 
and dark seeds; some disease resist-ance. 
Crimson Sweet—23 to 30 pounds; 
semi-round; distinct striping; thick, 
hard rind; sweet, red flesh; some dis-ease 
resistance. 
Jubilee—25 to 40 pounds; long; 
light green with dark stripes; red flesh 
with black seeds; some disease resist-ance. 
Jubilee II—22 to 30 pounds; 
oblong; light green with dark green 
stripes; open-pollinated; firm, red 
flesh; sweet; some disease resistance. 
Royal Jubilee—hybrid Jubilee 
type; elongated; 25 to 30 pounds; 
bright red flesh; resistant to fusarium 
and anthracnose. 
Royal Sweet—20 to 25 pounds; 
hybrid; oblong; medium-green 
stripes; bright red flesh and small dark 
seeds; some disease resistance. 
30 
Planting 
continued from page 17 
stems, and fruits. These wounds let 
fungi and bacteria enter and cause 
diseases. Some insects also transmit 
viruses, bacteria, and fungi that 
cause diseases. Controlling insects in 
the garden is an important method of 
disease control. 
Staking and mulching. Control 
diseases like cucumber belly rot and 
tomato soil rot by growing plants on 
mulch and trellising or staking to 
keep fruit off the ground. 
Watering. Water plants in late 
morning or early evening. Watering 
late in the evening leaves foliage 
wet longer, which helps diseases 
develop. 
Harvesting and working in the 
garden. Do not harvest vegetables 
or work in the garden when plant 
leaves are wet.
The information given here is for educational purposes only. References to commercial products, trade names, or suppliers are made with the understanding that no endorsement is implied and that 
no discrimination is intended against other products or suppliers. 
Originally prepared by Milo Burnham, Ph.D., former Extension Horticulturist. Revised and distributed by David Nagel, PhD, Extension Horticulturist; Blake Layton, PhD, Extension Entomologist; 
Alan Henn, PhD, and David Ingram, PhD, Extension Plant Pathologists. 
Discrimination based upon race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, disability, or veteran’s status is a violation of federal and state law and MSU policy and will not be tolerated. Discrimination 
based upon sexual orientation or group affiliation is a violation of MSU policy and will not be tolerated. 
Publication 1091 
Extension Service of Mississippi State University, cooperating with U.S. Department of Agriculture. Published in furtherance of Acts of Congress, May 8 and June 30, 1914. GARY B. JACKSON, 
Director 
(rev-20000-11-11) 
Adams—75A Carthage Point Rd., Natchez 39120 (601-445-8201) 
Alcorn—2200 Levee Rd., Corinth 38834 (662-286-7755) 
Amite––185 Irene St., Liberty 39645 (601-657-8937) 
Attala––715 Fairground Rd., Kosciusko 39090 (662-289-5431) 
Benton—382 Ripley Ave., Ashland 38603 (662-224-6330) 
Bolivar—406 N. Martin Luther King Dr., Cleveland 38732 (662-843-8361) 
Calhoun—121 Parker St., Pittsboro 38951 (662-412-3177) 
Carrol—105 B E. Washington St., Carrollton 38917 (662-237-6926) 
Chickasaw—415 Lee Horn Dr., Suite 4, Houston 38851 (662-456-4269) 
Choctaw—Harmon Cir. Courthouse Annex, Ackerman 39735 (662-285-6337) 
Claiborne—510 Market St., Port Gibson 39150 (601-437-5011) 
Clarke—101 Westwood Ave., Quitman 39355 (601-776-3951) 
Clay—218 W. Broad St., Suite D, West Point 39773 (662-494-5371) 
Coahoma—503 E. Second St., Clarksdale 38614 (662-624-3070) 
Copiah—2040 W Gallman Rd., Crystal Springs 39059 (601-892-1809) 
Covington—68 Industrial Park Dr., Collins 39428 (601-765-8252) 
DeSoto—3260 Hwy 51 S., Ag Office Bldg., Hernando 38632 (662-429-1343) 
Forrest—952 Sullivan Dr., Hattiesburg 39401 (601-545-6083) 
Franklin—20 Walnut St., Meadville 39653 (601-384-2349) 
George—7128 Hwy. 198 E., Lucedale 39452 (601-947-4223) 
Greene—#2 Oak St., Leakesville 39451 (601-394-2702) 
Grenada—1240 Fairground Road, Suite E, Grenada 38901 (662-226-2061) 
Hancock—3064 Longfellow Dr., Bldg 24, Bay St. Louis 39520 (228-467-5456) 
Harrison—2315 17th St., Gulfport 39501 (228-865-4227) 
Hinds—1735 Wilson Blvd., Jackson 39204 (601-372-1424) 
Holmes—113 W. China - Jail Annex, Lexington 39095 (662-834-2795) 
Humphreys—103 Castleman St., Belzoni 39038 (662-247-2915) 
Issaquena—129 Court St., Mayersville 39113 (662-873-2322) 
Itawamba—304 C Wiygul, Fulton 38843 (662-862-3201) 
Jackson—4111 Amonett St., Suite E, Pascagoula 39567 (228-769-3047) 
Jasper—37 B W. 8th Ave., Bay Springs 39422 (601-764-2314) 
Jefferson ––1257 S. Main St., Fayette 39069 (601-786-3131) 
Jefferson Davis ––2304 Pearl Ave., Prentiss 39474 (601-792-5121) 
Jones—515 N. 5th Ave., Laurel 39440 (601-428-5201) 
Kemper—Rt 4, Box 332 587 Old Scooba Road, DeKalb 39328 (601-743-2837) 
Lafayette—101 Veterans Dr., Oxford 38655 (662-234-4451) 
Lamar—216 Shelby St., Suite B, Purvis 39475 (601-794-3910) 
Lauderdale—410 Constitution Ave. 5th Floor, Meridian 39301 (601- 482-9764) 
Lawrence—Courthouse Square 0435 Brinson St., Apt. B, Monticello 39654 (601-587-2271) 
Leake—729 E. Main St., Carthage 39051 (601-267-8036) 
Lee—5338 Cliff Gookin Blvd., Tupelo 38801 (662-841-9000) 
Leflore—309 W. Market, Greenwood38930 (662-453-6803) 
Lincoln—301 S. First St., Room 201, Brookhaven 39601 (601-835-3460) 
Lowndes—512 Third Ave. N., Columbus 39703 (662-328-2111) 
Madison—152 Watford Parkway, Canton 39046 (601-859-3842) 
Marion—1060 Hwy 13, South, Columbia 39429 (601-736-8251) 
Marshall—810 Hwy. 178 E., Holly Springs 38635 (662-252-3541) 
Monroe—517 Hwy. 145 N, Suite 1, Aberdeen 39730 (662-369-4951) 
Montgomery—618 Summit St., Winona 38967 (662-283-4133) 
Neshoba—12000 Hwy. 15 N., Suite 2, Philadelphia 39350 (601-656-4011) 
Newton—65 Seventh St., Decatur 39327 (601-635-2267) 
Noxubee––107 E. Adams St., Macon 39341 (662-726-5723) 
Oktibbeha—106 Felix Long Dr., Starkville 39759 (662-323-5916) 
Panola—245-C Eureka St., Batesville 38606 (662-563-6260) 
Pearl River—417 Hwy 11 N., Poplarville 39470 (601-403-2280) 
Perry—103-B 2nd St. West, New Augusta 39462 (601-964-3668) 
Pike—1140 N. Clark Ave., Magnolia 39652 (601-783-5321) 
Pontotoc—402 C.J. Hardin Jr. Dr., Pontotoc 38863 (662-489-3910) 
Prentiss—2301 N. Second St., Booneville 38829 (662-728-5631) 
Quitman—Courthouse Annex, 225 Peach St., Marks 38646 (662-326-8939) 
Rankin—601 Marquette Road, Brandon 39042 (601-825-1462) 
Scott—230 S. Davis St., Forest 39074 (601-469-4241) 
Sharkey—120 Locust Suite 3, Rolling Fork 39159 (662-873-4246) 
Simpson—2785 Simpson Hwy. 49, Mendenhall 39114 (601-847-1335) 
Smith—212 Sylvarena Ave., Smith County Office Bldg., Raleigh 39153 (601-782-4454) 
Stone—214 N. Critz St., Suite A, Wiggins 39577 (601-928-5286) 
Sunflower—200 Main St., Courthouse, Indianola 38751 (662-887-4601) 
Tallahatchie—100 S. Market St., Charleston 38921 (662-647-8746) 
Tate—#1 French's Alley, Senatobia 38668 (662-562-4274) 
Tippah—10791B Hwy 15 S., Fairgrounds, Ripley 38663 (662-837-8184) 
Tishomingo—1008 Battleground Dr., Room 106, Iuka 38852 (662-423-7016) 
Tunica—1221 Kenny Hill Ave., Suite 3, Tunica 38676 (662-363-2911) 
Union—112 Fairground Cir., New Albany 38652 (662-534-1917) 
Walthall—250 Ball Ave., Tylertown 39667 (601-876-4021) 
Warren—1100-C Grove St., Vicksburg 39180 (601-636-5391) 
Washington—148 N. Edison St., Greenville 38701 (662-334-2670) 
Wayne—810-A Chickasawhay St., Waynesboro 39367 (601-735-2243) 
Webster—16 E. Fox Ave., Eupora 39744 (662-258-3971) 
Wilkinson—982 Second South St., Woodville 39669 (601-888-3211) 
Winston ––460 Vance St., Louisville, 39339 (662-773-3091) 
Yalobusha—18025 Hwy. 7, Coffeeville 38922 (662-675-2730) 
Yazoo—212 E. Broadway St., 3rd Floor, Yazoo City 39194 (662-746-2453) 
County Offices
U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE 
COOPERATIVE EXTENSION SERVICE 
MISSISSIPPI STATE UNIVERSITY 
MISSISSIPPI STATE, MISSISSIPPI 39762-5446 
P. O. BOX 5446 
OFFICIAL BUSINESS 
PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE, $300 
ADDRESS CORRECTION REQUESTED 
G A R D E N T • A • B • L • O • I • D 
MI S S I S S I P P I S TAT E U N I V E R S I T Y E X T E N S I O N S E RV I C E 
Contents 
Grow Your Own Vegetables ................................................................................................1 
Garden Plan ..........................................................................................................................2 
Garden Soil ............................................................................................................................3 
Organic Gardening................................................................................................................5 
Pollination ..............................................................................................................................9 
Mulching ..............................................................................................................................10 
Insects - Identification and Control ..................................................................................11 
Vegetable Diseases ..............................................................................................................15 
Watering ..............................................................................................................................17 
Planting Vegetables..............................................................................................................17 
Weed Control ......................................................................................................................18 
Herb Gardening ..................................................................................................................18 
Fall Gardening ....................................................................................................................19 
Staking and Training Tomatoes ........................................................................................20 
Harvesting ............................................................................................................................21 
Storing Vegetables ..............................................................................................................22 
Vegetables ............................................................................................................................22

More Related Content

PPTX
Pakisan and kitchen gardening role for Organic Vegetables a Presentation by A...
PPTX
Vegetable Gardening Overview
PPTX
Kitchen gardening planning By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Consultant KPK P...
PPTX
Kitchen gardening procedure By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Consultant KPK P...
PDF
Vegetable Gardens - Kitchen Garden or Nutrition Garden; Gardening Guidebook f...
PPTX
Kitchen Gardening
PPTX
Organic Terrace Gardening by Jason
PPTX
Kitchen gardening role By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Consultant KPK Pakist...
Pakisan and kitchen gardening role for Organic Vegetables a Presentation by A...
Vegetable Gardening Overview
Kitchen gardening planning By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Consultant KPK P...
Kitchen gardening procedure By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Consultant KPK P...
Vegetable Gardens - Kitchen Garden or Nutrition Garden; Gardening Guidebook f...
Kitchen Gardening
Organic Terrace Gardening by Jason
Kitchen gardening role By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Consultant KPK Pakist...

What's hot (20)

PPTX
Gardening instruction. growing vegetables in a home garden
PPTX
70 .Kitchen gardening ( process) A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Dad Khan ...
PPTX
69 .Kitchen gardening ( facts) A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Dad Khan Fo...
PPTX
Kitchen gardening prerequiste By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Consultant KPK...
PPTX
Kitchen garden success of kitchen gardening By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture...
PPTX
Tips and tricks for organic vegetable gardeners slideshare
PPT
Vegetable garden A Presentation By Mr. Allah dad Khan Visiting Professor the ...
DOCX
04 major types of vegetable gardening
PPTX
Vegetable Garden Design Ideas
PPTX
Planning and preparing a vegetable kitchen garden By Allah Dad Khan
PPTX
ABC of kitchen gardening in Pakistan By Allah Dad Khan
PDF
May 2013 Louisiana School Gardening News
PDF
Flower - Vegetable Companion Gardening - South Haven Garden Club, Michigan
PPTX
Kitchen Garden
PPTX
Planning kitchen gardening A Presentation By Mr. Allah dad Khan Visiting Prof...
PPTX
Kitchen gardening By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Consultant KPK Pakistan In...
PPTX
Kitchen garden seed bed preparation for kitchen gardening By Mr Allah Dad Kha...
PPTX
Kitchen gardening in pakistan abc version By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Co...
PPTX
42 .kitchen gardening a to z in pakistan A Series of Lectures By Mr. All...
PDF
Basic garden planning
Gardening instruction. growing vegetables in a home garden
70 .Kitchen gardening ( process) A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Dad Khan ...
69 .Kitchen gardening ( facts) A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Dad Khan Fo...
Kitchen gardening prerequiste By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Consultant KPK...
Kitchen garden success of kitchen gardening By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture...
Tips and tricks for organic vegetable gardeners slideshare
Vegetable garden A Presentation By Mr. Allah dad Khan Visiting Professor the ...
04 major types of vegetable gardening
Vegetable Garden Design Ideas
Planning and preparing a vegetable kitchen garden By Allah Dad Khan
ABC of kitchen gardening in Pakistan By Allah Dad Khan
May 2013 Louisiana School Gardening News
Flower - Vegetable Companion Gardening - South Haven Garden Club, Michigan
Kitchen Garden
Planning kitchen gardening A Presentation By Mr. Allah dad Khan Visiting Prof...
Kitchen gardening By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Consultant KPK Pakistan In...
Kitchen garden seed bed preparation for kitchen gardening By Mr Allah Dad Kha...
Kitchen gardening in pakistan abc version By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Co...
42 .kitchen gardening a to z in pakistan A Series of Lectures By Mr. All...
Basic garden planning
Ad

Similar to Grow your Own Vegetables (20)

PDF
Vegetable gardening encyclopedia sahibgrew
PPTX
41 .kitchen gardening story in pakistan A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah...
PPT
Kitchen Gardening, home grown vegetables.
PPTX
21 .Kitchen gardening prerequisite A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Dad ...
PDF
Companion Planting and Growing Outdoor Food Crops for Your Home - Australia
PDF
Home Vegetable Gardening in New Mexico
PPTX
Learn the Gardening Basics
PDF
Plant a Row for the Hungry - Kennett Square, Pennsylvania
PDF
Harris County Vegetable Gardening Guide
PPTX
Kitchen gardening By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Consultant KPK Pakistan I...
PPTX
16. Kitchen gardening A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Dad Khan Former ...
PPTX
52 .Kitchen gardening planing A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Dad Khan ...
PPT
Vegetable Gardening for fun and flavour!
PPTX
17 . Kitchen gardening and poverty in pakistan A Series of Lectures By Mr....
PPT
Grow Your Own Food B
PPTX
57 .kitchen gardening planning A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Dad Khan ...
PDF
Plant a Row - Grow Your Veggie Garden - How to Handbook
PPTX
79 .Kitchen gardening ( the success ) A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Da...
PDF
Home gardening for food security .pdf
Vegetable gardening encyclopedia sahibgrew
41 .kitchen gardening story in pakistan A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah...
Kitchen Gardening, home grown vegetables.
21 .Kitchen gardening prerequisite A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Dad ...
Companion Planting and Growing Outdoor Food Crops for Your Home - Australia
Home Vegetable Gardening in New Mexico
Learn the Gardening Basics
Plant a Row for the Hungry - Kennett Square, Pennsylvania
Harris County Vegetable Gardening Guide
Kitchen gardening By Mr Allah Dad Khan Agriculture Consultant KPK Pakistan I...
16. Kitchen gardening A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Dad Khan Former ...
52 .Kitchen gardening planing A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Dad Khan ...
Vegetable Gardening for fun and flavour!
17 . Kitchen gardening and poverty in pakistan A Series of Lectures By Mr....
Grow Your Own Food B
57 .kitchen gardening planning A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Dad Khan ...
Plant a Row - Grow Your Veggie Garden - How to Handbook
79 .Kitchen gardening ( the success ) A Series of Lectures By Mr. Allah Da...
Home gardening for food security .pdf
Ad

More from School Vegetable Gardening - Victory Gardens (20)

PDF
Behind Enemy Lines - Marthe Cohn - One Woman against Nazi Germany
PDF
Classical Art School Gardening Posters
PDF
One Teacher Saves her School & her Students
PDF
Coconut Oil helps Heal Children's ADHD - ADD Disease, Autism & Alzheimer Disease
PDF
One Teacher Makes Students into Champions
PDF
Good Books help Students Excel in Life & School
PDF
Greening & Restoring the Sahara Desert with the Groasis Waterboxx
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx Lets Trees Grow Up in Unfriendly Places
PDF
Explanation of the Groasis Technology for Growing Food in Desert Regions
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx & the Agua, Vida Naturaleza Project for Growing Food in Des...
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx Handbook on Planting Instructions for Trees & Crops in Dese...
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx Manual for Growing Vegetables in Arid Lands
PDF
Water Saving Measures of Using the Groasis Waterboxx in Organic Gardening in ...
PDF
Making a Week’s Worth of Rain Last the Whole Year
PDF
Using the Groasis Waterboxx to Plant New Trees in Desert Regions
PDF
Greening the World - Desert Restoration, Reduce CO2, Feed the People & Create...
PDF
Groasis Technology Compared to Drip Irrigation
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx - Palm Springs Students Test New Planter Designed to Fight ...
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx Handbook for Planting Methods & Sample of Crop Test Results...
PDF
Groasis Waterboxx Technology Offers Possible Cure for the Deserts
Behind Enemy Lines - Marthe Cohn - One Woman against Nazi Germany
Classical Art School Gardening Posters
One Teacher Saves her School & her Students
Coconut Oil helps Heal Children's ADHD - ADD Disease, Autism & Alzheimer Disease
One Teacher Makes Students into Champions
Good Books help Students Excel in Life & School
Greening & Restoring the Sahara Desert with the Groasis Waterboxx
Groasis Waterboxx Lets Trees Grow Up in Unfriendly Places
Explanation of the Groasis Technology for Growing Food in Desert Regions
Groasis Waterboxx & the Agua, Vida Naturaleza Project for Growing Food in Des...
Groasis Waterboxx Handbook on Planting Instructions for Trees & Crops in Dese...
Groasis Waterboxx Manual for Growing Vegetables in Arid Lands
Water Saving Measures of Using the Groasis Waterboxx in Organic Gardening in ...
Making a Week’s Worth of Rain Last the Whole Year
Using the Groasis Waterboxx to Plant New Trees in Desert Regions
Greening the World - Desert Restoration, Reduce CO2, Feed the People & Create...
Groasis Technology Compared to Drip Irrigation
Groasis Waterboxx - Palm Springs Students Test New Planter Designed to Fight ...
Groasis Waterboxx Handbook for Planting Methods & Sample of Crop Test Results...
Groasis Waterboxx Technology Offers Possible Cure for the Deserts

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
Classroom Observation Tools for Teachers
PPTX
Unit 4 Skeletal System.ppt.pptxopresentatiom
PDF
LDMMIA Reiki Yoga Finals Review Spring Summer
PPTX
Introduction to Building Materials
PDF
medical_surgical_nursing_10th_edition_ignatavicius_TEST_BANK_pdf.pdf
PPTX
1st Inaugural Professorial Lecture held on 19th February 2020 (Governance and...
PDF
Indian roads congress 037 - 2012 Flexible pavement
PPTX
UNIT III MENTAL HEALTH NURSING ASSESSMENT
PPTX
Introduction-to-Literarature-and-Literary-Studies-week-Prelim-coverage.pptx
PDF
RMMM.pdf make it easy to upload and study
PPTX
Radiologic_Anatomy_of_the_Brachial_plexus [final].pptx
PPTX
Chinmaya Tiranga Azadi Quiz (Class 7-8 )
PDF
Supply Chain Operations Speaking Notes -ICLT Program
PPTX
Tissue processing ( HISTOPATHOLOGICAL TECHNIQUE
PDF
Computing-Curriculum for Schools in Ghana
PDF
Complications of Minimal Access Surgery at WLH
PDF
A systematic review of self-coping strategies used by university students to ...
PPTX
202450812 BayCHI UCSC-SV 20250812 v17.pptx
PPTX
Onco Emergencies - Spinal cord compression Superior vena cava syndrome Febr...
PDF
Black Hat USA 2025 - Micro ICS Summit - ICS/OT Threat Landscape
Classroom Observation Tools for Teachers
Unit 4 Skeletal System.ppt.pptxopresentatiom
LDMMIA Reiki Yoga Finals Review Spring Summer
Introduction to Building Materials
medical_surgical_nursing_10th_edition_ignatavicius_TEST_BANK_pdf.pdf
1st Inaugural Professorial Lecture held on 19th February 2020 (Governance and...
Indian roads congress 037 - 2012 Flexible pavement
UNIT III MENTAL HEALTH NURSING ASSESSMENT
Introduction-to-Literarature-and-Literary-Studies-week-Prelim-coverage.pptx
RMMM.pdf make it easy to upload and study
Radiologic_Anatomy_of_the_Brachial_plexus [final].pptx
Chinmaya Tiranga Azadi Quiz (Class 7-8 )
Supply Chain Operations Speaking Notes -ICLT Program
Tissue processing ( HISTOPATHOLOGICAL TECHNIQUE
Computing-Curriculum for Schools in Ghana
Complications of Minimal Access Surgery at WLH
A systematic review of self-coping strategies used by university students to ...
202450812 BayCHI UCSC-SV 20250812 v17.pptx
Onco Emergencies - Spinal cord compression Superior vena cava syndrome Febr...
Black Hat USA 2025 - Micro ICS Summit - ICS/OT Threat Landscape

Grow your Own Vegetables

  • 1. G A R D E N T • A • B • L • O • I • D M I S S I S S I P P I S T A T E U N I V E R S I T Y E X T E N S I O N S E R V I C E Grow Your Own Vegetables There are many good reasons for growing a vegetable garden in Mississippi. A garden offers the oppor-tunity to enjoy vegetables at their freshest. Sometimes only minutes elapse between harvest, preparation, and eating. On the other hand, most fresh vegetables available at the gro-cery store travel about 1,800 miles between producer and consumer, and this travel often occurs over a period of several days. There’s a lot to be said for “homegrown” freshness. Vegetable gardens are traditional in Mississippi. There was a time when the state was more rural than it is today, and most of the family’s food was grown at home. Today, vegetable gardens are often thought of as a form of family recreation. Many older Mississippians grow gardens that are much too large for their own use just to have fresh vegetables for family, friends, and others who are unable to garden. Here is what some of today’s Mississippi gardeners have to say about their gardens and why they gar-den: “We have enough for our family, plus some to share; what more could you ask?” “There’s no way to keep count of the people who stop to visit my garden and talk awhile since it is on the side of a field road that leads to a catfish pond. I was so proud when I was told it was the prettiest garden they had seen. I have filled 3 freezers and canned more than 300 jars of vegetables.” “I have always had a love for gar-dening. I have helped in caring for the family garden ever since I was large enough to help plant and work in a garden.” “I enjoy giving vegetables to the elderly, shut-ins, neighbors, and friends.” “I enjoy people visiting my garden. Some come just to enjoy seeing it, oth-ers to learn better ways to garden.” “I have gardened over 50 years and still do my own work. The hard work and good food keep me healthy. I save some money, but I receive other bene-fits that are greater and that cannot be bought.” “We give more vegetables away than we keep. We have a large family, 5 children, 13 grandchildren, and 6 great-grandchildren, so you see we really enjoy a garden.” “There is a great difference in cooking fresh food from that which has been picked for several days. To watch your food grow gives you some-thing to look forward to each week. It’s a profit, but it’s also a great pleasure.” Decide What You Want to Plant Select vegetables and the amount to plant by looking for-ward to harvest and how you will use the vegetables. There’s no sense in planting something that won’t be used. Available garden space should be a factor in selecting the vegetables to grow. Some vegetables take a lot of garden space for a long time, while others are planted and harvest-ed in a short time period, producing a lot in a little space. Melons, pumpkins, vining types of squash, and sweet pota-toes are in the garden for a long time, yet the harvest period is relatively short. Okra, tomatoes, peppers, eggplant, and pole beans are also in the garden a long time, but these pro-duce a continuous supply of food. Sweet corn is one of those vegetables you just have to plant despite how much space it takes (expect to harvest one ear per plant) because it is so good. Vegetables to consider for small gardens (because of the space they need and the amount they produce) are bush snap and lima beans; leafy greens like lettuce, spinach, mustard, and turnips; green onions; tomatoes; sweet peppers; and eggplant. As space permits, add broccoli, cabbage, hot pep-pers, okra, summer squash, southern peas, and pole beans. Cucumbers, which normally take a lot of ground space, can be trellised. Irish and sweet potatoes are productive for the amount of garden space required but present a storage problem when harvested. Plant varieties recommended for growing in Mississippi. Don’t continue to use old vegetable varieties when there are new varieties available that resist disease and give higher yields and quality. For example, fusarium wilt is still a major disease problem on tomatoes in some Mississippi gardens where the older varieties are planted. All recommended tomato varieties are resistant to this disease. The amount of sunlight the garden receives can help you determine which vegetables to grow. Ideally, the garden site should receive full sun all day. This is not always possible, especially when the garden is located on a small residential lot where shade trees block the sun for part of the day. Where there is no full sun space, plant vegetables in var-ious spots around the house. All vegetables grown for their fruits or seeds, such as corn, tomatoes, squash, cucumbers, eggplant, peppers, beans, and peas, should have the sunniest spots. Vegetables grown for their leaves or roots, such as beets, cabbage, lettuce, mustard, chard, spinach, and turnips, can grow in partial shade but do better in direct sunlight. Decide What Size Garden You Need Choose a Great Location for Your Garden To determine what size garden you need, consider your family size, the amount of vegetables you need, and whether you will preserve or The ideal garden site is close to use the vegetables fresh. the house but out in the open where Most important in determining garden size are the gardener’s physi-cal it receives full sun and is not shad-ed by trees or buildings. Choose a place that is near a water supply and has loose, fertile, well-drained soil. Few gardeners are fortunate enough to have the ideal garden site or soil. This does not mean growing a successful garden is impossible. If you select the right vegetables and carefully manage the soil, some vegetables can be produced in almost any location. Select a site free of serious weed problems. Nutsedge, torpedograss, bermudagrass, cocklebur, and morningglory are just a few of the weeds that are difficult to control in a garden. Fence the garden site to keep out children, or dogs and other animals. A two-strand, low-voltage electric fence may be the only way to keep small animals like rabbits and rac-coons out of the garden. Remove low tree limbs that hang over the garden and give animals access. ability, available time and equipment, and genuine interest in gar-dening. Even though the rewards of gardening are great, the work is hard. It is better to start small and build on success than to become dis-couraged and abandon the garden because it was too large or too much work. See the Planting Guide on page 7.
  • 2. Design your garden to meet your needs. Careful planning reduces work and can make the garden more productive. Planting seeds and plants at random frequently results in waste and disappointment. Consider the selected method of cultivation in designing your gar-den. Where the work is done with a tractor, long rows are practical; but when cultivation is by hand, short rows give a sense of accomplish-ment as work on each is completed. Consider the slope of the land; run rows at right angles to the slope, especially on sandy-textured soils that tend to wash and erode. Where the land is uneven, contour the rows. Rows for vegetables with small plants (carrots, onions, radishes, and others) can be closer together for hand cultivation than for power equipment. Planting double rows or a broad band on a bed can increase the yield from a small garden plot. Closely spaced rows and vegetable plants help shade out weeds, but the close spacing makes weeding diffi-cult when plants are small. Closely spaced plants reduce water loss from the soil surface by protecting the surface from drying winds and hot sun. The reduced air movement, however, may increase chances for diseases. Plant perennial vegetables like asparagus where they won’t inter-fere with yearly land preparation. Plant season-long vegetables like tomatoes, okra, peppers, and egg-plant together where they won’t interfere with short-term vegetables and replanting. Plant corn, okra, pole beans, tomatoes, and other tall vegetables so they won’t shade or interfere with the growth of shorter vegetables. Sweet corn produces fuller ears when planted in a block of rows than 20 x 50 feet 1,000 square feet—Row 1 is located 12 inches from the edge of the garden, and all rows are 36 inches apart. Rows are 20 feet long. Spring Planting Summer Planting Fall Planting Row Vegetable Date Vegetable Date Vegetable Date 1 Onions (plants) Feb.-March Bush Lima Beans June-July Spinach Sept.-Oct. 2 Cabbage (plants) Feb.-March Bush Lima Beans June-July Beets/Chard Sept.-Oct. 3 English Peas Jan.-Feb. Cucumbers May-June Mustard Sept.-Oct. 4 English Peas Jan.-Feb. (leave unplanted) Cabbage Aug.-Sept. 5 Lettuce Feb.-March Summer Squash May-June Cauliflower Aug.-Sept. 6 Beets/Chard Feb.-March (leave unplanted) Turnips Sept. 7 Mustard/Turnips Feb.-March Southern Peas May-June Carrots Sept. 8 Broccoli (plants) Feb.-March Southern Peas May-June Lettuce Sept. 9 Bush Snap Beans March-April (leave unplanted) Broccoli Aug.-Sept. 10 Bush Snap Beans March-April (leave unplanted) Broccoli Aug.-Sept. 11 Bell Peppers/ in a long single row because of bet-ter pollination. When possible, group vegetables according to their Sample Garden Plan Planting Planting Planting lime and fertilizer needs, and treat accordingly. Southern peas, lima beans, snap beans, and peanuts do not require as much nitrogen fertil-izer as some other vegetables. Eggplant (plants) April-May 12 Tomatoes (plants) April-May 13 (leave unplanted) (leave unplanted) Cucumbers Aug. 14 Sweet Corn March-April (leave unplanted) Bush Snap Beans Aug. 15 Sweet Corn March-April (leave unplanted) Bush Snap Beans Aug. 16 Sweet Corn March-April Tomatoes (plants) July-Aug. 17 Okra April-May Collards Oct. Garden Plan Spring Planting onions, cabbage, lettuce, corn, tomatoes, peppers, eggplant Summer Planting lima beans, squash, cucumbers, peas, okra Fall Planting spinach, mustard, turnips, cauliflower, carrots, broccoli, beets Successive Planting, Long Season Can Reduce Garden Size Gardening in Mississippi provides the opportunity to have something in the garden almost every month of the year. The long growing season com-bined with successive plantings (growing more than one vegetable in the same space during the year) enables gardeners to reduce the size of their gardens. As soon as one vegetable is har-vested, clear the space and prepare to plant another vegetable. Empty row space produces nothing and provides a place for weeds to grow, while a small garden intensively planted and managed can be very productive. For example, follow a spring plant-ing of English peas with a late spring planting of cucumbers; then replant the space with fall bush snap beans, leafy greens, or late southern peas. Another example is to follow early sweet corn with winter squash and pumpkins in early July. Spring Irish potatoes can be followed by lima beans or southern peas, which are fol-lowed by fall greens. Practice crop rotation (planting nonrelated plants in the same location in successive plantings) where garden space permits. Crop rotation is a good practice to follow when you use the same garden site for several years because it helps prevent the buildup of diseases in the garden soil. When growing only for fresh use, make small successive plantings of vegetables like snap beans, sweet corn, lettuce, radishes, leafy greens, and southern peas. Planting at 2-week intervals provides continuous fresh vegetables. Plant only as much as your family can eat before the next planting begins to produce. If you plan to can and freeze as well as use fresh vegeta-bles, plant more vegetables at one time to provide enough at harvest for preserving. Expected yields are given for the different vegetables in the Planting Guide on page 7. Keep in mind that the yields given for some vegetables (tomatoes, peppers, okra, pole beans, and eggplant, for example) are for multiple harvests over a period of time. Vegetables with extended harvest periods require only one planting dur-ing the season. However, with toma-toes, peppers, and eggplant, a second planting made in midsummer pro-vides good quality vegetables for har-vest in fall. A second planting of okra, about 6 weeks after the first planting, has some benefit for late-season harvest, but you can get the same benefit by cutting the first planting back to a height of 3 to 4 feet in late summer. Plant your garden according to a detailed plan on paper. A finished gar-den plan shows these things: • which vegetables to grow • number of different plantings of each vegetable • time and location of each planting • distance each row is to be planted from one end of the garden. Related Vegetable Groups Tomato Snap Bean Cucumber Cabbage Eggplant Lima Bean Squash Broccoli Irish Potato Peanut Pumpkin Turnip Pepper Southern Pea Muskmelon Mustard Watermelon Collard 2
  • 3. The ideal garden soil is deep, loose, fertile, well-drained (inter-nally as well as on the surface), has plenty of organic matter, and is free of weeds and diseases. Such soils are difficult to find, but with proper preparation and manage-ment, less-than-ideal soils can be Compost is partially decom-posed plant material mixed with soil. Since compost is rich in organic matter, use it to improve soil structure, tilth, fertility, and water- and nutrient-holding capacity. Compost can be mixed directly into the garden soil or used as a mulching material that is mixed with the soil after the growing season. The biggest benefit from com-post is its value as a soil condition-er. Compost increases the water-holding capacity of soil, reducing the frequency you need to water. Adding compost improves sandy and clay soils. Plant growth nutri-ents in compost include nitrogen, phosphorus, and potassium. They are mostly in an organic form, and they release slowly and are less subject to leaching. Compost is something you nor-mally make rather than purchase, but composted bark and composted manure are frequently sold as soil conditioners. Make compost from vegetable and other plant materials from nor-mal yard chores, leaves, and grass clippings, or hauled-in materials like sawdust, straw, or hay. Construct a pile of alternating layers of organic waste material and soil. Keep the pile moist and add a mixed fertilizer to speed the composting process. Build your compost pile in some out-of-sight location. It can be built on open ground or in a bin made of cinder block, rough boards, or wire fence. The sides of the bin should not be air- or water-tight. Spread a layer of organic matter about 6 inches deep and add 1 cup of a mixed fertilizer, 6-8-8, to each 10 square feet of surface. Then add 1 inch of soil and enough water to moisten but not soak the pile. Repeat this process until the pile is 4 to 5 feet high. Make the top of the pile con-cave to catch rainwater. Under nor-mal conditions, turn the pile in 2 or 3 weeks and again in 5 weeks. Heat helps decomposition, so if the compost pile is made in the fall, decomposition will be slow until spring and summer. Moist, green plant materials and fresh manure decompose much faster than dry, brown materials and can produce a considerable amount of heat. See Extension Publication 1782 Composting for the Mississippi Gardener for more information. A Soil-Compost Pile productive. Water moves quickly through an internally well-drained soil and never completely shuts off air movement. Drainage is important because roots cannot develop, live, and function without a constant supply of oxygen. Clay soils dry slowly after a rain because the spaces in them are small and water moves through them slowly. Sandy soils, on the other hand, have many spaces and dry out quickly. Clay and sandy soils can be partially changed to substitute for a rich loam by adding organic mat-ter. Increasing the organic matter content of a clay soil improves the tilth, makes it easier to work, and improves the internal drainage. Adding organic matter to a sandy soil increases its water-holding capacity and improves its fertility. The garden soil affects the way vegetable plants grow and look. When soils are cold, wet, crusty, or cloddy, seedlings are slow to emerge and some may not survive. Root rot diseases may take a heavy toll on seedlings, especially beans. Other soil-related plant symptoms are short plants, slow growth, poor color, and shallow and malformed roots. Soil symptoms of poor structure are crusts, hard soil lay-ers below the surface, standing water, and erosion. Increase the soil’s organic mat-ter content by adding manure, composted leaves, sawdust, bark, or peatmoss; or by turning under plant residues like sweet corn stalks after harvest, and green manure crops (soybeans, rye, southern pea plants, and others). Plant residues should be free of diseases if they are to be added to the garden soil. Cover crops, such as clovers and vetch, planted in the fall prevent soil erosion and leach-ing of plant nutrients. They also provide organic matter and nitro-gen when turned under in spring. Manures vary in their content of fertilizing nutrients. The amount of straw, age, exposure to the ele-ments, and degree of composting change their composition. Be care-ful not to over-fertilize when applying chicken litter to garden soil. Use no more than 200 pounds per 1,000 square feet of garden space. Animal manure is lower in nutrient content than poultry manure and can be applied at the rate of 250 to 300 pounds per 1,000 square feet. Overuse of manures can add so much salt to the soil that plant growth is harmed. Most organic materials release some nutrients quickly and the rest over a period of time. (See Organic Gardening, page 5.) Even though adding organic matter improves soil fertil-ity, manures and plant residues are not balanced fertilizers, and soils require additional fertilizer. Test soil annually to be sure. Garden Soil Raised beds are planting areas where the soil is several inches higher than that of the natural grade. Raised Beds Help Problem Areas Compost improves soil structure Raised beds can help where gar-dening space is limited, the site is low and collects water, or the soil drains poorly. Raised beds are planting areas where the soil is several inches higher than that of the natural grade. This is accomplished by adding soil to the growing area, or by adding and mix-ing into the native soil amendments such as compost, sand, composted sawdust, or bark. Where the native soil is adequate, raised beds can be made by removing several inches of soil from the bed area, filling the excavation with organic matter like manure or old hay, and mixing the soil with the added organic matter. It is also possible to pull soil from the walkways between beds and place it on the beds, filling the walkways with mulch materials like pine needles. Raised beds can be framed with wood, bricks, or cement blocks, or they can be left unframed. Framing adds to the appearance, and depend-ing on the materials used, may pro-vide seating. Ideally, raised beds should be no wider than 4 feet (so you can easily reach the center from either side) and no longer than 25 feet unless cross-overs are provided. Beds 4 feet wide and 25 feet long contain 100 square feet and make calculations for rates of application of fertilizer and granular materials easier. Beds accessible from only one side should be narrower than 4 feet. All framed beds should be of the same width so that covering materials (shade frames, sash for cold frames) fit all beds, making rotation easy. Raised-bed soil that has been improved by adding organic matter and sand often enables excellent root crops like carrots, onions, and parsnips to grow, even though they would not grow in the native soil. Select vegetables that produce a lot for the space they occupy. Trellis vin-ing crops like cucumbers, pole beans, Malabar spinach, and melons. Support melon fruit in slings. Raised beds require more water than ground-level beds, but when the alternative is no garden at all, it’s worth the extra effort. Here are some additional advantages of raised-bed gardening: • Raised beds produce more veg-etables per unit of garden space because space is not wasted with walkways between every row. • Soil in raised beds dries and warms more quickly in spring, which permits earlier planting of spring vegetables. • Soil does not compact because soil in beds is not walked on. • Closely spaced plants in raised beds shade out weeds and reduce weed problems and the need for frequent cultivation. Raised bed gardening, however, does have disadvantages. Some of these are listed below: • Closer spacing of plants can reduce air flow and increase dis-ease problems. • Yields from individual closely spaced plants may be lower than from widely spaced plants (total production from the closely spaced plants is often higher). • Raised beds require more fre-quent watering because of im-proved drainage. • Raised beds may require more frequent fertilization because of the leaching resulting from fre-quent watering and excellent drainage. • Raised beds with permanent sides make it difficult to relocate the garden. • Raised beds can be expensive to establish. 3 Soil Fertilizer Organic Matter Soil Fertilizer Organic Matter Soil Fertilizer Organic Matter Ground
  • 4. Test Soil to Find Its pH Value The soil reaction, or measure of acid-ity or alkalinity, is based on a scale of 1 to 14 and is referred to as pH. A pH of 7.0 is neutral. Any values below 7.0 are acid, and any values above 7.0 are alkaline. The ideal pH values for vegetable garden soils are 6.0 to 6.5. Vegetable plants do not grow well in acid soils with a pH of 4.5 to 5.5 or in alkaline soils with a pH above 7.5. Soil testing is the only way to know the pH of your garden soil. Contact your county Extension office for a container and instructions for taking a soil sample. There is a $6 fee for a com-plete analysis (pH plus nutrient analysis with lime and fertilizer recommenda-tions) on each sample. The lime recom-mendation is the single most important piece of information on a soil test report. In areas with high rainfall like Mississippi, soils are generally acid. However, there are exceptions (particu-larly in the Delta and Blackland Prairie) that prove the need for soil testing. Of the garden soils analyzed at Mississippi State University’s Soil Testing Laboratory in 1999-2004, 49 percent had a pH of 5.9 or below and needed lime. Twenty-six per-cent were in the range of 6.0 to 7.0. The pH of the soil tells you if the soil needs lime. Where it is needed, limestone is the most effective and inexpensive aid available for soil improvement. The soil’s calcium and magnesium levels tell you what form of limestone—dolomitic (magnesium and calcium) or calcitic (calcium)—to apply. An acid soil that tested medium low to very low in magne-sium should be limed with dolomitic (high magnesium) lime. An acid soil high in magnesium can be limed with either calcitic limestone or dolomitic limestone. Acid soil results in poor plant growth, partly because of poor root growth. This means greater susceptibility to drought stress and less efficient use of soil nutri-ents. Plants growing in acid soil may show deficiency symptoms of several plant nutrients. Apply lime well ahead of planting (2 to 3 months) to provide time for it to dis-solve and change the soil pH. Apply lime evenly over the entire area and work it into the top 4 or 5 inch-es of soil. Incomplete mixing may make future tests show a need for more lime, which can result in overliming and poor plant growth. Limestone not only raises the soil pH but improves fertility. Lime also improves the structure of clay soils and makes them easier to work. Liming is not a once-in-a-lifetime event. Since soils limed to the proper pH return to their acid state with time, soil test every year or two to determine if additional lime is needed. Sandy soils become acid again faster than clay soils. Factors causing the soil pH to drop are listed below: • Using acid-forming fertilizers. • Leaching of lime from the soil by rain and irrigation water. • Decomposing of organic matter and release of organic acids. To get a soil sample for testing: (1) Use a spade or trowel to remove a slice of soil 6 inches deep; (2) Get similar sections from other random places in your garden; (3) Put these samples in a pail; (4) Mix soil thoroughly in the pail; (5) Remove about 1 pint of the well-mixed soil and dry it at room temperature; (6) Place dried soil in container. Do not take samples where fertilizer has been spilled or manure has been piled. Do not include debris such as leaves, sticks, or large stones in your sample. Deliver the soil sam-ple to your county Extension office. Vegetable Tolerance to Acid Soils Discover Your Garden’s Fertilizer Needs The amount of fertilizer to apply depends on the natural fertility of the soil, amount of organic matter, type of fertilizer, and the vegetables being grown. Get a soil test to determine your garden’s fertilizer needs. In addition to soil testing, you also must measure your garden to deter-mine the number of square feet it occupies. Garden fertilizer recommen-dations are based on 1,000 square feet, and an area of 1,000 square feet could measure 25 by 40, 20 by 50, 30 by 33, or other dimensions according to your plot layout. If your area is smaller than 1,000 square feet, divide the actual area by 1,000; then multiply the decimal fig-ure by the recommended lime and fer-tilizer rates. For example, if your plot measures 16 by 24, the area contains 384 square feet; 384 divided by 1,000 equals .384; multiply .384 by your rec-ommended fertilizer rate to determine the amount of fertilizer to apply. Vegetable plants require many dif-ferent nutrient elements for good growth and production, but nitrogen (N), phosphorus (P), and potassium (K) are the three nutrients of concern to most gardeners. Calcium (Ca) and magnesium (Mg) are supplied by limestone. The other required ele-ments are obtained from air, water, and soil. Mixed fertilizers are normally sold by grade and contain two or three major plant nutrients. The numbers in the grade refer to the percent nitrogen (N), available phosphate (P2O5), and available potash (K2O). Fertilizer sources of the major plant nutrients are ammonium sulfate (21 per cent nitrogen, 21-0-0), a blend of ammonium sulfate and urea (34 per-cent nitrogen, 34-0-0), nitrate of soda (16 percent N, 16-0-0), calcium nitrate (15.5 percent N, 15.5- 0-0, 19 percent calcium), urea (46 percent N), super-phosphate (46 percent P2O5, 0-46-0), and muriate of potash (60 percent K2O, 0-0-60). Because many garden soils have been heavily fertilized for years, soil test results often indicate extremely high soil levels of phospho-rus and potassium. In these cases, nitrogen is the only fertilizer recom-mended, since additional phosphorus and potassium are unnecessary. Where nitrogen is the only fertiliz-er recommended, the usual recom-mendation is for 3 pounds of 34-0-0 (3 pints) per 1,000 square feet of garden space prior to planting. Fertilization with unnecessary nutrients can “salt out” the garden and damage plant growth. Vegetables differ in their fertilizer requirements. Leafy greens like mus-tard, turnips, collards, cabbage, and spinach are heavy users of nitrogen. Broccoli and sweet corn also require more nitrogen than some other vegeta-bles. While nitrogen is important to the plant growth of fruit and root veg-etables, phosphorus and potash are important to the proper development of roots and seeds. Peanuts, southern peas, and beans get nitrogen from the air and do not require heavy nitrogen fertilization. Over-fertilizing these vegetables with nitrogen causes excessive growth of leaves at the expense of the fruit. Apply fertilizer before or at plant-ing. Two methods of application are “in the row” and “broadcast.” For most gardeners, the broadcast method is more practical. To broadcast, spread the recom-mended amount of fertilizer evenly over the soil surface and then thor-oughly mix it into the soil during soil preparation. Heavy feeding vegetables need additional fertilizer (side-dress-ing) after the plants are well estab-lished. For row application, apply the rec-ommended fertilizer to the row. Mix it thoroughly with the soil so that it will not damage the seed and tender plants. Fertilizer can be applied in a com-bination of broadcast and row applica-tions. Broadcast two-thirds of the rec-ommended fertilizer over the entire garden surface and mix it into the soil. Apply the remaining one-third of the fertilizer in furrows 3 inches to either Moderately tolerant (pH 6.8 to 5.5) side of the row and slightly below the level of the seeds. Nitrogen fertilizer applied before or at planting time usually does not supply all the nitrogen needed during the growing season for heavy- and medium-feeding vegetables. Also, ir-rigation and rain can leach water-soluble nutrients, especially ni-trogen, into deeper areas of the soil, out of the reach of the roots of shal-low- rooted vegetables. Apply (side-dress) additional ni-trogen fertilizer along the row 4 to 6 inches from the base of the plants when plants are established, being careful to keep all fertilizer off plant leaves. Measuring Table for Fertilizer, Weight per Pint Superphosphate 1 lb Muriate of Potash 1 lb 34-0-0 1 lb Nitrate of Soda 11⁄4 lb Limestone 11⁄4 lb Mixed fertilizer 6-8-8, 13-13-13 1 lb Lima Beans Parsley Peppers Pumpkins Radishes Rutabagas Soybeans Squash Sunflowers Tomatoes Turnips Irish Potatoes Sweet Potatoes Watermelons Asparagus Beets Broccoli Cauliflower Chinese Cabbage Lettuce Muskmelons New Zealand Spinach Okra Onions Peanuts Beans Brussels Sprouts Carrots Collards Corn Cucumbers Eggplant English Peas Garlic Kale Kohlrabi Very tolerant (pH 6.8 to 5.0) Slightly tolerant (pH 6.8 to 6.0) Side-Dress Applications of Nitrogen (1 pint of 34-0-0 per 100 feet of row, 31⁄3 tablespoons per 10 feet of row) Beans ......................................................................................at 3- to 4-leaf stage Beets, carrots..............................................................4 to 6 weeks after planting Bell peppers, eggplant, tomatoes ..........................after first fruit set and again at 4- to 6-week intervals Broccoli, cabbage, cauliflower, Brussels sprouts ....................................3 weeks after transplanting or after danger of late freeze in spring; Broccoli again when heads begin to show Cucumbers, muskmelons, watermelons, winter squash ..........................................when vines begin to run English peas ....................................................when plants are 4 to 6 inches tall Irish potatoes ........................................when sprouts break through soil surface Leafy greens (mustard, turnips, chard, collards) ........................when plants are about one-third grown Lettuce, kohlrabi, Chinese cabbage ........................2 weeks after transplanting; 4 weeks after sowing seed Okra ........................................................................after first pods are harvested Onions (green and bulb)—from sets ......................when tops are 6 inches high —from transplants ......................................when established and actively growing Peanuts............................................................................................................none Radishes ........................................................................................................none Southern peas ................................................................................................none Summer squash ....................................................before bloom when plants are 8 to 10 inches tall and again in 4 weeks Sweet corn ................................when 8 inches high and again when knee high Sweet potatoes ..............................................................................................none Turnips (roots), Rutabagas ......................................4 weeks after sowing seeds 4 Spinach Swiss Chard
  • 5. Nutrient Content of Organic Materials Percent Nutrient N P2O2 K2O Availability Rock Phosphate 0 20 to 30 0 very slow Bone Meal 1 15 0 slow medium Compost up to 3 1 1 slow Dried Blood 12 1.5 .5 medium rapid Fish Emulsion 5 2 2 rapid Cotton Seed Meal 6 3 1.5 slow medium Cow Manure, fresh .25 .15 .25 medium Sawdust 4 2 4 very slow Wood Ashes 0 1 to 2 3 to 7 rapid Try New Varieties for Advantages Over Established Varieties Most of the varieties in this section will not be available from seed racks or as plants from your regular sources, so be prepared to search for them in catalogues or on line. Whenever a new variety is trialed it should be planted near the normal variety you grow so you can compare them. Be sure to label the plants and treat both old and new varieties the same way so there is a fair comparison. Summertime is a new pinkeye pur-ple hull southern pea with very long pods that contain as many as 18 attractive peas. Summertime contains two genes that promote the retention of green color in the seed coat so the peas don’t fade to white as quickly as other varieties. Summertime has aggressive vine growth, and the vines may reach more than 8 feet in length. Trellising is not required but may be beneficial to keep the vine from sprawling into adjacent rows. Sweethaven is a cream crowder southern pea with very large peas and long pods. The peas have a sweet fla-vor and cook with a clear pot liquor. Sweethaven also has aggressive vines and might benefit from trellising. Celebration Swiss chard has dark-er green leaf blades and more vibrant petioles—in shades of red, gold, and orange—than older varieties of col-ored chards. These pot herbs are pret-ty enough to grow in the flower gar-den but can be cooked and eaten like any other green. Aristotle bell pepper is the 2011 Mississippi Medallion winner. This green to red pepper makes a more Soil Preparation Is Important for Successful Gardens Preparing the soil is one of the most important steps in gardening. If erosion is not a problem, plow or spade clay soils and grassy areas in the fall. Limestone is most effective when applied in the fall. On new garden sites that were lawn areas or were heavily infested with weeds, consider using an approved chemical to kill existing plants before turning the soil. Plow or turn soil to a depth of 7 or 8 inches. Leave fall-plowed land rough until spring. Many garden tillers are not ade-quate equipment for the initial break-ing of soil in a new garden site. Starting in early spring, disc or rake the soil several times at regular inter-vals to keep down weeds and to give a smooth, clod-free planting bed. If you did not plow or spade the garden site in the fall, turn the soil in spring as soon as it is dry enough to work. A good test to determine if the soil can be worked is to mold a hand-ful of soil into a ball. If the ball is not sticky but crumbles readily when pressed with your thumb, the soil is in good condition. If you did not apply recommended lime to the garden site in the fall, apply both lime and recommended fertilizer in the spring. Plow or spade the soil, spread the lime and fertilizer, and mix it in with a disc, harrow, or rototiller. Pulverize the soil and get a smooth, level surface by raking as soon as pos-sible after turning. This helps to firm the soil, break up clods, and leave a smooth surface for seeding. Soil left in rough condition for several days after turning in the spring may dry out and form hard clods, making it much more difficult to prepare a good seedbed. Prepare a small garden plot for planting by using a spade, shovel, or spading fork to turn the soil. Use a small tractor or garden tiller for a larg-er garden. Completely cover all plant material on top of the ground and work it into the soil when the soil is turned. Where the soil is clay and level and likely to stay wet, use a hoe, rake, or tiller to pull the soil into raised rows that are 10 to 12 inches across on the tops. Let the sides slope gently to the walkways to provide good surface drainage. Conventional row spacing is 36 to 40 inches apart, but spacing depends on a number of factors: equipment, garden size, and vegetables being grown. Rows for vigorously vining vegetables like watermelons, can-taloupes, pumpkins, and winter squash are usually 6 to 8 feet apart. Raised bed gardens are relatively easy to prepare for planting once the beds are constructed. (See Raised Beds on page 3.) All ALL America Selections WINNER A vegetable variety designated as an All ® America Selection (AAS) has been judged in a number of national trial gardens to have some advantage or uniqueness over a standard compari-son variety. This may be disease resistance, color, productivity, fla-vor, or something else. All America Selections must show wide adapt-ability to climatic and soil condi-tions. AAS is a nonprofit organiza-tion that accepts variety entries from breeders around the world. Not all new varieties developed each year are submitted for testing in the AAS trial gardens, so there are many excellent varieties that do not bear the AAS designation. Many AAS vegetables are suited for grow-ing in Mississippi, so be sure to try these new varieties as well as other new varieties listed in catalogs. The Vegetable section (pages 22- 30) includes a list of recommended varieties. Some previously designat-ed AAS varieties are no longer avail-able, since the program is more than 50 years old. The year of introduc-tion for AAS varieties listed in this publication is given with the variety descriptions in the Vegetable section. AMERICA SELECTIONS See New Varieties, page 19 5 Organic Gardening Interest in organic gardening— using organic and natural materials for fertilization and disease and insect control—is increasing. Much of the interest is on reduc-ing or eliminating use of chemical pesticides for controlling insects and diseases. There is less interest in the use of natural and organic fertilizers. Organic gardening in Mississippi faces some serious problems with the rapid loss of soil organic matter and severe insect and disease pressures on vegetable plants. Organic garden-ers, to ensure the greatest chances for success, should have the garden soil tested for pH and nematodes. The most beneficial input for both organic and conventional gardeners is to add organic matter to the soil. This can be done by adding compost-ed or fresh organic materials and incorporating them into the soil. Gardeners need to pay attention to the amount of nitrogen in the materi-als they are adding. Straw; fallen, dried leaves; sawdust; wood chips; and paper should be blended with a high nitrogen material like grass clip-pings, manure, or blood meal since incorporating large amounts can actually keep the nitrogen in the soil from the crop plants while decom-posing. The nitrogen becomes avail-able again after decomposition is through. Soils with a low pH (acid) can be corrected using limestone, ground oyster shells, wood ashes, or dolomitic limestone. Adding organic matter benefits soils with a high pH (alkaline). Animal manures are the most widely used organic fertilizers. Unfortunately, their composition varies with the source, age, degree of rotting, water content, and amount and kind of litter used. Green manures and cover crops can also be used to provide nutrients. When allowed to grow over the win-ter, hairy vetch or crimson clover can fix up to 100 pounds of nitrogen. Southern peas can be grown during summer to provide nitrogen for fall vegetables. Green manure crops should be mown and plowed into the soil at least four weeks prior to plant-ing the next crop. Most organic materials do not contain plant nutrients in balance with plant requirements and must be supplemented to correct these imbal-ances. A well-leached animal manure has an estimated fertilizer ratio of 1- 1-1, or 20 pounds each of N, P2O5, and K2O per ton of manure. Besides being relatively low in nutrient con-tent, the nutrients are available more slowly than nutrients from inorganic sources. This protects nutrients from leaching, but when a rapid change in nutrient level is needed, this can be a problem. Controlling diseases and insects by natural means alone is difficult. There are several insecticides avail-able including Bt formulations for caterpillar control and spinosad or pyrethrums for other insects, but dis-ease control is difficult. Neem oil, bicarbonate, copper and sulfur based fungicides provide some protection against diseases, but the best results for disease management come from selecting resistant varieties and prop-er timing and spacing during plant-ing. For these reasons, organic gar-dening is easier on a small scale. To increase chances for success, organic gardeners should follow these practices: • Plant disease- and nematode-resist-ant varieties. • Use marigolds, solarization, and organic products like Clandosan 618 to control plant parasitic nema-todes (see Extension Publication 483 Nematode Control in the Home Garden). • Plant seeds from disease-free plants. • Plant only healthy vegetable trans-plants. • Place a cardboard collar around plant stems at ground level to pre-vent cutworm damage. • Incorporate plant residues and ani-mal manures early to allow suffi-cient time for them to decompose before planting. • Use mulches to control weeds and keep soil from splashing onto the plants and fruit. • Use aluminum foil or reflective plastic mulches to repel aphids and thrips that injure plants and also transmit plant viruses. • Plant as early in the spring as possi-ble to avoid some insect problems. • Keep the garden free of weeds that may harbor diseases and insects. • Hand-pick insects. • Water during the day so plants are not wet at night. • Remove diseased plants and plant parts from the garden. • Control insects using biological controls and natural products. • Rotate garden areas. • Encourage natural insect predators. Trap slugs under boards and moist burlap laid on the ground, or use beer traps. • Stay out of the garden when the plants are wet to prevent spreading diseases. • Do not use tobacco products while working in the garden. • Mix different vegetables in a row to eliminate monocultures and the chance for a disease to spread rapidly. Beneficial Insects Minute pirate bug .25” Convergent lady beetle .15” - .25” Assassin bug .50” - .75” Tiger beetle 0.5” - 0.7” Praying mantis 2.5” - 5” Green lacewing 0.6” - 0.8”
  • 6. Zones Determine Planting Dates Use the map and chart in this section to determine dates for planting vegeta-bles in your garden. Use the map to identify the zone (1, 2, 3, 4, or 5) in which you garden. Some Mississippi counties are in only one zone, while others are in more than one. The zones are based on weather data for the median (most frequent) dates of last freezes (temperature of 32 °F or less) in spring. In some years the last freeze occurs earlier, and in some years later, than the median dates. The zones are listed at the top of the chart. The cool- and warm-season vegetables are listed on the left, and the recommended planting dates make up the body of information in the chart. Beets, for example, are recommend-ed for planting in zone 1 from February 1 to March 1. The starting dates are 4 and 6 weeks before the last median frost date for the zone for cool-season veg-etables, and 2 and 4 weeks after the last median frost date for warm-season veg-etables. The cut-off date for planting cool-season vegetables is to provide suffi-cient time for the vegetables to mature before the heat of summer. The cut-off date for planting warm-season vegeta-bles is to permit maturity and harvest before disease, insect, and weather pressures become too great and before cold temperatures in the fall. Most cool-season vegetables can be planted in both spring and fall. This gives two opportunities for successful harvests. Most warm-season vegetables can be planted over a period of several weeks ranging from midspring to mid-summer. Multiple plantings at 10-day inter-vals of beans, corn, peas, radishes, and leafy greens within the recommended planting intervals provide for succes-sive harvests. Some of the cool-season vegetables like broccoli, cabbage, Chinese cab-bage, cauliflower, collards, kale, spinach, and rutabagas produce better when grown in the fall. These plants mature as the weather is getting cooler, and they are of better quality and pro-duce over a longer period of time. DeSoto Marshall Tate Tunica Coahoma Panola Lafayette Quitman Tallahatchie Bolivar Sunflower Leflore Grenada Carroll Holmes Washington Humphreys Yazoo Sharkey Warren Madison Hinds Issaquena Rankin Claiborne Copiah Simpson Jefferson Lawrence Lincoln Adams Franklin Wilkinson Amite Walthall Pike Zone 1 March 1-11 Zone 2 March 12-21 Zone 3 March 22-26 Zone 4 March 27-31 Zone 5 April 1-10 Benton Tippah Alcorn Prentiss Union Pontotoc Lee Tishomingo Itawamba Monroe Chickasaw Clay Calhoun Yalobusha Webster Montgomery Choctaw Oktibbeha Lowndes Noxubee Attala Winston Leake Neshoba Kemper Scott Newton Lauderdale Smith Jasper Clarke Jefferson Davis Marion Jones Wayne Covington Lamar Forrest Perry Greene Pearl River George Jackson Stone Harrison Hancock Median Date of Last Freeze in Spring Planting Zones – To use the map, find your county and determine which zone it is located in. Then find the vegetable planting dates for your zone on the chart to the right. Spring and Summer Planting Dates Cool-Season Vegetables Vegetable Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4 Zone 5 Beets Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 Mar. 1 Mar. 15 Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 5 Broccoli (plants) Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 Feb. 15 Mar. 1 Mar. 10 Mar. 15 Mar. 20 Cabbage, Collards (plants) Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 Feb. 15 Mar. 1 Mar. 15 Mar. 20 Apr. 1 Carrots Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 Apr. 15 Apr. 15 Apr. 15 Apr. 15 Apr. 15 Cauliflower (plants) Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 Feb. 15 Mar. 1 Mar. 10 Mar. 15 Mar. 20 Chard, Swiss Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 Mar. 1 Mar. 15 Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 5 Kohlrabi Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 Mar. 1 Mar. 15 Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 5 Lettuce, head Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 Mar. 1 Mar. 1 Mar. 1 Mar. 5 Mar. 10 Lettuce, leaf Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 10 Apr. 15 Mustard Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 15 Apr. 15 Apr. 20 Onions (sets or plants) Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 Mar. 1 Mar. 1 Mar. 1 Mar. 1 Mar. 15 Peas, English Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 Mar. 10 Mar. 10 Mar. 15 Mar. 20 Apr. 1 Potatoes, Irish Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 Feb. 15 Mar. 1 Mar. 1 Mar. 10 Mar. 15 Radishes Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 Mar. 15 Mar. 15 Apr. 1 Apr. 15 Apr. 25 Spinach Jan. 20 Jan. 29 Feb. 8 Feb. 13 Feb. 18 Feb. 15 Mar. 1 Mar. 15 Mar. 15 Mar. 15 Turnips Feb. 1 Feb. 12 Feb. 22 Feb. 27 Mar. 3 Apr. 1 Apr. 1 Apr. 15 Apr. 15 Apr. 20 Warm-Season Vegetables Beans, snap bush Mar. 15 Mar. 25 Apr. 4 Apr. 8 Apr. 14 Apr. 15 Apr. 20 May 1 May 1 May 10 Beans, snap pole Mar. 15 Mar. 25 Apr. 4 Apr. 9 Apr. 14 Sept. 1 Aug. 15 Aug. 15 Aug. 10 Aug. 1 Beans, lima bush Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 Aug. 15 Aug. 1 Aug. 1 July 25 July 15 Beans, lima pole Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 Aug. 5 Jul. 20 Jul. 20 Jul. 15 Jul. 5 Corn Mar. 1 Mar. 11 Mar. 21 Mar. 26 Mar. 31 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Cucumbers Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 Sept. 14 Aug. 28 Aug. 21 Aug. 14 Aug. 10 Eggplant (plants) Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 Aug. 15 Aug. 10 Aug. 10 Aug. 1 July 15 Muskmelons Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 May 1 May 1 May 15 May 15 Jun. 1 Okra Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Jul. 15 Peanuts Mar. 15 Mar. 25 Apr. 4 Apr. 9 Apr. 14 May 1 May 1 May 1 May 15 May 15 Peas, southern Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 Aug. 10 Aug. 1 Aug. 1 Aug. 1 Jul. 20 Peppers (plants) Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 Aug. 15 Aug. 10 Aug. 10 Aug. 1 Jul. 15 Potatoes, sweet (plants) Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Pumpkins, Winter Squash Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Jul. 1 Spinach, New Zealand Mar. 15 Mar. 25 Apr. 4 Apr. 9 Apr. 14 Apr. 15 Apr. 15 Apr. 20 May 15 May 15 Squash, summer Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 Sept. 14 Aug. 28 Aug. 21 Aug. 14 Aug. 10 Tomatoes (plants) Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 Aug. 15 Aug. 10 Aug. 10 Aug. 1 Jul. 20 Watermelons Mar. 29 Apr. 8 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 May 1 May 1 May 15 May 15 Jun. 1 * For Fall Gardening, see page 19. 6
  • 7. 7 Transplants Can Shorten Planting-to-Harvest Time Some vegetables are planted in the garden using small plants (transplants) rather than seeds. This is standard practice with warm-season vegetables like tomatoes, peppers, and eggplant, and is becoming the practice with cucumbers, squash, cantaloupes, and watermelons because transplants shorten the time by several weeks between planting and harvest. Sweet potato plants are grown from stored sweet potato roots and not from true seed. In the early spring gar-den, transplants of cabbage, broccoli, cauliflower, head lettuce, and onions are recommended. Not all vegetable plants transplant with the same degree of ease as small seedlings or when setting them out in the garden. But even vegetables described as difficult to transplant can be transplanted into the garden with great success when they are started in containers. Grow vegetable transplants in a cold frame, hot bed, greenhouse, or a well-lighted window. Here are some advantages to grow-ing your own plants: • They are often less expensive to grow than to buy. • They are available when you need them. You grow the varieties you want and are not forced to accept substitutes. • You avoid the danger of bringing in diseases and insects. You can successfully grow trans-plants of many vegetables by follow-ing a few simple guidelines: Seed. Use fresh seed from a rep-utable source. Transplants require sev-eral weeks to grow, so get your seeds early. Do not buy too much seed. A small amount produces many plants. If the seed has not been treated with a fungicide as indicated on the package, do so with a small amount of fungi-cide. (See the Before-You-Plant Practices section on seed treatment, page 17.) Soil. Most garden soils are not good enough to be used for raising transplants because they are poorly drained and contaminated with disease and weed seeds. Several commercial sterile soilless mixes are available. Prepare a soilless mix using these ingredients: 2 quarts Sphagnum peat moss 1 quart vermiculite 1 quart perlite 1 tablespoon limestone Container. Containers for seed germination can be plastic egg car-tons, half-pint milk cartons, small trays, aluminum foil loaf pans, pie tins, peat pots, or peat pellets. Make sure there are drainage holes in the bottom of the container before filling the container nearly to the top with the mix. Wet the mix thoroughly and let excess water drain. Expandable peat pellets (available at nurseries and gar-den supply stores) eliminate the need for a mix and a container except for one to hold the pellets. Place dry, flat pellets in a shallow tray and sprinkle them several times with warm water until they are com-pletely expanded. Allow a little time between sprinklings. Surround the expanded pellets with sand or vermic-ulite to hold them upright and slow their drying between waterings. Planting Seeds. Do not plant seeds too thickly. When using trays or pans, plant the seeds in rows and cover with one-fourth of an inch of mix. When using individual containers, plant two or three seeds per container. With the expanded pellets, make a small depression in the top and drop in the seeds. Plant seeds of watermelons, squash, and cucumbers in individual containers. Transplants are recommended for seedless watermelons. To aid germina-tion, plant seedless watermelon seeds with the rounded end facing down and the pointed end facing up. Use cool, white 40-watt fluorescent tubes for a supplemental light source. Germination. Cover containers with a piece of plastic, or slip them into a clear plastic bag to keep the humidity high. The best temperature for germination is 80 °F. As the tem-perature drops below 80 °F, germina-tion slows. Tomato, pepper, and egg-plant seeds won’t germinate at tem-peratures below 60 °F. Even at the optimum temperature, eggplant and pepper seeds may take 2 weeks to ger-minate. As soon as the seedlings begin to come through the mix surface, lower the temperature and increase the amount of light to prevent spindly growth. Use cool, white 40-watt fluo-rescent tubes placed several inches above the seedlings for 18 hours a day for a supplemental light source. Tomato, pepper, and eggplant seedlings grow best when the day tem-perature is 70 to 75 °F and the temper-ature at night is 60 to 65 °F. Broccoli, cabbage, and cauli-flower prefer cooler temperatures— 65 to 70 °F during the day and 55 to See Transplants, page 8 Planting Guide Distance Average Average Depth of between Crop No. of Seeds or Plants Planting Plants Expected Days to Vegetable per 100 ft (inches) (inches) per 100 ft Harvest Asparagus 1 oz 1 18 30 lb 2 years 65 plants 6-8 Beans, snap bush 1⁄2 lb 1 3-6 60 lb 50-55 Beans, snap pole 1⁄2 lb 1 4-12 80 lb 65 Beans, lima bush 1⁄2 lb 1 3-6 47 lb in shell 65 18 lb shelled Beans, lima pole 1⁄2 lb 1 4-12 66 lb in shell 80 25 lb shelled Beets 1 oz 1⁄2 2 75 lb 65 Broccoli 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 18-24 50 lb 80-115 50-65 plants 18-24 50 lb 75 Cabbage 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 12-18 150 lb 100 65-100 plants 12-18 150 lb 80 Cabbage, Chinese 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 12 100 lb 80 Carrots 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 2 100 lb 75 Cauliflower 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 18-24 80 lb 80-115 50-65 plants 18-24 80 lb 65 Chard, Swiss 1 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 6 75 lb 50 Collards and Kale 1⁄4 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 8-16 150 lb 55 Corn, sweet 3-4 oz 1-2 12 10 doz 80 Cucumbers 1⁄2 oz 1 12-18 100 lb 55 Eggplant 50 plants 24 150 lb 85 Kohlrabi 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 3-4 75 lb 55 Lettuce, head 1⁄4 oz 1⁄4 12 75 head 80-115 75-100 plants 12-14 75 head 80 Lettuce, leaf 1⁄4 oz 1⁄4 8-12 50 lb 50 Muskmelons 1⁄4 oz 1 36-48 100 fruit 90 Mustard 1⁄4 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 2 100 lb 45 Okra 1 oz 1 12-18 90 lb 65 Onions, green 600 sets or plants 2 100 bunches 35 Onions, bulb 220 sets or plants 6 100 lb 110 Parsley 1⁄8 oz 1⁄4 4-6 30 lb 90 Peanuts 1⁄2 lb 1-2 3-4 45 lb green 110 15 lb dry Peas, English 1 lb 1-2 2 30 lb in shell 65 Peas, southern 1⁄2 lb 1 4-6 40 lb in hull 65 Peppers, bell 50 plants 24 150 lb 75 Potatoes, Irish 10 lb 4 12 150 lb 100 Potatoes, sweet 75-100 12 100 lb 120 Pumpkins 1⁄2 oz 1-2 48 300 lb 90-110 Radishes 1 oz 1⁄2 1 40 lb 28 Rutabagas 1⁄2 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 12 90 lb 90 Spinach 1⁄2 oz 1⁄2 4 70 lb 45 Squash, summer 1⁄2 oz 1 36 150 lb 55 Squash, winter 1⁄2 oz 1 48 100 lb 90 Tomatoes 35-65 plants 18-36 125 lb 70 Turnips, greens 1⁄4 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 2-3 50-100 lb 50 Turnips, roots 1⁄4 oz 1⁄4-1⁄2 2-3 50-100 lb 60 Watermelons 1⁄2 oz 11⁄2 48-72 60 fruit 85
  • 8. Planting and Thinning Tips Plant only fresh seeds from a reliable source. Old seeds are slow to germinate and often produce spotty stands and deformed plants. When planting seeds, mark straight rows with stakes and a cord to make cultivating, spraying, and harvesting easy. Rake the seed bed clean of clods, rocks, and other types of debris. Make shallow fur-rows suitable for small seeds by drawing a hoe handle along a string. For deeper furrows, use a corner of the hoe blade. In the spring, plant seeds shallow to speed germination. As the season progresses, plant seeds deeper to ensure a good sup-ply of moisture. Small seeds are difficult to dis-tribute thinly and evenly and are easier to space if mixed with dry sand or dry, pulverized soil before planting. When planting small seeds like carrots that germinate slowly, mix in some radish seeds to mark the row. Seeds that are large enough to handle easily can be planted in groups (hills) or spaced evenly (drilled) in the row. When planting in hills, place several seeds in small areas at the desired final plant spac-ing. Sweet corn, squash, pumpkins, melons, and okra are often planted in this way. Once the seeds germi-nate and the seedlings are estab-lished, remove the excess seedlings. Sweet corn, okra, and summer squash are thinned to one plant per hill, pumpkins and melons to two plants per hill. Seeds of beans, peas, beets, chard, and sweet corn are frequent-ly spaced evenly down the row when planted. Individual seeds may be spaced 1 or more inches apart but at a spacing closer than the desired final plant spacing. After germination and seedling establishment, remove extra seedlings. The choice of planting method, drill or hill, for many veg-etables is up to the gardener. If your seeds are 1 or more years old, plant them thicker than you would fresh seeds. Extra seeds at planting time cause poor germina-tion and seedling death from dis-ease and insects. After the seeds are placed, cover them with soil. (See the Planting Guide on page 9 for depth of plant-ing). Days from Planting to Seedling Emergence Firm (do not pack) soil over the seeds with the flat blade of a hoe. Be careful not to plant seeds too deep. Seeds covered with too much soil do not come up. Removing the extra seedlings (thinning) seems wasteful to many gardeners, especially new garden-ers. However, when the majority of seeds germinate and the seedlings survive, the plants become crowded. Leaving the plants spaced too closely together reduces yields, makes the plants more susceptible 8 Plastic row tunnels and floating row covers permit early planting and provide some protection against cold. Plastic tunnels can be used in combination with black plastic mulch. Floating row covers made of a non-woven polyester also provide early insect protection. 60 °F at night. At these tempera-tures, broccoli, cabbage, and cauli-flower take 5 to 7 weeks to reach the size for transplanting to the garden. Peppers and eggplant may need 8 to 10 weeks to reach the size for set-ting out in the garden. Thinning and Transplanting. Individual containers with more than one seedling must be thinned to one plant. Pinch out or cut off the extra seedlings while the first leaves are still small. Seedlings germinated in trays must be transplanted to individual containers while still small. Lift and separate seedlings and replant them into individual containers such as peat pots, plastic cel-paks (saved from previously purchased trans-plants; be sure to wash them), peat pellets, or other small containers. Use a commercial soilless potting mix or prepare your own. Fertilizer. Some potting soils contain a small amount of fertilizer but not enough to grow the seedlings. For small seeds, make a planting fur-row with a hoe handle or rake drawn along the cord. For larger seeds, open a deeper plant-ing furrow with your hoe. When sowing small seeds, cut or tear off a corner of the packet and scatter seeds in the furrow while tapping gen-tly with your index finger. Space larger seeds evenly and drop by hand. SMALL MEDIUM LARGE 1⁄4 - 1⁄2 inch 1⁄2 - 1 inch 1 - 11⁄2 inch Seed size determines depth of planting. Homemade mixes of peat, vermicu-lite, and perlite contain no fertilizer. Seeds contain a small amount of nutrients to get the seedling started, but you must supply fertilizer such as water soluble 20-20-20. Prepare a fertilizer solution following instruc-tions on the container. Disease. Damping-off is the major disease that attacks seedlings. Seedlings appear pinched at the soil line, fall over, and die. Control this disease by thoroughly watering (drenching) the growing mix after planting the seeds with 1 tablespoon of Captan (50 percent wettable pow-der) per gallon of water. Hardening Off. Transplants grown in a cold frame are stockier and better able to withstand outside garden conditions than transplants grown indoors or in a greenhouse. Before setting out tender transplants, place them in a cold frame for 1 to 2 weeks to acclimate them to colder temperatures, brighter light, and wind. This greatly increases their chances of survival once set in the garden. Cold Frame Cabbage, broccoli, and cauli-flower transplants can be easily grown in an outside cold frame. Build a simple frame and cover it with polyethylene. Plants grown in a cold frame require 8 to 10 weeks to reach the size for setting in the gar-den, so start early. Place the cold frame in a sunny location with the low side facing south and the high back facing north. Paint the inside white to reflect light and promote uniform growth. Plants must grow in a cold frame for 8 to 10 weeks before setting in the garden. Since temperatures in a cold frame are frequently below the optimum for seed germination, plant seeds in a soilless mix in trays and germinate them indoors. Once the seeds have germinated, move the trays to the Cut off the bottoms of plastic containers Cutaway view of a hotkap Wooden shingle used as a sunshade Wire tomato cage wrapped in plastic Transplants continued from page 7 Protect Newly Set Plants See Transplants, page 9 See Tips, page 9 Under Good Growing Conditions Beans 5-10 Beets 7-10 Broccoli 5-10 Cabbage 5-10 Carrots 12-18 Cauliflower 5-10 Corn 5-8 Cucumbers 6-10 Eggplant 6-10 Lettuce 6-8 Okra 7-10 Onions 7-10 Peas 6-10 Parsley 15-21 Peppers 9-14 Radishes 3-6 Spinach 7-12 Squash 4-6 Tomatoes 6-12 Turnips 4-8 Watermelons 6-8
  • 9. cold frame. Open the cold frame cover for ventilation or remove it on clear days when the air temper-ature is 45 degrees or higher. Thin the seedlings to stand one-half inch or more apart. Crowding results in spindly, weak transplants. Fertilize to promote growth. Growing onion transplants requires considerable time. Start by planting seeds in September or October in closely spaced rows in a cold frame. Transplants will be ready for setting out in January and February. To have transplants of cabbage, broccoli, and other cool-season vegetables ready in time for spring planting, you must start very early in the year, which may not be practical. Transplants of these vegetables can be grown for the fall garden. Sweet potato transplants (slips) are produced by planting potatoes in beds of sawdust or sand. Maintain the temperature in the bed close to 80 °F. Since disease problems can be carried on the mother roots and transmitted to the slips, it is better for gardeners to purchase their sweet potato slips or to use vine cuttings. Vine cut-tings are made by cutting potato slips above the surface of the bed-ding material. The cuttings devel-op roots rapidly when planted in warm, moist garden soil. Buying Transplants When buying vegetable trans-plants, select recommended vari-eties when possible. Plants with good roots that are healthy, stocky, medium-sized, and free of disease or insects are best. Avoid yellow, spindly, or oversized plants and those with spotted foliage, brown marks on the stems, or knots on the roots. Buy plants in containers (fiber pots or plastic tray packs) so that root systems are intact and protected. Bundles of bare root plants (cabbage, onions, broccoli, peppers, lettuce, and tomatoes) should be fresh, have a good green color, and have moist and healthy roots. Transplanting to the Garden Transplants of cucumbers, squash, and melons grown in small containers must be set in the gar-den while still quite young (cotyle-dons expanded and first leaf show-ing), about 3 weeks after planting the seeds. If possible, set all vegetable transplants on a cloudy day or in the evening. Place peat pots and other fiber pots directly into the planting holes. Be sure to cover the upper edges of the pots with soil to prevent wicking the mois-ture out of the pots. Plant tall transplants deeply, burying the stem to the first set of leaves. Pictured are dry and expanded peat pellets. Starter Solution. Starter solu-tion is a dilute mix of a water solu-ble fertilizer high in phosphorus, such as 11-57-0. Used at the rate of 1 cup per plant, it stimulates root growth and helps plants get off to a fast start. Starter solution is prepared by dissolving 2 tablespoons of the dry fertilizer (11-57-0) per gallon of water or 3 pounds per 50 gallons. Protection. Protect newly set plants from sun, cold, and wind. Homemade shelters include boxes, baskets, flower pots, and plastic milk containers. Commercial hotkaps of paper or plastic and devices containing water protect young, tender plants from frost. A wooden shingle stuck in the ground at a slant on the south side of a plant serves as a sunshade. A piece of newspaper or a paper gro-cery bag pinned down over a plant provides protection from the sun. Wire tomato cages with the bottom 12 to 18 inches wrapped with clear plastic provide some protection to transplants from wind, cold, and blowing sand. to disease, and generally starves the plants for water and nutrients. In the thinning process, try to save the strongest seedlings and remove excess plants with a hoe, rake, or your fingers. Where seedlings are very close together and pulling disturbs the roots of the remaining plants, pinch out or cut the excess plants. Seedlings of some vegeta-bles, if carefully removed during thin-ning, can be transplanted and used to fill in empty places, to expand your plant-ing, or be shared with other gardeners. The temperature of the garden soil at planting time affects the rate at which seeds germinate or if they germinate at all. Most cool-season vegetable seeds germinate at a soil temperature of 60 °F, while most warm-season vegetable seeds germinate slowly at a soil temperature of 75 °F. The longer seeds are in the soil without germinating, the more they are subject to attack by diseases and insects. Black plastic mulch is an effective way of raising the soil temperature to permit early planting of warm-season vegetables. (See Mulching on page 10.) Other materials available to home gardeners are plastic row tunnels and floating row covers that permit early planting and provide some protection against cold. Plastic tunnels can be used in combination with black plastic mulch. Floating row covers made of a non-woven polyester also provide early insect protection. Pollination, the transfer of pollen within a flower or between flowers, is needed for many vegetables to produce. With vegetables we grow for their leaves (greens, spinach, cabbage) and roots (beets, carrots, radishes), pollination is not important. But with vegeta-bles we grow for their developing fruit, ripened fruit, or seeds (melons, corn), pollina-tion is almost always needed. Pollen is produced in the anthers (male parts) and must be moved to the pistil (female part). One part of the pistil, the ovary, devel-ops into the seed or fruit that is eaten— squash, tomatoes, cucumbers, corn kernels. Pollen is moved from the anthers to the pistil in one of three ways. Corn pollen is carried by the wind as it falls from the tassel to the silks of the ears. If any-thing prevents this wind transfer of pollen, the result is ears with empty rows and missing ker-nels. Corn planted in a single row loses most of its pollen. This is why corn should be planted in a block of adjacent rows rather than one or two very long rows. High temperatures and drought do not interfere with the transfer of corn pollen but can prevent proper pollination and fertilization, resulting in poorly developed ears. The pollination process in all beans, peas, and tomatoes is called self-pollination because the transfer of pollen takes place within the individual flowers without the aid of insects or wind. Squash, pumpkins, melons, and most cucumbers are insect-pollinated. In these veg-etables, which have the male and female flower parts in separate flowers (yet still on the same plant), insects transfer pollen from male flow-ers to female flowers while going from flower to flower, collecting nectar and pollen. The most common pollinating insects are honey-bees and bumblebees. Bees often are seen on vegetables that are wind- and self-pollinated, where they are col-lecting pollen and nectar. Since pollinating insects are so important in the garden, it is important to consider them when choosing and applying insecticides. Choose insecti-cides that are least toxic to bees, and apply them late in the day when bees are not active-ly working in the garden. Vegetables that are self- and insect-polli-nated often suffer from lack of pollination and fertilization, just as wind-pollinated corn does. High temperatures, shade, and insuffi-cient moisture often result in pollen that does not behave normally and causes a lack of fruit development. Poorly shaped fruit (cucum-bers, watermelons, tomatoes) result from incomplete pollination. Cross pollination between different veg-etables is an unnecessary worry of many gar-deners. Different varieties of the same wind-and insect-pollinated vegetables may cross, but there is no crossing between the different vegetables: cucumbers, melons, and squash. All summer squash, Halloween pumpkins, vegetable spaghetti, acorn squash, and small ornamental gourds are closely related and do cross if planted close to one another. This is of no concern to gardeners who do not save their own seed. Jumbo pumpkins and most winter squash can cross. If you grow several varieties of summer and winter squash and pumpkins in the same garden, purchase fresh seed each year. The different corn colors (yellow and white) and types (normal, sugary enhanced, supersweet, field, and pop) crosspollinate if planted close to one another, and if they silk and tassel at the same time. Results can vary from a few yellow kernels on normally all-white ears to a situation where the corn is not fit to eat. All sweet corn must be isolated from field and popcorn, and all supersweet corn must be isolated from all other corn. Pollination Flower Parts Anther Ovary Pistil Petal Stigma Anther Petals Removed Ovary (Small Squash) Stem Female Flower Male Flower Squash Flowers Corn pollen is carried by the wind as it falls from the tassel to the silks of the ears. Petals Anthers Pistil Ovary 9 Transplants continued from page 8 Tips continued from page 8 Place the top edge of the peat cup 2 inch-es below the soil level.
  • 10. Mulching A mulch is any material used to cover the surface of the garden soil to protect plant roots from heat, cold, or drought, to keep fruit clean, or to control weeds. Mulches help to make more attrac-tive, higher yielding vegetable gar-dens. A mulch in the garden changes the environment where the plants are growing, resulting in better plant growth and higher yields. If used improperly, a mulch can lower yields or result in plant death. When deciding to use a mulch, weigh the advantages against pos-sible disadvantages, cost, and availability of a particular mulching material. There are many types of mulch-ing materials, but they can be divided into two general cate-gories: natural and synthetic. Natural mulches are materials such as straw, hay, compost, composted bark, or pine needles. Synthetic mulches are plastics and papers. Natural Mulches Natural mulches consist of organic plant and/or animal residue or by-products. They are generally spread over the ground surface around established plants or over the entire growing area in a layer 2 to 5 inches deep. Composted saw-dust, bark, wood shavings, leaves, grass clippings, rice hulls, ground corncobs, and animal manures may also be used. Pine needles, hay, and straw are light and airy; there-fore, a 4- to 5-inch deep layer is needed for them to be effective. Most natural mulches have some fertilizer value and are good soil conditioners when worked into the soil. They improve both the physical and chemical properties of soil. Organic matter incorporated into the soil improves water-hold-ing capacity, nutrient availability, and aeration of the soil. Some mulching materials, such as pine needles, peat, and oak leaves are acid in nature and lower the soil pH. Regular soil testing indicates the amount of lime neces-sary to make any soil pH adjust-ment. Finely ground peat moss makes a poor mulch. It is easily blown around by wind and becomes almost water repellent when dry. Peat is best used to improve soil organic matter content, moisture holding capacity, and structure by mixing it with the soil. Organic mulches are summer mulches, since most of their advan-tages are realized in hot weather. A summer mulch protects soil from compacting rains, foot traffic, dry-ing winds, and heat. It also con-trols weeds by excluding light from germinating seeds and seedlings. Mulches prevent weed problems, thereby reducing competition for light, water, and nutrients. The resulting fewer cultivations mean less crop-damaging root pruning. By reducing the loss of soil moisture, mulches lessen the fre-quency of necessary watering, and garden vegetables suffer less in dry periods. Organic mulches also increase the water absorption rate of soils. The reduced soil tempera-tures under organic mulches encourage root growth in the upper soil layer where there is more oxy-gen and fertilizer. A mulch reduces soil erosion and the splattering of soil on veg-etable leaves and fruit during rains or sprinkling. This can reduce loss-es to soil-borne diseases. Apply organic mulches to warm-season vegetables when the soil has warmed sufficiently for good plant growth and when plants are established and large enough that they won’t be covered. The soil should be weed-free, recently cultivated, and contain plenty of moisture. Mulching warm-season vegetables early in the growing season makes them susceptible to frost injury by preventing soil warming and by insulating plants from any warmth in the soil. Organic mulches are beneficial when applied to cool-season veg-etables like broccoli, cabbage, and English peas in midspring. They help to keep the soil from rapid warming and drying and can extend the growing and harvest periods. Some organic mulches require changes in methods of garden fer-tilization. Sawdust, wood shavings, and ground corncobs are low in nitrogen. As they decompose, nitrogen is drawn from the soil, causing a shortage of nitrogen in the mulched vegetables. To prevent this, add one-fourth pound 34-0-0 or its equivalent to each bushel of sawdust, shavings, or corncobs before applying mulch. When it is time to side-dress, pull the mulch back from plants and apply fertiliz-er to the soil surface. With sawdust, compost, or bark, apply fertilizer to the mulch surface and water it in. Always remember that dry mulch may catch fire. Synthetic Mulches Plastic mulches are springtime mulches. They help warm the soil, permitting early planting; promote rapid growth; provide for early har-vest; and provide weed control. Plastic mulches reduce loss of soil moisture and protect vegetable plant fruit and leaves from soil-borne To apply a plastic mulch, bury one end of the plastic and roll the other end over the row. Bury the edges and cover the ends so there are no exposed edges. Cut planting holes into the plastic at intervals. If you need to apply additional side-dress fertilizer or water after the mulch is down, apply it through the planting holes and upside-down “T” slits. diseases. Black plastic is the most commonly used synthetic mulch. It is widely available, rela-tively inexpensive, and comes in various widths and lengths. Use plastic with a thickness of 11⁄2 mils (.0015 inches). Use clear plastic mulch only when soil has been fumigated to kill weed seeds. Clear plastic warms soil more rapidly than black plastic, but weed seeds germinate under clear plastic, so it should not be used. Warm-season vegetables like cucumbers, melons, squash, toma-toes, peppers, and eggplant grow better and produce more when grown on black plastic mulch than when grown on bare soil. Transplants can be set through plastic mulch by cutting holes with a sharpened bulb planter. Use the same tool to plant seeds of widely spaced vegetables like squash and melons. While frequently used with warm-season vegetables, plastic mulch can be used with cool-sea-son vegetables like cabbage, broc-coli, and cauliflower to promote early growth. Plastic mulch is not used with vegetables that are close-ly spaced in the rows. Black plastic mulch can also be used with plastic row tunnels to promote early growth and harvest. Applying Plastic Prepare the soil completely before applying a plastic mulch. Incorporate all fertilizer and lime, remove all weeds and debris, and break up all large clods. Rake the soil to prepare a smooth, level sur-face. Make sure the soil contains a good supply of moisture before being covered. Plastic that is 3 to 4 feet wide is best for covering a standard garden row. Select a time to apply plastic mulch when there is little or no wind. Bury one end of the plastic and unroll it down the row. Get the plastic as straight as possible and in contact with the soil surface. Cover all edges to prevent wind problems. If you have a small garden, use large sheets of black plastic to cover the whole area rather than covering individual rows. However, this has the disadvantage of excluding rain and sprinkler irri-gation from the entire soil surface. Also, wet plastic is slippery, and working in the garden when there is dew on the plastic can be haz-ardous. Soils lose less moisture from evaporation with plastic mulches, so you won’t need to irrigate as often. In prolonged dry periods and with vegetables that are in the garden for a long time, supplemen-tal water becomes necessary. The easiest way to irrigate with plastic mulch is to install a drip irrigation system, or lay soaker hoses on the surface of the rows before covering them with plastic. Because a plastic mulch protects soil from leaching rain, the soil needs less fertilizer. When addi-tional fertilizer is required, apply it through the planting holes and upside-down “T” slits cut at inter-vals into the plastic. Although plastic warms the soil in spring, it can have disadvantages in summer. Excess heat can build up under the plastic, and high soil temperatures can injure plant roots and reduce yields. Rather than remove the plastic and lose the advantage of weed control, cover the plastic with pine needles, hay, or similar material to shade it where the crop foliage does not provide good cover. You can spray black plastic mulch with a white latex paint after the mulch is installed or after an early crop to reduce the buildup of excess heat under the mulch. This will make it useful for summer and fall vegetables. The light-colored surface reflects much of the heat, and the other benefits of the mulch remain. At the end of the season, remove the plastic because it will not decompose in the soil as organic mulches do. Newspaper Newspaper is an organic materi-al, but as a manufactured product it may be thought of differently from other organic mulches. Newspaper makes a good mulch when you use a thickness of several sheets. Hold newspaper to the soil surface with soil, sticks, or coat hanger wires. Some gardeners use a thin layer of pine needles to hold the newspa-per down.Apply a newspaper mulch after plants are established. Like other organic mulches, news-paper decomposes rapidly and adds organic matter to the soil. 10
  • 11. Insects – Identification and Control The average home vegetable garden may contain more than a dozen different types of vegetable crops, and each of these crops may be attacked by several different species of insects. Being able to manage and control these insect pests is one of the keys to successful vegetable gardening. Insect pests can damage vegetables in sever-al different ways. Pests like tomato fruitworms, cowpea curculios, stink bugs, and pickleworms cause direct damage by feeding on the fruit. Pests like tobacco hornworms, which feed pri-marily on the leaves, or aphids, which suck sap from the plant, cause indirect damage. Even though the fruit is not damaged directly, the plant’s ability to produce fruit can be reduced if it loses enough leaf area or sap. Pests like thrips and bean leaf beetles also can cause damage by transmitting plant diseases. In addition to the direct damage they cause, pests like corn ear-worms and cowpea curculios also contaminate food. Even though there are many different species of insect and mite pests that can occur in home vegetable gardens, they do not usually all occur at one time, so you probably will not have to “spend the summer spraying bugs” in order to have a successful garden. There are many meth-ods besides insecticide sprays that can manage insect populations and keep them from reaching levels where insecticide sprays are necessary. Many of these methods are passive, requiring relatively little effort from the gardener, and many are things that you will do anyway if you want to grow a vigorous, productive crop. Sometimes insect pest populations will reach damaging levels and you will need to treat with insecticides. Apply these treatments only to the crop (or crops) being attacked. Rarely will you need to apply a broadcast treatment of insecti-cide to every crop in the garden. In fact, doing so can be counter-productive, causing pest prob-lems that you otherwise would not have had. This is because unneeded insecticide treatments can destroy beneficial insects, allowing the pests that they were keeping in check to increase in numbers. However, there are situations when repeated insecticide treatments may be needed to ade-quately protect certain crops. This is especially true when you are trying to produce a crop when pest populations are especially high (because of the time of year or planting location). For example, yellow squash are very likely to experience heavy infestations of squash bugs and squash vine borers when grown in midsum-mer to fall. When grown in the same location year after year, southern peas are likely to expe-rience heavy infestations of cowpea curculios if you do not apply timely insecticide treatments. Fall tomatoes normally experience heavy infes-tations of stink bugs and tomato fruitworms. There are many other examples, and experi-enced gardeners quickly learn which pests are especially troublesome in their area and when to expect these pests. Common Garden Insect Pests Insects damage plants by eating the foliage, boring in stems or roots, sucking plant juices, and attacking the fruit. The type of damage caused by a particular insect depends on the type of mouthparts the insect has. Pest insects can be classified as having one of two different types of mouthparts: sucking or chewing. The following two sections briefly discuss some of the more common insect pests in these two groups. For more detailed information on insect management and control, see Extension Publication 2347 Insect Pests of the Home Vegetable Garden. Sucking Insects Insects that have sucking mouthparts inject saliva into plants and remove plant juices. The results of feeding may be on individual leaves and stems, or the whole plant may be affected, especially seedling plants. Sucking insects can deform fruit like peas and beans before the pod hardens. The following paragraphs describe examples of garden pests with sucking mouth-parts. Aphids or plant lice are soft-bodied insects that may be green, pink, black, or yellow. They remove the sap from leaves or stems, causing curled leaves and yellowish plants on many gar-den crops. They also can inject poisonous saliva or disease-causing organisms during feeding. Very large numbers of these insects can occur on cabbage, tomatoes, mustard, and peas. These insects secrete a sticky substance known as “honeydew,” which supports the growth of black sooty mold fungi. Although sooty mold fungi do not invade the plant, heavy buildup of sooty mold is unsightly and can interfere with photo-synthesis. Harlequin cabbage bugs overwinter as adults in old cabbage stalks, bunches of grass, or other areas that give protection. They are black with brilliant red or yellow markings. They suck sap from cabbage, collards, mustard, and turnips, and cause the plants to wilt and die. Stink bugs can be either brown or green. They give off an unpleasant odor when handled or crushed. Stink bugs are large, shield-shaped insects that may or may not have any distin-guishing marks. They suck the sap from seeds in developing bean and pea pods, scarring the developing seed. In some cases, the punctured seed will not develop normally. The outside of the pod will be marked with a small, pimple-like structure at the puncture site. Thrips are very small insects rarely more than one-sixteenth of an inch long. The insect is straw-colored with a pair of fringed wings. It damages plant leaves or flower buds by punctur-ing plant cells with its single, ice pick-like mouthpart and feeding on the escaping sap. The feeding causes the leaves to curl and have a sil-very appearance. The shoots of infested onions take on the same silvery appearance. To check for thrips, place a handkerchief between the rows and slap the plants toward the handker-chief, or pull one or two plants and shake them over an empty box. If the insects are present, you will see them on the white background. Whiteflies are small white insects common-ly found on the underside of leaves. When infested plants are disturbed, the insects flutter about. Both adults and immatures are damaging. They feed by piercing the tissue and removing plant sap. Whiteflies can occur in great numbers on plants like eggplant and tomatoes. Early detection and complete plant coverage are important to control this pest. Chewing Insects Insects with chewing mouthparts cut holes in leaves and fruit, and bore into stems and fruit. The following paragraphs describe examples of garden pests with chewing mouthparts. Ants are attracted to the garden for many rea-sons. Some feed on honeydew produced by aphids, some feed on decaying fruit, and some search for other insects. In many cases, ants are considered only a minor nuisance pest, but fire ants can inflict a painful sting. Control ants by controlling aphids, keeping fruit harvested, and using labeled fire ant baits around the perimeter of the garden (not in the garden). Bean leaf beetles overwinter as adults in or near garden sites. They are ready to feed on young beans and southern peas as they emerge from the ground. Adult coloration and markings can vary, but they are typically reddish to yel-lowish with a black band around the edge of the first pair of wings. Sometimes, but not always, they may have three or four black spots on the back. However, there are numerous exceptions to this color pattern, and some specimens are red, solid tan, and even pink. You may overlook the beetles because they feed on the underside of the leaves. If disturbed, they will drop to the ground and hide. Adults eat small holes in the leaves. When treating for bean leaf beetles, be sure to apply insecticide to both the upper and lower leaf surfaces. Blister beetles are gray, black, or striped slender beetles about three-fourths of an inch long. The adults eat the foliage of most garden crops, especially tomatoes. Cabbageworms or cabbage loopers are pale green measuring worms with light stripes down their backs. Imported cabbageworms are velvety green. They make ragged holes on the undersides of leaves and bore into the heads of cabbage, collards, and related plants. Corn earworms are green, pinkish, or brown with light stripes along their sides and on their backs. These worms reach a length of near-ly 2 inches before they are ready to pupate. They attack corn at two different growth stages. In corn that has not tasseled, the worms will feed in the whorl, damaging new leaves as they form. Later, the adult moths are attracted to the new silks for egg laying. After hatching, the young larvae will burrow into the ear and feed on ker-nels near the tip of the ear. Many gardeners do not bother with trying to control this pest in corn, preferring instead to simply discard the damaged portion of infested ears. However, this insect will also attack tomatoes, and heavy infestations can cause severe injury to this crop. For control of earworms in corn during the whorl stage, direct sprays into the whorl when you first note damage. To prevent damage to the ears, apply insecticide when silks first appear. Make spray applications 3 to 4 days apart until the silks are dry. Treat the ear area of the stalk thoroughly. To provide as much protection as possible for bees, make applications in early morning or late afternoon, and do not treat the tassel. Cowpea curculio adults are secretive insects that are rarely seen. They are small and dark gray. The larva, a white legless grub, is the most damaging stage. It feeds on developing seeds within the pods of beans and peas and destroys their usefulness. To control cowpea curculios, apply a foliar spray when small pea pods first appear, and make a total of 3 applications at 5- day intervals. Cutworm adults are dull-colored moths that are most active during the night. The worms are dull gray, brown, or black and may be striped or Sucking Insects Spider mite 0.01” Aphid 0.2” Squash bug 0.7” Green stink bug 0.5” Harlequin bug 0.5” Chewing Insects Mexican bean beetle 0.3” Cornfield ant 0.2” Cowpea curculio 0.25” Striped Vegetable weevil 0.4” Bean leaf beetle 0.2” blister beetle 0.6” Corn earworm 1.5” Spotted cucumber beetle 0.25” Striped cucumber beetle .25” Tomato hornworm 3” - 4” Cabbageworm 1.0” Squash vine borer 1.0” Pickleworm 0.75” Flea beetle 0.25” Colorado potato beetle 0.5” Cutworm 1.25” See Insects, page 14 11
  • 12. Crop Tomatoes Peppers Eggplant Okra Corn Squash, Pumpkin Pest tomato fruitworm tobacco hornworm looper stink bug leaffooted bug spider mite thrips whitefly leafminer aphid aphid leafminer flea beetle European corn borer thrips spider mite pepper weevil flea beetle Colorado potato beetle tortoise beetle aphid stink bug leaf-footed bug corn earworm looper other caterpillars cutworm chinch bug stink bug corn earworm fall armyworm European corn borer squash bug squash vine borer pickleworm cucumber beetle Insecticide (PHI)* bifenthrin (1), Bt kurstaki (0), carbaryl (3), cyfluthrin (1), cyhalothrin (5), esfenvalerate (1), malathion (1), permethrin (1), pyrethrins (0), spinosad (1) Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) bifenthrin (1), carbaryl (3), cyfluthrin (1), bifen-thrin (1), cyhalothrin (5), malathion (1), perme-thrin (1), pyrethrins (0) insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) bifenthrin (1), carbaryl (3), cyfluthrin (1), bifenthrin (1), cyhalothrin (5), esfenvalerate (1), malathion (1), permethrin (1), pyrethrins (0), spinosad (1) azadirachtin (0), acetamiprid (7), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA), insecticidal oil (see label) spinosad (1) azadirachtin (0), acetamiprid (7), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA), malathion (1), pyrethrins (0) azadirachtin (0), acetamiprid (7), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA), malathion (3), pyrethrins (0) spinosad (1) carbaryl (0), bifenthrin (7) cyfluthrin (7), esfenvalerate (7), permethrin (3), spinosad (1) malathion (3), cyfluthrin (7), esfenvalerate (7), permethrin (3) insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) malathion (3), cyfluthrin (7), permethrin (3) carbaryl (3), malathion (3), permethrin (3), bifen-thrin (7) spinosad (1), carbaryl (3), permethrin (3), bifen-thrin (7) acetamiprid (7), azadirachtin (0), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA), malathion (1), pyrethrins (0) malathion (1), permethrin (1), pyrethrins (0) permethrin (1), spinosad (1) Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) bifenthrin (1), carbaryl (2), cyfluthrin (1), cyhalothrin (21), esfenvalerate (1), permethrin (1) bifenthrin (1), carbaryl (2), cyfluthrin (1), cyhalothrin (21), esfenvalerate (1), malathion (5), permethrin (1) bifenthrin (1), carbaryl (2), cyfluthrin (1), cyhalothrin (21), esfenvalerate (1), malathion (5), permethrin (1), pyrethrins (0), spinosad (1) bifenthrin (3), carbaryl (3), esfenvalerate (3), malathion (squash-1; pumpkin-3), permethrin (1), pyrethrins (0) bifenthrin (3), permethrin (1), esfenvalerate (3), bifenthrin (3), permethrin (1), esfenvalerate (3), carbaryl (3), malathion (squash-0; pumpkin-1) bifenthrin (3), permethrin (1), esfenvalerate (3), carbaryl (3), malathion (squash- 1; pumpkin-3) 12 Insecticides for Home Insecticides for the Home Vegetable Gardens Vegetable Garden This section provides general information about commonly used garden insecticides. See the Insecticides for Home Vegetable Gardens table for specific pest/insecticide recommendations. Use Insecticides Safely! Before using any insecticide, always be sure to read the label carefully and follow all label directions regarding personal protection equipment and instructions for mixing and applying the prod-uct. The label is the law, and the use directions it specifies are designed for the safety of the applicator, the environment, and those using the area. Handle insecticides with the respect they deserve. They are poisons, and excessive exposure can result in acute and/or chronic health problems. Be sure the insecticide is labeled for use on the vegetable being treated. Few insecti-cides are labeled for use on every vegetable crop grown in the garden. Before applying an insecticide to a particular crop, be sure to read the label and verify that the product is labeled for use on that crop. Observe and follow the pre-harvest interval. The pre-harvest interval, or PHI, is the amount of time that must elapse between making an insecticide application and harvest-ing the crop. PHIs vary greatly depending on the insecticide being used and the particular vegetable crop being treated. For example, the PHI for carbaryl (Sevin) is 3 days on tomatoes, 7 days on Irish potatoes, and 14 days on turnips. Failure to observe PHIs can result in consumption of excessive insecticide residues. Specific Insecticides (* indicates insecticides that are suitable for use in organic gardens.) Carbaryl is most commonly sold under the brand name Sevin. This product has been a standard for insect control in the home veg-etable garden for many years. It is effective against a wide range of pests and is labeled for use on most vegetables. It is especially useful against many beetles. However, this product does have a tendency to flare spider mites when used excessively. Malathion is another long-time standard insecticide for home vegetable gardens. Like carbaryl, it controls a wide range of pests and is labeled for most vegetables. It is especially useful for control of aphids, “bugs,” and cer-tain beetles. Bt kurstaki*: Bacillus thuringiensis is a bacteria that produces compounds that are toxic to certain insect species. There are differ-ent species and strains of this bacteria that pro-duce different toxins. Bt kurstaki produces a compound that is toxic to certain caterpillars but has no effect on other insect species. Thuricide is one of the more common brand names for this product. It is most effective against leaf-feeding caterpillars like loopers and diamondback moths. Spinosad* is a relatively new microbial insecticide that is very effective against a num-ber of different caterpillar pests. Two com-monly available brand names that are labeled for use on many different vegetable crops are Green Light Spinosad Lawn and Garden Spray and Fertilome Bore, Bagworm, Leafminer, and Tent Caterpillar Spray. Spinosad is very effective against most cater-pillar pests, but it is not effective against most other types of insects. However, it is also effective against thrips, leaf miners, and Colorado potato beetles. It is acceptable to use certain formulations of spinosad in organic gardens. Insecticidal soaps* are potassium salts of fatty acids. They control insects that they con-tact by disrupting cell membranes. They are most effective against soft-bodied pests like aphids, mites, and thrips. Thorough coverage of the pest is necessary in order to achieve control. Insecticidal soaps have a short pre-harvest interval and are labeled for use on most vegetables. Safer Insecticidal Soap is an example of one brand name. Neem oil* is a botanical product that is pri-marily useful against aphids, mites, and white-flies. It is labeled for use on most vegetables and is sold under several brand names (Monterey 70% Neem Oil is one example). Thorough coverage of the pest is necessary in order to obtain control. Azadirachtin* is an organic product labeled for use on all vegetables, with a 0-day PHI. Azatrol is the brand name most often used by home gardeners, but several other commercial formulations are available. Azadirachtin has activity against a wide range of insect pests but is most useful against soft-bodied sucking pests, such as whiteflies and aphids. Although azadirachtin and neem oil both come from the seed of the neem tree, they are not the same product. Pyrethrin* or pyrethrum is a botanical insecticide that is used primarily by organic gardeners. This insecticide provides rapid knockdown of most insects, but insects often recover. Piperonyl butoxide (PBO) often is mixed with pyrethrin to act as a synergist. This increases the overall effectiveness and helps prevent pests from recovering, but piperonyl butoxide is not acceptable for organic garden-ing. Pyrethrin or pyrethrin + PBO is active against a wide range of insects, is labeled for use on most vegetables, and has a very short pre-harvest interval. However, its efficacy is limited by its very short residual activity. Acetamiprid has only recently been labeled for use in home vegetable gardens. It is especially effective against whiteflies and aphids and is labeled for control of many other pests. Ortho Max Flower, Fruit, and Vegetable Insect Killer is one common brand name. This product is sold as a ready-to-use spray and as a concentrate. Pyrethroids are a group of relatively new synthetic insecticides that are modeled after the botanical pyrethrum molecule. These products are effective against a wide range of insect pests and are used at very low rates. The following five pyrethroid insecticides are cur-rently labeled for use in the home vegetable garden. 1. Permethrin is the oldest and most com-mon of the pyrethroid insecticides. It is wide-ly available and is sold under many different brand names (Martin’s Vegetables Plus, Bonide Eight Vegetable, Fruit & Flower, and Hi-Yield Garden, Pet & Livestock Insect Control are three examples). Permethrin is labeled for use on many different vegetable crops and is effective against many beetle, “bug,” and caterpillar pests. 2. Bifenthrin is an especially useful pyrethroid on crops for which it is labeled, but bifenthrin is not labeled for all vegetable crops. Ortho BugBGon Max Lawn and Garden Insect Killer is a commonly available brand name. Bifenthrin is somewhat less like-ly than other pyrethroids to trigger outbreaks of spider mites and aphids. 3. Lambda cyhalothrin is one of the newer pyrethroid insecticides (Triazicide Soil & Turf See Insecticides, page 14
  • 13. Crop Peas (English Peas, Sweet Peas, Snow Peas) Onions Turnips Collards Mustard Spinach Cabbage Brocolli, Cauliflower Brussels sprouts Lettuce Pest aphid thrips caterpillar leaf miner onion thrips aphid vegetable weevil yellowmargined leaf beetle flea beetle looper diamondback moth aphid looper diamondback moth harlequin bug stink bug aphid looper diamondback moth vegetable weevil aphid leafminer looper other caterpillars aphid thrips looper diamondback moth cabbageworm harlequin bug stink bug aphid looper diamondback moth other caterpillars harlequin bug stink bug aphid looper diamondback moth other caterpillars harlequin bug stink bug aphid caterpillar Insecticide (PHI)* azadirachtin (0), malathion (3), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) malathion (3), spinosad (3) spinosad (3), Bt kurstaki (0) spinosad (3) malathion (3), cyhalothrin (14), insecticidal soap (1) azadirachtin (0), malathion (7), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) malathion (7), carbaryl (14) Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) azadirachtin (0), malathion (7), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA), acetamiprid (7) Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) malathion (7), carbaryl (14) malathion (7), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) malathion (7), carbaryl (14) azadirachtin (0), malathion (7), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) spinosad (1) Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) acetamiprid (7), malathion (7), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) carbaryl (3), cyhalothrin (1), malathion (7), permethrin (7), bifenthrin (3) acetamiprid (7), malathion (broccoli-3; cauli-flower- 7), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) carbaryl (3), cyhalothrin (1), malathion (broccoli- 3; cauliflower-7), bifenthrin (7) acetamiprid (7), malathion (7), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1), permethrin (1), cyhalothrin (1) carbaryl (3), cyhalothrin (1), malathion (7), permethrin (1) azadirachtin (0), malathion (head lettuce-7; leaf lettuce-14), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) Bt kurstaki (0), spinosad (1) * The numbers in parentheses indicate the pre-harvest interval (PHI), or the number of days that must elapse between treatment and harvest. Always verify PHIs on the label of the insec-ticide being used. 13 Insecticides for Home Vegetable Gardens Crop Squash, Pumpkin (cont.) Melons Beans (lima beans, snap beans, pole beans) Southern Peas (cowpeas, field peas, black-eyed peas, crowder peas) Sweet potatoes Irish potatoes Pest spider mite thrips cucumber beetle flea beetle leafminer looper pickleworm melonworm whitefly spider mite aphid spider mite bean leaf beetle cucumber beetle Mexican bean beetle cowpea curculio corn earworm lima bean pod borer other caterpillars leaf miner stink bug plant bug aphid spider mite bean leaf beetle cucumber beetle Mexican bean beetle cowpea curculio corn earworm lima bean pod borer other caterpillars stink bug plant bug armyworm looper flea beetle cucumber beetle tortoise beetle sweet potato weevil Colorado potato beetle blister beetle flea beetle potato tuberworm leaf miner Insecticide (PHI)* malathion (squash-1; pumpkin-3), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) bifenthrin (3), permethrin (1), esfenvalerate (3), spinosad (3) bifenthrin (3), permethrin (1), esfenvalerate (3), carbaryl (3), malathion (1) spinosad (3) spinosad (3), Bt kurstaki (0) bifenthrin (3), permethrin (1), esfenvalerate (3), spinosad (3), carbaryl (3) azadirachtin (0), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) azadirachtin (0), malathion (1), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) permethrin (3), bifenthrin (3), esfenvalerate (3), carbaryl (3), malathion (3), bifenthrin (3) esfenvalerate (3), carbaryl (3), permethrin (3), bifenthrin (3) permethrin (3), bifenthrin (3), esfenvalerate (3), spinosad (3) spinosad (3) malathion (1), carbaryl (3), permethrin (3), pyrethrins (0), bifenthrin (3) azadirachtin (0), malathion (3), insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) insecticidal soap (1), neem oil (NA) carbaryl (3), malathion (3), bifenthrin (3), perme-thrin (3) carbaryl (3), bifenthrin (3), permethrin (3) spinosad (3), bifenthrin (3), permethrin (3) malathion (3), carbaryl (3), pyrethrin (0), bifen-thrin (3), permethrin (3) spinosad (7) carbaryl (7), permethrin (7) carbaryl (7) Stored sweet potatoes may be treated with phos-met (Imidan dust) according to label. spinosad (7), carbaryl (7), permethrin (7) carbaryl (7), permethrin (7) permethrin (7), spinosad (7) spinosad (7)
  • 14. Noninsecticidal Insect Management Methods For every insect pest, there are many different species of predators and para-sites that feed on that pest and help keep its population in check. If it were not for these naturally occurring predators and parasites, our gardens would be overrun with insect pests. You, as a gardener, must recognize the importance of this natural control and avoid disrupting it when pos-sible . Without question, naturally occuring biological control is the single most important method of controlling insect pests. By their very nature, insecticide treat-ments are disruptive to biological control because they kill beneficial insects, as well as the pests. This is why you should avoid unnecessary insecticide treatments. Destroying naturally occurring beneficial insects can actually cause pest popula-tions to increase. However, do not allow a fear of dis-rupting natural control to keep you from making insecticide applications when they are needed. In the Southern garden, there will be times when pest populations escape natural control and reach damag-ing levels. Prompt, judicious use of insec-ticides can control pest populations and help prevent crop damage. When selecting insecticide treatments, keep in mind that some insecticides are more disruptive of natural control than others. For example, Bt products control Insect Killer Concentrate is the most common brand name). It is very effective against a number of different insect pests, but it is labeled for use only on a very few vegetable crops. 4. Cyfluthrin is another relatively new pyrethroid insecticide. It is sold under the brand name Bayer Advanced Garden Power Force Multi-Insect Killer Concentrate. Like cyhalothrin, it is very effective against a number of different insect pests, but is labeled for use only on a very few vegetable crops. 5. Esfenvalerate is one of the older pyrethroid insecticides. It is labeled for use on a number of different vegetable crops and controls a wide range of insect pests. Two common brand names are Monterey Bug Buster and Ortho Bug-B-Gone Multi-Purpose Insect Killer. Applying Insecticides in Home Vegetable Gardens You can choose from several differ-ent methods of applying insecticides to vegetables in your home garden. Liquid sprays, dusts, and ready-to-use sprays are three of the most common methods. Dusts—A few insecticides are avail-able for use as ready-to-use dust formu-lations (5% Sevin Dust and 0.25% per-methrin are two examples). Dusts nor-mally are applied using a shaker can— often the container the insecticide comes in is modified so it can be used as a shaker can—or a hand-powered, pump-type duster. Dusts have the advantage of being relatively conven-ient to apply, but they are generally less effective than sprays. It is also difficult to achieve thorough, uniform coverage with dusts, especially when using the shaker-can method of application. Also, many people consider dusts to be unsightly. Ready-to-use sprays—Several insecticides are sold as ready-to-use, or RTU, sprays that are labeled for use in the home garden. Permethrin, carbaryl, cyhalothrin, cyfluthrin, and neem oil are examples of active ingredients that are sold as RTUs. These products come in hand-pump spray bottles in which the product has already been diluted to its final-use strength. These RTU treat-ments are a very convenient way to apply spot treatments to individual plants. However, they are too costly to use on a large scale. Single-nozzle hand-pump sprayers—Single nozzle hand-pump sprayers are the most common method of applying insecticides in the home gar-den. They come in sizes ranging from 1 quart to 5 gallons, with 1 gallon being the most common size. They can be used to apply liquid concentrate, wettable powder, or wettable granule insecticides according to label directions. Here is an example of the directions that might appear on the label of a liquid concen-trate: “Mix 1 tablespoon/gallon of water and spray to run-off, taking care to direct spray to undersides of leaves.” Hand-pump sprayers are powered by pumping air into the headspace over the insecticide mixture. This com-pressed air then forces the insecticide spray through the nozzle when the spray valve is opened. Most hand sprayers have a nozzle that can be used to adjust the coarseness or fineness of the spray droplets. Be sure to thorough-ly rinse the sprayer after each use. To avoid disappointing crop injury, it is strongly recommended that insecti-cides not be applied with a sprayer that has previously been used to apply herbi-cide. It is best to dedicate one sprayer specifically for herbicide use and anoth-er for applying insecticides and fungi-cides. Label each sprayer clearly. Insects continued from page 11 spotted. Cutworms feed at night and remain hidden during the day. They damage stands by cutting young plants at the soil line. Control cutworms by using aluminum foil or wax paper collars to protect young transplants. You can also use sprays containing permethrin to control cutworms and/or prevent injury. Fall armyworm adults are dull-colored, night-flying moths. They usually do not appear in our area until the first part of June. Larvae will vary in color from light tan or green to nearly black, with yellowish lines down their sides. The larvae feed primarily on corn but will sometimes feed on peas, tomatoes, and beans. They infest the whorls of corn and can be found 1 to 2 inches deep in the whorl. It is difficult to get insecticides to the target; direct sprays into the whorls. Flea beetles are small with enlarged hind legs. They jump vigor-ously when disturbed. These beetles eat tiny round or irregular holes out of leaves. The leaves often look as if they had been peppered with very fine soot. The beetles attack cabbage, eggplant, peppers, pota-toes, spinach, sweet potatoes, tomatoes, turnips, and related crops. Mexican bean beetles are short, yellow to coppery-brown bee-tles with a curved shape. When the insects are at rest, 16 black spots are visible on their backs. Good coverage of upper and lower leaf surfaces will help control this insect. The pickleworm and melonworm are similar in appearance but vary in their feeding habits. The pickleworm often enters the fruit from the ground side, causing the inside of the fruit to sour after air enters. It also tunnels in the vines. The melonworm rarely enters the vine. It feeds on the foliage more than the pickleworm. When mature, both worms are about three-fourths of an inch long and range from whitish to green. Damaging populations are more likely to develop on late-planted crops. Start control procedures when young caterpil-lars are in and around blooms. Seed maggots are small, white to dirty-white fly larvae. Seed attacked by this insect usually fail to germinate, or plants are weak and stunted. Infestations are usually most severe during wet, cool springs and on ground that is high in organic matter. If these condi-tions are present, delay planting until conditions are right for good germination and growth. Serpentine leaf miner adults are tiny flies. Their maggots feed on the tissue between the upper and lower surfaces of leaves, caus-ing slender, white, winding trails through the interiors of the leaves. They can severely damage beans, cucumbers, peas, squash, toma-toes, and other vegetables. Squash vine borer adults are distinctly colored, wasp-like moths. The front wings are covered with metallic, olive-brown scales; the hind wings are transparent. The abdomen is ringed with red, black, and copper. Eggs are placed on leaves and stalks. Small larvae will bore into the plant from these locations, causing the runner to wilt eventually. As with all borers, this insect is difficult to control once it enters the plant because insecticides cannot reach the feeding site. Infestations are more common on pumpkins and late-planted squash, and weekly insecticide treatments are often required to protect these crops. Apply in late afternoon to protect bees. Cucumber beetles, striped or spotted, damage several garden vegetables. Some of these are cucumbers, muskmelons, squash, and to a lesser extent, beans and peas. The spotted cucumber beetle (SCB) is more of a problem on these latter vegetables than is the striped. They feed on leaves, tender stems, and in some cases, the root system. The larvae of the SCB damage seedling corn and are known as the southern corn rootworm. Use foliar sprays of carbaryl or other recommended insecticides to control adults. Tobacco hornworm adults are large moths that feed on the nec-tar of various plants. They do not damage any portion of the plant, but the larvae can eat large amounts of foliage quickly, and larvae will occasionally feed on fruit. This worm is green with diagonal white lines located along the sides and a prominent horn at the tail. These insects are found on tomatoes, eggplant, peppers, and related plants. Slugs are not insects. However, they can be annoying. These pests leave a trail of thick, sticky material over plant parts that will appear as a silver trail when dry. They feed on young foliage and low-lying fruit like strawberries. Slugs rest in moist, shaded areas during the day and become active at night. To control slugs, use methaldehyde on iron phosphate baits according to label directions. Be sure not to contaminate edible parts of plants. Trapping can be effective. Place wet burlap bags in your garden late in the afternoon. The next morn-ing, look under the bags for slugs and destroy any you find. Insecticides continued from page 12 only caterpillar pests and are harmless to most beneficial insects, while broad-spectrum insecticides like permethrin are more disruptive. Still, there are times when you will need to use one of the broad-spectrum treatments to obtain con-trol of a particular pest or pest complex. There are many cultural control practices that can make plants more or less vulnerable to insect attack and/or injury. Healthy, vigorous plants are gen-erally more resistant and more tolerant to damage by insect pests. Consequently, practices that promote good growth and plant health also aid in insect manage-ment. Because many species of insect pests complete several generations per growing season, with populations increasing sub-stantially with each generation, early-planted crops often experience lower insect pressure than late-planted crops. This is especially important with crops like sweet corn, summer squash, and tomatoes. Many insect pests also reproduce on alternate weed hosts and over-mature vegetable plants that are left in the gar-den. So good sanitation practices, includ-ing weed control and prompt removal of plants that have ceased to produce, will help reduce insect populations. Some varieties of a vegetable are less vulnerable to insect damage than other varieties of the same vegetable. So vari-ety selection also can be an important insect management consideration. These are just a few general examples of how cultural control practices can influence insect populations. “Hand-picking and foot-stomping” is one type of mechanical control that home gardeners can use successfully. In small plantings, you can control insects by physically removing individual insects or egg masses. Physically washing aphids from plant terminals with spray from a garden hose is another form of mechani-cal control. You might also use floating row cov-ers, which prevent insects from being able to attack or deposit eggs on young plants. Collars of wax paper or aluminum foil can protect young transplants from attack by cutworms. Reflective mulches are another useful mechanical control for certain pests. These are especially effective in prevent-ing thrips from attacking young tomato and pepper plants and spreading virus diseases, particularly tomato spotted wilt virus. Using plastic mulches instead of organic mulches helps reduce populations of certain pests because the plastic mulch provides less favorable shelter for pests like crickets and slugs. Commercially available pheromone traps or sticky traps also can help you control or monitor cer-tain pest species. Caution! 1. Be sure to read and follow all label directions. 2. Note and observe the pre-harvest interval (PHI). 3. Store insecticides in a safe, secure place where children cannot get to them. 4. If you spill any of the insecticide on your body, wash with soapy water immediately. Wash all exposed skin after dusting or spraying. 5. Wash all food before preparing or eating. 14
  • 15. Vegetable Diseases Garden vegetables can be attacked by a wide range of fungi, bacteria, viruses, and nematodes. Since no single control measure is effective against all diseases caused by these microscopic pests, gardeners must rely on a well-balanced defense to keep diseases in check. One of the first steps in setting up a disease control program is correct identification of disease problems—the earlier the bet-ter. With quick action, you can control leaf spots, blights, and mildews within the same season. Other disease problems may not be treatable this season, but correct disease identification allows you to take preventive disease control measures next year. Many garden vegetable diseases are easy to identify. Others may need the advice of someone more experienced, such as an Extension county agent, home economist, or plant pathologist. Disease is best identified on plants that are less than 50 percent damaged. Do not use dead plants. Common vegetable disease symptoms and recommended control measures are provided below. If you cannot identify a dis-ease problem from these descriptions, call, write, or visit your county Extension staff for assistance. To have a plant pathologist diagnose a diseased specimen, wrap the specimen in newspaper, paper towel, or (preferably) waxed paper. Pack it in a box or carton and ship it immediately to Extension Plant Pathology Lab, P. O. Box 9655, Mississippi State, MS 39762. Additional information on diseases and nematodes that attack garden vegetables is available at your county Extension office. Diseases take their toll in Mississippi gardens every year, but adequate planning and following recommended disease controls will keep losses to a minimum. Damping-Off (seedling dis-ease)— Seeds of many vegetables are susceptible to damping-off fungi when planted in infested soils. The seeds may fail to germinate, or seedlings may be attacked before or after emer-gence and turn brown, shrink, and finally die. Control measures include these: plant fungicide-treated seeds in well-drained areas; do not apply excessive amounts of nitrate forms of nitrogen fertilizers; and rotate the loca-tion of the vegetables. Root Rot of Beans and Southern Peas—Root rot is severe on green beans, lima beans, and southern peas. The disease first appears as reddish or reddish-brown areas on stems and roots. As the disease advances, discol-ored areas spread until the entire root and lower stem are affected. Above-ground symptoms include stunting, yellowing, drooping of leaves, failure to produce normal pods, and death. These control practices reduce losses from root rot: • Use high-quality seeds treated with a fungicide like Arasan. • In-furrow fungicides (Terraclor) help control root rot. Apply one-fourth of the material in the open furrow and the remainder in the covering soil during planting. • During cultivation, do not throw soil against plant stems. • Plant in a 4- or 5-year rotation with other vegetables. • Plant in well-prepared soils with a pH of about 6.5, fertilized according to a soil test and treated for nema-todes if recommended. Plant seeds 1 inch deep only during favorable weather, in warm soils, and on top of a bed to avoid “drowning.” Early Blight of Tomatoes—Early blight is a major disease of tomatoes in Mississippi. Symptoms first appear on lower, older leaves as circular, dark brown to black spots that often contain rings, giving a “target board” effect. As the disease progresses, leaves turn yellow, wither, and drop off. Frequently, only the upper half of the plant has green leaves, and in severe cases, the plant becomes completely defoliated. Early blight also occurs on plant stems and sometimes on fruit. On seedlings, the disease may girdle the stem and give the appearance of damping-off. Reduce losses to early blight by providing good ventilation in plant beds and watering when leaves have time to dry. Seed treatment with Thiram aids in controlling the damp-ing- off stage. Do not set tomato plants where early blight occurred the year before, and remove and destroy all dis-eased plant debris in the garden after harvest. Applications of chlorothalonil or mancozeb effectively control this dis-ease. There is no waiting period after application until harvest for Bordeaux mixture or chlorothalonil, but there is a 5-day waiting period for mancozeb. Begin applying when plants are 8 to 10 inches tall, and continue at 7-day intervals through the growing season. Applications of these fungicides also control some of the other leaf, stem, and fruit diseases of tomatoes. Blossom-End Rot of Tomatoes— Blossom-end rot occurs on the tomato fruit. It may also be a problem on pep-pers, squash, and watermelons. It is more common on fruit that is one-third to one-half grown and occurs on the blossom end of the fruit. It begins as a small, water-soaked spot that develops into a dark brown, leathery spot that may involve half the fruit. The surface of the spot shrinks and becomes flat or sunken. Blossom-end rot is caused by a lack of calcium in the developing fruit. The uptake of calcium from the soil by the tomato plant can be reduced by fluctuations in soil moisture—either excessively wet soil or excessively dry soil. The disease commonly occurs when plants are grown rapidly and luxuriantly early in the season and are then subjected to prolonged dry weather. Because of drying conditions, the disease may be more serious on the windward side of a garden and on staked tomatoes than on unstaked or bushy plants. Prevent blossom-end rot by main-taining a soil pH around 6.5, irrigating and mulching to maintain uniform soil moisture, and avoiding heavy applica-tions of nitrogen. Control blossom-end rot by spraying with 4 tablespoons of 96 percent calcium chloride per gallon of water at 7- to 10-day intervals for 4 applications. Begin spraying with first appearance of symptoms. Overdosing plants with calcium chloride may result in leaf burn. Calcium chloride is suggested only for tomatoes. Spotted Wilt of Tomatoes and Peppers—This viral disease is trans-mitted by several species of thrips and may kill plants or drastically reduce fruit-set. Fruits from diseased plants are generally small and distorted. Tomatoes develop irregular yellowish blotches. Initial symptoms appear as thick-ening of veins on younger foliage. Younger foliage generally exhibits a pronounced downward curling. Internodes become shortened, and immature fruit does not ripen. Dark purple streaks can occur on leaves, stems, and fruits. Other symptoms are blighting and blackening of young shoots. On individual leaflets, small, dark, circular dead spots may appear. Badly spotted leaves may turn dark and wither. Some varieties are now being released with resistance. Check with your seed source. It is not clear how effective or long-lived these resistant cultivars will be. Try these control practices: • Remove and destroy diseased plants. • Keep weed populations down in and around gardens to reduce movment of virus-carrying thrips from weeds to garden plants. • Suppress thrips by applying approved insecticides (Malathion 50 or Diazinon 25 EC at 2 tea-spoons per gallon). • Further suppress thrips with shiny mulch materials around tomatoes and other susceptible vegetables. Apparently, light reflection from the mulch surface repels thrips and the chances of virus transmission. Conventional black plastic may be sprayed or hand painted with alu-minum- colored paint. Oil-based paints adhere to plastic surfaces and may be easily applied. This tech-nique gives best results when mulch is laid down at the time of planting and used in combination with other recommended control procedures. Southern Blight—Southern blight affects most garden vegetables. The fungus that causes southern blight attacks plant parts (roots, stems, leaves, or fruit) that are in contact with or just under the soil surface. The first visible symptoms are usu-ally an advancing yellowing and wilt-ing of the foliage, beginning with the lower leaves. During warm, moist weather, a white fungus growth may appear on the lower stem near the soil surface and on organic debris in the soil. Later, light tan to dark brown mustard seed-like bodies called sclero-tia develop in the mold. As the disease advances, several plants next to one another in the row die. Southern blight is difficult to con-trol, but you can reduce losses with these practices: • Plow 6 inches deep in the fall to bury organic debris and the scle-rotia. • Avoid throwing soil on the plants when cultivating. • Where a few scattered plants are affected, remove them from the gar-den along with the soil 6 inches deep and 6 inches from the stem. • Control foliar diseases, since dead leaves on the ground may trigger infection. Also control weeds early in the season for the same reason. • Treat problem areas with PCNB (Terraclor) as a dust, granule, or wettable powder. Rates and methods of application are stated on the label. • Wrap transplant stems with a 4- by 4- inch strip of aluminum foil and plant so that 2 inches of wrapped stems are below and 2 inches are above the soil. Stem Anthracnose of Lima Beans—Stem anthracnose is the most common disease of lima beans. The first stages of infection appear on pods as small, brick-red blotches. These blotches may spread over the entire surface of the pods. Later, the diseased areas become brownish to grayish and may have many tiny black specks which are fruiting bodies of the fun-gus. Occasionally, diseased pods fall from the plant. A brick-red streaking may occur along the veins on the under side of leaves and on young stems. Reddish spots occur on the lower leaf surface and enlarge and become noticeable on the upper leaf surface. Occasionally, leaves are killed and fall from the plant. Severely diseased plants are yellow and stunted. Reduce damage from stem an-thracnose by following these prac-tices: • Because stem anthracnose can be carried over on seed to the next season, use only certified disease-free, western-grown seed. • Never plant lima beans in the same location more than once in 3 years. • Avoid fall planting of lima beans in an area of the garden where stem anthracnose was a problem the pre-vious spring. • Apply Bordeaux mixture or another copper-based fungicide on a 7-day schedule, beginning at full bloom. Mosaic—This virus disease com-monly infects beans, sweet corn, Early Blight – Tomato Blossom-End Rot – Tomato Spotted Wilt Southern Stem Blight Stem Anthracnose – Lima Bean Specific Diseases and Control Measures Continued on next page 15
  • 16. squash, melons, cucumbers, peas, pep-pers, and tomatoes. Symptoms include the following: • Misshapen leaves with light and dark green areas. • Fruit with green specks, yellow and green mottling, or bumps. • Distorted fruit. • Overall stunted plants. Control of virus diseases is difficult. Reduce chances of mosaic in these ways: • Plant resistant varieties when available. • Control insects. • Eliminate weeds. • Remove diseased plants as they appear. • Purchase certified transplants or buy western-grown seed. • Do not use tobacco products when handling plants. Phenoxy herbicide damage (such as 2,4-D) resembles symptoms of mosaic disease. Leaves and stems are typically twisted, deformed, curled, leathery, and excessively long and nar-row. Apply herbicides carefully and correctly in and around the garden. Powdery Mildew—Powdery mildew is caused by a fungus that commonly occurs as a white, powdery growth on leaves of cucumbers, squash, melons, beans, and English peas. Benomyl and chlorothalonil effectively control powdery mildew on vine crops, and sulfur provides con-trol on beans and peas. Fusarium Wilt—This fungal dis-ease often infects watermelons, cab-bage, tomatoes, sweet potatoes, beans, and peas. Lower leaves often turn yel-low on one side of the plant only. Two brownish streaks that originate from the roots are exposed when the stems are split lengthwise. Infected plants are usually stunted and wilted. The best way to control fusarium wilt is using resistant varieties. Fruit Rot—Bacteria and fungi often infect fruit, resulting in soft, slimy fruit with an offensive odor. You can reduce the occurrence of fruit rot by staking, mulching, avoiding mechanical injury to fruits, controlling insects, following a regular fungicide program, and removing mature fruit from the garden. Rust—This fungus disease occurs commonly on beans and sweet corn as reddish-brown spots on leaves that rub off when touched. Apply fungicides like chlorothalonil or sprayable sulfur at the first sign of disease and at week-ly intervals thereafter until the disease is under control. Nematode Diseases—Nematodes are slender, tiny, worm-like animals that feed on plant roots, stems, and leaves. Nematodes cannot ordinarily be seen with the naked eye and go unnoticed until plants become unthrifty and stunted. They seldom kill plants; however, they can reduce qual-ity and yields of many vegetables, such as beans, beets, carrots, cucum-bers, lima beans, okra, peas, squash, tomatoes, and watermelons. Nematode injury to roots reduces uptake of water and nutrients from the soil. Typical above-ground symptoms are general stunting, yellowing, loss of vigor, and overall decline. The most common underground symptom in gardens is root-knot galling. Nematodes other than the root-knot nematode also can cause severe plant damage. Some of the less obvi-ous symptoms are stubby roots, tiny lesions, excessively branched roots, or complete loss of secondary roots. The best time to determine if you have a nematode problem is during the fall when nematodes are most active. To detect root-knot nematodes in the growing season, observe the galled roots. Have your soil tested for nema-todes by sending a soil sample to the Extension Plant Pathology Lab, P. O. Box 9655, Mississippi State, MS 39762. Once you know nematodes are present, you can use certain cultural practices to help reduce nematode populations. These include setting nematode-free transplants, rotating crops, fallowing, practicing good sani-tation, controlling weeds, and planting resistant varieties. Vegetable varieties having resistance or tolerance to root-knot nematodes are marked in the list of recommended varieties. In addition, you can plant marigolds in gardens to help reduce nematode populations. As an alternative to chemical treat-ment, solarization can reduce parasitic nematode populations. Solarization is the use of heat from the sun for killing nematodes in the soil prior to planting. To use solarization, place clear plastic (1 to 1.5 ml thick) on moist, tilled soil, and seal the edges with soil, bricks, or other materials. Apply the plastic in May or June. Leave it in place for at least 8 weeks. Remove the plastic in August in time to establish a fall gar-den, if desired. If not, remove it before cold weather begins. Leaf Spots—Leaf spots, caused by fungi or bacteria, commonly occur on many vegetables. They appear on leaves and sometimes stems as dis-tinct, dark-colored or tan spots one-sixteenth to 1 inch in diameter. The regular application of a fungicide gen-erally provides acceptable control of fungal leaf spots. Applying copper fungicides helps control bacterial as well as fungal leaf spots. Bacterial Wilt of Cucumbers— This destructive disease is caused by a bacterium that overwinters in the bod-ies of adult striped and spotted cucum-ber beetles. As these beetles feed on young plants in the spring, bacteria are introduced into the vascular system. Here they are able to multiply rapidly and produce a sticky material that stops movement of moisture through the plant. As a result, leaves on an infected runner wilt rapidly, and with-in a short time all runners become per-manently wilted. Plants can die within a week or two after initial symptoms appear. Yellowing is not normally associated with this disease. A symptom of bacterial wilt is a thick, white, sticky substance that oozes from the cut stem of a wilted vine. If you press your finger tip against the cut surface several minutes after cutting and then slowly remove it, the bacterial ooze frequently remains attached and strings out in thin threads. Since bacterial wilt resistant cucumber varieties are not commonly available, the best control is to keep cucumber beetle populations in check. A rigid spray schedule with recom-mended insecticides (refer to the Insect Control section) should reduce the incidence of bacterial wilt. Black Rot of Cabbage—This dis-ease attacks cabbage and other cru-cifer crops like collards, mustard, cau-liflower, Brussels sprouts, kohlrabi, rutabagas, kale, and rape. Black rot may affect plants at any stage of growth but usually is most prominent close to maturity. On older plants, yel-low wedge-shaped areas appear at leaf margins and expand toward the center. Blackened veins are apparent in affect-ed areas. Vascular tissue within the stem also may become discolored. Black rot causes head dwarfing, and soft rot frequently develops on affected heads. Practices important for controlling black rot include these: • Use disease-free seeds that have been hot-water treated. This is the most effective treatment for ridding seeds of the causal bacteria. • Purchase transplants that have been certified as disease-free. • Rotate in the field so that at least 2 years, and preferably 3, elapse between cruciferous crops. Yeast Spot of Lima Beans— Gray-brown sunken lesions on young or nearly mature seeds is a good indi-cation of this disease. Yeast spot is more a problem in seasons when southern green stink bug populations are high because the yeast fungus enters seeds through pod punctures this insect makes. The spots, or lesions, develop within 2 to 3 days of inoculation. Bright, sunny days allow the stink bug to move from one plant to another, spreading the disease. Yeast spot is best controlled by fol-lowing a good insect control program to discourage build-up of stink bugs. Powdery Mildew Fusarum Wilt – Tomato Fruit Rot – Squash Root-Knot Nematodes Leaf Spots – Turnips Precaution: Because of possi-ble changes in pesticide rec-ommendations, you must fol-low all label instructions. Fungicides for Disease Control Chlorothalonil Copper Sulfur PCNB Mancozeb or Maneb Vegetable Beans, Lima At planting Beans, Snap 7 At planting Beets Broccoli 0 See label See label Brussels Sprouts 0 See label See label Cabbage 0 See label See label Carrots 0 Cauliflower 0 See label See label Collards Corn, Sweet 14 7 Cucumbers 0 See label Eggplant See label Endive See label Lettuce See label Melons 0 See label Mustard Greens Okra Onions 14 See label Peas, Southern Peppers Potatoes, Irish 0 See label 0 Potatoes, Sweet Pumpkins 0 See label Radishes Spinach Squash 0 See label Tomatoes 0 See label 5 Turnips 0 Cleared for use on most vegetables; no time limitations. Cleared for use on most vegetables; no time limitations. Check label to determine that the fungicide is cleared for use on the intended crop. Numbers indicate the number of days that must pass from last application to harvest. Blank spaces indicate the fungicide is not cleared for use on that crop. Mosiac – Southern Pea 16
  • 17. Watering Vegetable gardens usually need about 1 inch of water (630 gallons per 1,000 square feet) per week in the form of rain or irrigation during the growing season. Gardens in sandy soil may need as much as 2 inches of water per week in midsummer. Where a water source is located close to the garden, there are few excuses (a local ban on watering during a shortage) for letting the garden suffer in dry weather. Mulches that slow soil surface evaporation can reduce the amount of water needed. Soaker hoses and drip or trickle irrigation systems wet only the soil in the root zone and can cut in half the amount of water used. Adequate soil moisture is impor-tant for seed germination, uniform growth, and productivity. The most critical periods for adequate mois-ture are during seed germination, early growth, flower and fruit devel-opment, and root enlargement of root crops, and immediately follow-ing transplanting. Where a water source is not close to the garden, it is possible to water some plants with a little work. Partially bury 1-gallon plastic milk jugs between tomato, pepper, egg-plant, squash, and other widely spaced plants. Punch a few small holes near the bottoms of the jugs before placing them in the soil. Fill the jugs periodi-cally with water hauled to the garden. The water will slowly seep into the soil, providing moisture to the root zone. Periodically place 1 to 2 table-spoons of fertilizer in the jugs to stim-ulate plant growth. Sprinklers There are several choices of garden sprinklers, ranging from the simple garden hose with a spray nozzle to semi-automatic equipment. Many portable lawn sprinklers are adequate for the garden. Adjust the rate of water application so that it is not faster than it can enter the soil. Water applied too rapidly runs off, resulting in erosion or puddles, and causing soil compaction. Place the sprinkler so plants do not interfere with the pattern of applica-tion. This often means mounting the sprinkler above the tops of the plants where wind may affect the distribution pattern. Small cans placed throughout the garden can be used to measure the amount of water applied and show the overlap necessary to approach an even application of water. Since overhead sprinklers wet plant leaves, water early enough in the day to allow time for leaves to dry before night. This helps keep leaf dis-eases from developing and spreading. Each watering should wet the top 3 to 5 inches of soil. Frequent light water-ings result in shallow rooting, suscep-tibility to damage by drought, and plants that are easily blown over. Drip and Trickle Soaker or perforated plastic hoses are excellent for watering the garden. Place the hose with holes up along one side of the plants or underneath an organic or plastic mulch. A number of different drip and trickle irrigation systems are available through mail order catalogs, magazine ads, and local distributors. These sys-tems usually consist of a supply line that connects to a garden hose and delivery tubes that are placed next to the plants. A 150-mesh filter is recom-mended to prevent clogging small pores and emitters. The systems oper-ate at low pressure and deliver small amounts of water very slowly through pores in the delivery tubes or emitters punched into the delivery tubes. An irrigation system makes it pos-sible to water a large garden all at the same time. You also are able to har-vest, cultivate, spray, and do other gar-den chores while watering. The largest disadvantage of a drip system is the initial cost. Advantages include these: • Reduces water use by one-half or more. • Water is placed where it is needed: at the base of plants and not in walk-ways. • Permits working in the garden while watering. • Keeps plant leaves dry. A drip irrigation system makes it possible to water a large garden all at the same time. It also allows you to harvest, cultivate, spray, and do other garden chores while watering. The major disadvantage of a drip system is the initial cost. Correct use of a drip irrigation sys-tem should keep vegetable plants actively growing in dry periods yet cause no problem when rain occurs following irrigation. The system, when properly operated, keeps soil at the base of the plant (root zone area) moist. This may require operating the system for short periods three or four times a week during dry weather. Never allow the soil to dry complete-ly. Drip irrigation, when used correct-ly, prevents drought stress but is not designed to correct drought stress like sprinkler irrigation, which wets all the soil. Single drip lines will not adequate-ly water wide-row or raised-bed gar-dens, but several spray heads are avail-able that do a good job in these special types of gardens when fitted to the drip irrigation delivery tube. 17 Vegetable seeds and transplants are available from many sources. See pages 22-30 for suitable varieties. After selecting the varieties to plant, check local sources to see if the vari-eties are available. It is important to locate seeds early, especially if you are going to grow some of your own transplants for the spring garden. You can order new varieties that are not available locally from mail order seed catalogs. Check the Planting Guide on page 7 for amounts of seed to buy. It is important to a garden’s success that the seed is fresh and packaged for the current year. Home-saved vegetable seeds and those carried over from the previous year may give disappointing results. Since most of the new vari-eties are hybrids, do not attempt to save seed from one year’s crop to plant the next year. Also, because some diseases are carried on seeds, home-saved seeds may continue to cause a disease problem in your gar-den. The only vegetable seeds that gardeners should save are those of varieties that have been in the family for many years and have become heirloom varieties. Once the garden is completely planned on paper, the land prepared, and the seed on hand, the job of plant-ing begins. Planting is not a “one shot” opera-tion. There are different times for planting different vegetables. Vegetables may be grouped in the garden plan and planted according to their hardiness and temperature requirements. Lettuce and English peas are cool-season vegetables and grow best in cool weather. Okra and southern peas are warm-weather veg-etables and need warm temperatures for best growth. Cool-season vegetables differ from warm-season vegetables in that they are hardy or frost tolerant, seeds germinate at cool soil temperatures, and root systems are shallow and require frequent irrigation. Cool-sea-son plants are smaller, respond more to nitrogen fertilizer, and are general-ly more tolerant of shade than warm-season vegetable plants. Before-You-Plant Practices Site Selection. To reduce chances of damping-off, root rot, and other problems associated with wet soils, choose a well-drained site. If such a site is not available, plant on raised beds to promote drainage and faster warming of the soil. Keep surface water from flowing across the garden to help prevent disease-causing organisms from coming into the gar-den from outside areas. Sanitation. Since many disease-causing organisms live through the winter in old plants, plow under crop debris at least 6 inches deep as soon as possible. Tobacco mosaic virus, a common problem on tomatoes and peppers, can be transmitted through tobacco products. Wash your hands with soap and water before working in the gar-den if you use tobacco. Disease-free seed.Weather condi-tions in Mississippi favor the devel-opment of many seed-borne diseases. Therefore, buy certified seeds pro-duced in the western United States where the climate is dry and the seeds are relatively free of disease-causing microorganisms. Seed treatment. Most seeds are treated with a fungicide, as indicated by their red, blue, purple, or green color. If they have not been treated with a fungicide, treat them yourself. Treat large seeds in a jar. To treat small seeds, tear off one corner of the seed packet. Lift out as much of the seed treatment fungicide (Thiram or Captan) as is held on the tip of the blade of a penknife, and insert the dust through the hole in the seed packet. Fold down the corner of the packet and shake thoroughly. DO NOT eat treated seed or feed it to livestock. Healthy transplants. Select healthy, vigorous plants for trans-planting. Buy them from a reputable dealer or grow your own. Crop rotation. An easy and eco-nomical way to reduce soil-borne dis-eases is to rotate vegetables. Corn and members of the cabbage family can be alternated with other vegetables from one year to the next. If space permits, move the garden to a new location every 3 to 4 years, preferably to a site that was in grass. Resistant varieties. Make every effort to buy disease-resistant vari-eties. Consult the list of recommend-ed varieties, seed catalog variety descriptions, or your county Extension office for help in selecting varieties that are disease resistant. Fertilization. Use fertilizer according to recommendations based on a soil test. Fertilizers do not pre-vent diseases, but a healthy, well-fer-tilized plant is less susceptible to dis-ease than one growing in soil lacking required nutrients. Plant spacing. Crowding plants allows moisture from dew or rain to remain on leaf surfaces. You should avoid this because it promotes disease development. After-Planting Controls Spraying. Control diseases like rust, mildew, anthracnose, and leaf spot with a foliar fungicide. Sprayers and dusters are available for this pur-pose. A spray is generally more effec-tive than a dust. Successful disease control with fungicides depends on these factors: • Apply early to prevent early-season infection and rapid spread of disease. • Select the proper fungicide because not all fungicides control the same disease. • Cover all foliage thoroughly. • Repeat application. Suggested fungicides include chlorothalonil and other products list-ed in the Fungicides for Disease Control table on page 16. These fungi-cides are usually applied at rates rang-ing from 1 to 2 tablespoons per gallon of water. Refer to labels for recom-mended rates for specific vegetables and diseases controlled on those crops. Some gardeners prefer to prepare their own fungicide. Bordeaux is an example of a fungicide that can be eas-ily prepared by combining copper sul-fate (blue stone), lime, and water. Directions for making Bordeaux mix-ture are available at your county Extension office. Ask for Plant Disease Dispatch Sheet M-707 The Preparation of Bordeaux Mixture. Weed control. Weeds can harbor disease-causing organisms. A weedy garden also reduces air movement and sunlight, which creates conditions favorable to disease development. Insect control. Insects feeding and laying eggs cause wounds on roots, Planting Vegetables See Planting, page 30
  • 18. Weed Control Weeds (plants growing out of place) are a serious garden problem. They rob vegetable plants of sunlight, water, and nutrients. They also provide hiding places for insects and serve as a source of vegetable diseases. Weeds can kill a gardener’s enthu-siasm, which can cause them to aban-don the garden in midsummer. It is important to control weeds while they are small and before they get out of control. Since any plant growing out of place can be considered a weed, a sweet corn plant (from a carelessly dropped seed) growing in a row of bush snap beans is technically a weed; but the most common garden weeds are crabgrass, yellow and purple nutsedge, morningglories, bermuda-grass, and pigweed. Most weeds can be controlled and kept from becoming serious problems in the garden. Methods of control include hand-pulling, cultivation, mulching, and use of chemicals. Hand-Pulling Hand-pulling is not an effective way to control weeds in a large gar-den, but it can be effective under cer-tain circumstances. Hand-pull weeds that appear in the row with vegetable plants, as well as those that grow in the planting holes of a plastic mulch. Weeds that grow between closely spaced rows of vegetables in wide rows, raised beds, or small gardens also may require hand-pulling. Weeds growing in containers used for vegeta-bles should be hand-pulled. Extremely small weeds are difficult to pull by hand, but do not wait until the weeds get so large that pulling them destroys adjacent vegetable plants. Thinning seedlings spaced too closely together and hand-weeding frequently can be done at the same time. Cultivation Cultivation is the most widely used method of garden weed control. It is not a one-time chore, for with each rain, irrigation, and stirring of the soil, weed seedlings emerge. A variety of hand and power equip-ment is used for cultivation, but the most commonly used tools are the hoe and garden tiller. A sharpened hoe blade is an excel-lent tool for cutting the roots of weeds. The severed plants dry in the sun and die. A garden tiller and other soil-dis-turbing tools, the hoe included, are used to disturb the soil around the weed plant’s roots. On a hot day, the weeds die when their roots dry and the plants are unable to get water. Small weeds die more quickly than large weeds, so cultivation should be fre-quent enough to prevent weed seedlings from becoming established. Cultivation should also be shallow so you do not disturb or injure vegetable plant roots. Deep cultivation, in addition to destroying weeds, injures vegetable plant roots and brings more weed seeds to the surface, where they ger-minate. “Hoe blight,” the wilting and death of vegetable plants after cultiva-tion, often results from careless culti-vation. Take a perennial weed, such as bermudagrass, out of the garden fol-lowing cultivation because pieces of the plant that have no roots can form roots and make the bermudagrass problem worse. Mulching Mulching is an effective way to control garden weeds. Natural and plastic mulches properly applied to weed-free garden soil prevent most weeds from becoming established in the mulched area. Bermudagrass and nutsedge are difficult to control com-pletely with mulches. Weeds that appear in the planting holes of plastic mulch should be pulled by hand. Herbicides Commercial vegetable growers have a fairly wide choice of chemical weed killers (herbicides) to prevent or control weed problems. Gardeners, however, have a much smaller choice of herbicides. Don’t expect to control all weeds in a garden of mixed vegetables with one herbicide. First, no single herbi-cide controls all weeds. Secondly, some vegetables are also sensitive to the herbicide, and if the wrong herbi-cide is used, the vegetable is injured along with the weeds. Herbicides applied to the soil before vegetables are planted and before weeds have emerged are called preemergence herbicides. Some pre-emergence herbicides can be applied immediately after the vegetable seeds or plants are planted but before the weed seeds germinate. Postemergence herbicides are applied after weeds have emerged. Herbicides used in the garden may be in the form of granules, wettable powders, or liquids. The equipment needed for application depends on the formulation used. Use a pump-up pressure sprayer for applying liquids and wettable powders. Since most gar-den sprayers are equipped with a cone-type nozzle, use a 50-mesh screen and a 8003 E or equivalent fan nozzle attached to the sprayer for applying herbicides. Chemical herbicides used in the vegetable garden can be washed from the sprayer, but some of those used on the lawn cannot. Therefore, a wise Nozzle Parts Spray Nozzle Nozzle Body Strainer Cap Spray Tip gardener will keep two sprayers: one for lawn herbicides and the other for garden herbicides. When spraying her-bicides approved for application over the tops of vegetable plants, do not use a sprayer that has been used with lawn herbicides. Before using a herbicide in your garden, read the product label for a listing of vegetables it can be used on, the recommended rate of application, and the method of application. Never use a product that is not labeled, and do not exceed the recommended rate. Dacthal—Several brand names are available. Dacthal can be used on a wide variety of vegetable plants. Applied correctly, Dacthal gives good control of most grasses and a few broadleaf weeds. This herbicide con-trols weeds as their seeds germinate. Therefore, before applying Dacthal, remove existing weed plants. Trifluralin—Several brand names are available. Trifluralin is a preemer-gence herbicide used to control grass problems in the garden. Some plan-ning of the garden to group trifluralin-labeled vegetables in one area is help-ful when you use this herbicide. To obtain good weed control, mix triflu-ralin with garden soil. Cultivate soil to eliminate clods. Broadcast the recom-mended amount of either the granules or the liquid formulation. Granules are easier for most gardeners to use. After application, mix the herbicide in the top 2 inches of the soil. Two very shal-low cultivations provide good mixing with the soil. Trifluralin is labeled for use before planting seeds of several vegetables and before setting trans-plants of others. Read the package label for a list of approved vegetables. Poast is a postemergence herbicide that selectively controls grass weeds in several vegetables. Apply Poast to most grasses before plants reach 8 inches high. One application controls most annual grasses, but several appli-cations may be required to control perennial grasses like bermudagrass. Mix a crop oil concentrate in the spray solution before application. Read the Poast label for specific instructions and approved vegetable crops. Glyphosate—Formulations of this popular nonselective, postemergence herbicide are approved for limited use in the vegetable garden site. Most applications are for eliminating exist-ing weed problems before vegetable seedling emergence and before veg-etable plants are in the garden. Read the label for specific application instructions and limitations. Herb Gardening Herbs are a special group of plants used for flavoring and scents. Many herbs used in flavor-ing foods and teas (culinary herbs) can be grown in Mississippi gardens. Most herbs should be grown in full sun, but a few tolerate light shade. They prefer a well-drained soil of medium fer-tility with a pH of 6.0 to 7.0. An organic mulch in summer benefits the plants. Herbs that can be grown in Mississippi are annuals that are planted every year, biennials that are planted in the fall and flower the follow-ing year, hardy perennials that come back year after year, and tender perennials that may sur-vive a mild winter but often need to be treated as annuals or protected from freezing temperatures. You can start most popular herbs from seeds. Many of the perennial herbs are propagated by stem cutting, layering, or crown divisions. Annual, and some perennial, herb plants are sold at nursery and garden centers, and seeds and plants are offered by many mail order catalog companies. Because herbs are used in very small amounts, just a few plants of each type may be enough. If you want a large quantity of a partic-ular herb, such as sweet basil for making pesto, plant the herb in the vegetable garden. Otherwise, prepare a small area especially for herbs so that they can be enjoyed for their appearance as well as fragrance. Herbs have few pests, which is good because there are few if any pesticides approved for use on these plants. When planting herbs in the veg-etable garden, protect them from pesticides used on vegetables. Grow herbs started from containers so they can be set in the garden without disturbing the roots. Borage and dill are two herbs that do not transplant well if bare-root. Either scatter seeds in the garden where these herbs are to grow, or start plants in containers. The flavors and scents of herbs are caused by oils in the plant tissue. High fertilization, excess moisture, and shade result in low oil content and weak flavor. The oil content in many herbs is at its highest just before the plants begin to flower. Herbs and Their Characteristics Anise—annual grown for its licorice-fla-vored leaves and seeds; slow growing; difficult to transplant bare-root. Basil—annual grown for its leaves; available in several different flavors and plant types; easi-ly gown from seed; purple leaf types make attractive vinegar. Sweet Bay—tender perennial, evergreen shrub; source of bay leaf; requires cool green-house protection in winter; frequently grown as a container plant; start with a nursery-grown plant. Bergamont—perennial, also known as bee balm; grown for minty leaves; attractive flowers attract bees and hummingbirds; start from crown division or seeds. Borage—annual grown for cucumber-fla-vored leaves and attractive small blue flowers; attracts bees; makes a large, unruly plant; diffi-cult to transplant bare-root. Salad Burnet—perennial grown for cucum-ber- flavored leaves; grow from seed or crown division. Catnip—perennial grown for leaves; a mint; grow from seed, cuttings, or division. Chamomile—perennial grown as annual; flowers used for tea; grow from seed. Garlic Chives—grown for leaves with light garlic flavor and scent; grow from seed or divi-sion; attractive white flowers sew many seed; self-seeds prolifically. Onion Chives—perennial grown for onion-flavored leaves; attractive purple flowers; grow from seed or division. Coriander—annual; grow from seed; fresh green leaves known as cilantro and Chinese parsley; also grown for seeds. Costmary—perennial; known as bible leaf; grown for minty scented leaves; grow from seed or division. Dill—annual grown for seed heads and leaves; prefers cool weather; grow in spring and fall; doesn’t transplant well bare-root; scatter seeds where plants are to grow or use container-grown plants. Garlic—perennial grown for dry bulb; plant garlic cloves in October and harvest bulbs in May and June. Scented Geraniums—tender perennials; available in many different scents: rose, pepper-mint, lemon, lime, orange, strawberry, apple, almond, mint; variety of foliage forms available; See Herbs, page 19 18
  • 19. Median Date of First Freeze in Fall Approximate Number of Plants to Expect per Ounce of Seed Broccoli.....................................5,000 Cabbage ....................................5,000 Cauliflower ..................................5,000 Eggplant.....................................2,500 Peppers......................................1,500 Tomatoes ....................................4,000 excellent pot plant; propagate by cuttings. Ginger—tender perennial grown for pungent root; treat as annual (plant in spring and harvest in fall); propagate by root cuttings; prefers moist, rich soil. Anise Hyssop—perennial grown for licorice fla-vored leaves for teas; attractive purple flowers attract bees; a mint; propagate by seed or division. Lemon Balm—perennial mint grown for lemon-scented leaves; grow from seed, division, or cuttings. Lemongrass—tender perennial grown for lemon-flavored leaves used in oriental cooking; attractive as ornamental grass with blue-green color; leaves have sharp edges. Lemon Thyme—perennial; low-growing attrac-tive plant for sunny area; leaves have strong lemon fra-grance. Marjoram—perennial grown as annual; grown for leaves; grow from seed, cuttings, or by layering. Mint—perennial; many different flavors and leaf and plant types; spreads rapidly; prefers moist soil, tol-erates shade; keep cut for tender growth. Oregano—perennial grown for leaves; grow from seed, cuttings, or division. Parsley—biennial grown as annual; grown for leaves; grow from seed; prefers moist soil. Rosemary—perennial, evergreen shrub but reli-ably hardy; grown for leaves; available in different plant types, upright and creeping; adapted to pot cul-ture; prefers moist, well-drained soil. Sage—perennial grown as annual, not reliably hardy; available as common, golden, and variegated; grown for leaves; grow from seed, cuttings, or layer-ing; prefers well-drained soil. Pineapple Sage—tender perennial; pineapple-scented leaves; large plant; attractive red flowers grow from cuttings. Summer Savory—annual grown for leaves; grow from seed; unruly plant. Winter Savory—perennial grown for leaves; grow by layering; a neater plant with better flavor than sum-mer savory. Tarragon—perennial grown for licorice-flavored leaves; French Tarragon the only type to grow and only grows from stem and root cuttings; suffers with summer heat. Winter Tarragon—tender perennial, not reliably hardy; also known as mint marigold; licorice-flavored leaves; propagate by cuttings and division; small sin-gle, orange, marigold-type flower in fall. Thyme—perennial, but not reliably hardy; variety of flavors and plant types; grown for leaves; propagate by seed, cuttings, or divisions; prefers well-drained soil.L emon Verbena—tender perennial, shrubby, grown for leaves; propagate by cuttings; grow in con-tainer and provide winter protection. Fall Gardening Fall gardening is the way to have fresh vegetables right into winter. Many fall gardens are car-ried over from summer gardens. Tomato plants, okra, peppers, and eggplant, if cared for during the summer, continue to produce until cold slows them down and frost kills them. To keep these vegetables pro-ducing, control insects and dis-eases, keep the plants watered and fertilized, and don’t let the garden grow up in grass and weeds. A good fall garden, however, is not just keeping the summer garden alive. It means planting new vegetables to produce in fall and early winter. Plan the fall garden at the same time you plan the spring and sum-mer garden. Include your seed needs for fall when ordering seeds for the spring and summer garden. It helps to have the seeds on hand so you can plant them at the appro-priate time. Many cool-weather vegetables normally planted in spring grow and produce better in the fall, since they mature as the weather cools. When wet weather causes a delay in planting early spring vegetables (past a time when they can be expected to mature before hot weather destroys them), a fall gar-den provides a second opportunity. Chinese cabbage (very sensitive to heat) and rutabagas (require a long period of cool weather) are two cool-weather vegetables recom-mended for planting only in the fall. Warm-season vegetables planted in midsummer for fall harvest require additional time to mature as the weather cools in September and October. Choose planting dates in midsummer that allow these veg-etables to mature before frost. The map at right provides the median dates of the first freezes (temperatures equal to or lower than 32 ºF) in the fall. Young Plants The hot, dry weather in July, August, and September is hard on germinating seeds and young seedlings. Germination and seedling survival is improved if one of these methods is used: • Water a day or two before plant-ing so seeds are planted in moist soil. Watering after planting can cause the soil surface to pack and crust. • Plant seeds in moist soil and cover with moistened, non-crust-ing materials: a mix of peat moss and vermiculite or composted sawdust and sand. Keep the sur-face moist during germination and seedling establishment. Plant three to five seeds of the small-seeded vegetables like broc-coli and cabbage at the recom-mended final plant spacing in the garden row. Once the seedlings are established, thin the seedlings to one plant at each location. Transplants Start vegetable transplants for the fall garden in individual con-tainers, such as peat pots, small clay or plastic pots, or peat pellets. Setting out plants without disturb-ing the root systems reduces trans-plant shock. Protect young plants from the sun for a few days. You can use bare-root transplants from thinning the seedling row, but be prepared to provide water and shade until they become established. A fall garden is open to attack by insects and diseases just as the summer garden. In some cases, the insect problems are worse. Worms (cabbage loopers and imported cab-bage moths) are serious problems on fall cabbage, cauliflower, broc-coli, and collards. Control these leaf-eating worms with one of the biological sprays. Squash bugs are troublesome on fall squash and pumpkins. Fall vegetables need fertilizer just as much as spring and summer vegetables. Don’t count on the fer-tilizer applied in spring to supply fertilizer needs of vegetables plant-ed in late summer and fall. Fertilize before planting and side-dress as needed. As the danger of frost approach-es, pay close attention to weather predictions. Tender plants often can be protected from an early frost and continue to produce for several weeks. When a killing frost is inevitable, harvest tender vegeta-bles. Green tomatoes that are turning white just before turning pink will ripen if stored in a cool place. Pick these tomatoes, wrap them in paper, and use them as they ripen. Don’t abandon the garden when freezing temperatures kill the plants. Clean up the debris, store stakes and poles, take a soil test, and row up part of the garden to be ready for planting early spring Irish potatoes and English peas. Vegetables Typically Planted in a Fall Garden Bush Snap Beans Beets Broccoli Cabbage Carrots Cauliflower Chard Chinese Cabbage Kohlrabi Lettuce Mustard Onions Radishes Rutabagas Spinach Turnips October 27 - November 2 November 3 - 7 November 8 - 12 November 13 - December 2 Herbs continued from page 18 19 compact plant than many others and makes jumbo four-lobed peppers. Orange Blaze bell pepper is the 2011 All American Selection. This green to orange pepper is very quick to color in only 65 days and makes slender, 4-inch-long pep-pers on a compact plant. Gardeners having trouble with tomato spotted wilt virus may want to try Milena green to orange bell pepper. Avatar is for fans of huge cantaloupes. The fruit are somewhat elongated and can grow to 10 pounds. This is a full-sized cantaloupe plant requiring at least 25 square feet per plant in the garden. Sprite melon is now available to home gardeners. This crisp-fleshed, very sweet Oriental melon makes several 1-pound white- to yellow-rinded melons per plant. The variety was restricted to only a few commercial growers in North Carolina until a few years ago. Grow the plants as you would cantaloupe and see what all the excitement was about. Rocky Top is a new tomato spotted wilt virus-resistant tomato that has per-formed well in tunnel culture in Mississippi. It produces large, somewhat flattened tomatoes with good eye appeal and good yields. This determinate variety grows well with short stakes and does not require aggressive suckering. New Varieties continued from page 5
  • 20. Staking and Training Tomatoes The main reason for staking and supporting tomato plants is to keep plants and fruit off the ground. This reduces losses from fruit rots when fruit touch the soil and from sunburn when fruit are not shaded by foliage. Supported plants are easier to spray or dust for insect and disease control and easier to har-vest than those sprawling on the ground. Three popular methods of supporting tomato plants are staking, caging, and trellising. Supported tomato plants are pruned (suckered) to reduce the number of branches, thereby making plants more suitable for the selected method of sup-port. Plant type also determines the amount of pruning. Tomato varieties are divided into two gener-al groups based on their pattern of growth. Determinate, or self-topping, varieties have short- to medium-length vines. Plants are heav-ily branched and do not make continuous growth. Rather than having continuous produc-tion of leaves and flower clusters, every branch ends with a flower cluster. Determinate varieties often are early and have a short but concentrat-ed production season. These plants are staked or caged but are not adapted to trellising. Some determinate varieties are Celebrity, Mountain Pride, and Rutgers. Determinate varieties are not heavily pruned, regardless of the support system, because most of the fruit is produced on the branches. Indeterminate varieties continue to grow and produce leaves and flower clusters until dis-ease, insects, cold, or lack of water and fertiliz-er kills the plants. Indeterminate varieties are Better Boy, Floradel, and Big Beef. Indeterminate varieties are heavily pruned when trellised, moderately pruned when staked, and lightly pruned when caged. Pruning removes small shoots where each leaf joins the stem. Properly pruned plants pro-duce larger and earlier fruit than non-pruned plants of the same variety. Remove shoots when they are less than 4 inches long to avoid injuring the plant. The larger the sucker before removal, the larger the resulting wound, and the more wasted plant energy that went into the sucker. Remove a sucker by grasping it between your thumb and second finger and bending it to the side until it breaks. This is best done early in the day when plants are crisp and not wilted from the day’s sun and heat. Do not cut suckers with a knife because this is one way to spread virus diseases. Decide on the method of support before set-ting tomato plants in the garden. Plants for trel-lising are set closer together than plants to be staked or caged. Plants for caging are set farther apart than plants for staking. Staking Staking requires wooden or metal stakes 5 to 6 feet long for indeterminate varieties and 3 to 4 feet long for determinate varieties. Wooden stakes should be at least 1 inch square. Metal stakes can be of smaller diameter and have the advantage of lasting many years. Do not use chemically treated wood. Sections of concrete reinforcing rods (rebar) make excellent tomato stakes. Space plants 18 to 24 inches apart in the row and drive a stake next to every plant or every other plant. Place the stake 3 to 4 inches from the base of the plant on the side away from the first bloom cluster to prevent trapping the fruit between the plant and the stake. Support Tomato Plants There are many ways to prune and tie toma-to plants. Limit staked indeterminate plants to two or three fruit-producing branches. A popular method is to select the main stem, the sucker that develops immediately below the first bloom cluster (a very strong sucker), and one other sucker below that. Remove all other suckers and as you tie the plants, periodically remove addi-tional suckers that develop on selected branch-es. Tie individual branches to the stake with soft cord by first tying twine to the stake and then looping it loosely around the plant. Never tie a plant immediately below a fruit cluster because the weight of the fruit may cause the plant to sag and strip the cluster from the plant. Continue to prune and tie the plant as it grows. The Florida weave is an alternative system to support staked tomato plants in a row. Using polypropylene cord (it doesn’t stretch), tie the cord to the first stake about 6 to 10 inches above the ground. Run the cord to the second stake and wrap it around the stake once at the same level. Be sure to keep the cord tight. Repeat this process, going on to the third, fourth, and remaining stakes until you reach the end of the row. Come back with the cord on the opposite side of the stakes, wrapping it around each stake. Plants are held in the space between the cords on opposite sides of the stakes. Repeat this process as plants grow so the branches are always held between the cord. Three to five runs down the row should be enough for the season. Remember to keep pruning plants as they grow to reduce the amount of plant material that must be supported. When staking determinate varieties, prune only once to remove the first suckers. Caging Tomato plants supported by cages made from concrete reinforcing wire require consider-ably less work than either staked or trellised tomatoes because there is no tying and only lim-ited pruning. A 5-foot length of 10-guage rein-forcing wire with 6-inch openings makes a cage of about an 18-inch diameter. Make cages at least 5 feet high for indeterminate varieties. Shorter cages are best for determinate varieties. Using heavy bolt cutters, remove the sections of the bottom horizontal wire, leaving wire legs to stick into the ground. Set your tomato plants 3 feet apart in the row and place a cage over each plant. Push legs into the ground for anchoring the cage. Protect early plants from cold and wind by wrapping the bot-tom 18 inches of each cage with clear plastic. Black plastic mulch, in combination with caging and a clear plastic wrap, promotes early bloom-ing. Caged plants generally are pruned to four or five main fruiting branches. As plants grow, keep turning ends of the branches back into the cages. Caged plants may not produce ripe toma-toes as early as staked or trellised plants, but they produce more tomatoes that are less likely to crack or sunburn. Trellising Trellising is only for indeterminate varieties. Set plants about 1 foot apart in the row and prune to just the main stem, or occasionally to the main stem and one strong sucker (the suck-er originating just below the first bloom cluster). Remove all other suckers as they develop. Build a trellis by setting support posts in the ground about 20 feet apart. The tops of the posts should be about 6 feet above the soil surface. Stretch a heavy wire or a piece of barbed wire between the tops of the posts and attach a length of heavy twine to the wire above each plant. Barbed wire prevents twine from slipping as the top wire sags with the weight of the plants. Tie twine to the base of each plant or to a bottom wire if one is used. As plants grow, wrap them around the twine for support, or use the plastic clips that greenhouse tomato growers use. When trellising two stems per plant, use a separate cord for each stem. Trellising produces ripe fruit earlier than other methods of support. Each plant produces fewer but larger tomatoes that are more subject to sunburn because of the small amount of pro-tective foliage. Tomato plants loaded with fruit are heavy. Anchor the posts to keep them from collapsing. Other Wire Supports Some determinate plants are not suited for standard trellising and staking because of their limited vine growth. These plants, as well as indeterminate plants, can be held off the ground by a wire trellis. Support a 2- to 3-foot width of hog wire 8 to 10 inches above the ground with “H” supports. Center the wire over the row and pull the plants through an opening as they grow. Pruning and tying are not necessary. Space plants about 2 feet apart and the “H” supports 8 to 10 feet apart. A wire stapled to the top of the “H” on each side provides additional support to plants. Tightly stretch and fasten the hog wire at both ends. Wire 8- to 10-inch clearance between wire and ground Remove sucker Concrete reinforcing or hogwire 20
  • 21. Harvesting Gardening itself is a lot of fun, but harvest is what gardeners work toward. Harvesting at the right time is essential to obtain quality. If you pick vegetables too soon, they can be tough or too tender, lacking substance and flavor. If you pick them too late, they may be tough, fibrous, or too soft. The number of days from planting to maturity is generally listed in catalog descrip-tions. For vegetables commonly started with transplants, such as tomatoes and peppers, the number of days given is from setting plants in the garden to harvest. For vegetables that are typically direct-seeded in the garden, such as peas and sweet corn, the number represents the days from planting the seed. The number of days given represents an average and varies with weather and variety. Cool-season vegetables mature more rapidly as weather warms in late spring; warm-sea-son vegetables mature more slowly as weath-er cools in fall. Early varieties mature more rapidly than mid- and late-season varieties. Use the number of days as a guide, but also consider the weather, the variety description of early, midseason, or late, and the appear-ance of the vegetables. Asparagus—cut or snap spears when they are 6 to 8 inches tall and before leaf bracts at the tips begin to open. Harvest spears of large and small diameter, but leave 20 to 50 percent of the spears to grow to provide energy for next year’s crop. Beans, snap—best when pods are crisp and snap easily but when tips are still pliable, 50 days for bush, 65 days for pole. Beans, lima—pick when pods are well-filled but still bright green and fresh. End of the pod should feel spongy when squeezed, 65 days for bush, 80 days for pole. Beans, shell—harvest when beans are very evident in the pods but before pods begin to dry, very much like lima beans and southern peas, 70 days. Beans, dried—harvest when pods are dry but before they shatter. Plants may be turning yellow. Cut entire plant and dry or pick the pods. When the beans are completely dry, shell them and store in the freezer, 90 days. Beets—pull when medium-sized (11⁄4 to 2 inches in diameter), 60 to 70 days; leafy tops are an excellent cooked green. Broccoli—heads should be compact with tight buds. Individual bud and head size determined by variety, 65 to 75 days from transplants yet within the same time period from direct seeding in the fall. Yellow flowers indicate overmaturity. Brussels sprouts—cut sprouts from the stalk when they are 1 to 2 inches in diameter and firm, 90 days from transplants. Lower sprouts develop first. Remove the leaf when cutting the sprout. Cabbage—cut when head is firm and before splitting, 80 days from transplants. Carrots—harvest according to desired size and weather. Sugar content is higher in mature roots, but younger ones are more ten-der, 75 days. Cauliflower—cut when head is firm and smooth, should not be coming apart or ricey in appearance, 65 days from transplants. Pure white color depends on blanching. Creamy color is fine. Chinese cabbage—cut entire plant at the ground line when the head is fairly compact or the plant has reached the desired size, 80 days. Collards—as soon as leaves are large enough to pick. Large, old leaves are tough and fibrous, 55 days. Sweet corn—17 to 21 days after silking. Harvest when silks turn dark and begin to shrivel. Kernels should be bright, plump, and milky, except super sweets, which may appear watery. Small, soft kernels and large, hard, starchy kernels are tasteless, 70 to 85 days. Cucumbers, pickling—pick when 2 inch-es or less in length for pickles and 4 to 6 inch-es for dills. Use large cucumbers for relish. Harvest before cucumbers become dull, puffy, or yellow. Frequent harvest is neces-sary, 55 days. Cucumbers, slicing—harvest when 6 to 8 inches long and before the ends become soft or begin to turn yellow, 62 days. Cucumbers, burpless and European types—harvest when 8 to 10 inches long and 1 to 11⁄2 inches in diameter. Eggplant—ready when fruit is half grown, before color dulls, 65 to 85 days from transplants. Endive, escarole—cut plants at ground level when large enough to eat, 85 days. Gourds, small decorative—cut from the vine with stem attached when the rind is hard, before frost. Gourds, dipper and birdhouse—cut from the vine with stem attached when they begin to dry. Mature gourds are not injured by frost. Gourds, luffa—cut from the vine when skin turns yellow or after the gourd has dried. For eating, harvest when small (4 inches or less in length) and tender. Horseradish—dig roots in late fall after frost. Where soil doesn’t freeze and is well drained, roots can be left in the ground until needed. Jerusalem artichoke—dig tubers all win-ter after the tops are killed by cold. Kale—cut entire plant or larger leaves while still tender. Old kale is tough and stringy. Cold weather improves flavor, 55 days. Kohlrabi—pull when swollen stem is the size of a baseball. Large, old kohlrabi is woody and tasteless, 55 days. Lettuce, leaf—when leaves are large enough to harvest, 40 to 50 days. Lettuce, head—harvest for leaves as needed before heads form or as soon as heads are firm, 80 days. Melons, muskmelons—ready when blos-som end of fruit gives to pressure from finger and melon separates (slips) easily from stem. Netting should be coarse and prominent according to variety and with no green lines showing, 42 to 46 days from pollination, 90 days from seed. Melons, honeydew—when the greenish rind takes on a golden cast, melon does not slip from the vine, 110 days from planting. Melons, watermelons—ready when undersurface (ground spot) turns from white to cream-yellow, 42 to 45 days from pollina-tion, 90 days from planting. Mustard—as soon as large enough to har-vest, old leaves are tough, 45 days. Okra—pick when pods are 2 to 4 inch-es long, 4 to 6 days from pollination, 60 days from planting. Onions, green—when one-fourth to one-half inch in diameter and tops are 12 to 16 inches tall. Onions, bulb—dig when tops have yel-lowed and fallen over. Parsley—when leaves are large enough to pick, 90 days. Peanuts—dig when tops are yellowing and inner hulls are brown. All pods do not mature at the same time, but dig the entire plant, 110 days. Peas, English—best when pods are bright green and fairly well filled. Raw peas should be sweet, 65 days. Peas, snap—best when pods are green, crisp, and peas have filled pods, 65 days. Peas, southern—pick purple hull vari-eties when pod is up to 50 percent purple. Pick tan pod types when pods show a hint of yellow. Peas should be green when shelled, 65 days. Peppers—pick green bell peppers when shiny green and firm, 75 days from transplants. Colored peppers are harvested when fully colored, yellow, red, etc. Pimiento should be fully red. Sweet banana and hot Hungarian Wax are harvested when fully yellow, turning red, or fully red. Harvest hot pepper when green or fully colored. Potatoes, Irish—as soon as large enough for early potatoes. Harvest main crop after vines have yellowed. Greenish or sunburned potatoes are not good. Skin should be firmly attached to tuber, 100 days. Potatoes, sweet—when roots have reached a usable size. Before frost or ground cools below 50 °F, 120 days. Pumpkins—when fully colored, hard rind, and heavy, 110 days. Radishes—pull as soon as large enough, 28 days. Radishes, winter—harvest before ground freezes, 50 days. Rhubarb—pull leaf stalks from plants when leaves are fully grown. Discard leaf blade and eat the stalk only. Rutabagas—dig any time large enough. Becomes dry and woody if soil moisture is insufficient, 90 days. Spinach—use before leaves get old and tough, 45 days. Spinach, New Zealand—pick terminal 3 to 4 inches of shoots when plants get large enough. Squash, summer—when medium in size, color good, and rind easily dented with fin-gernail; zucchini when 6 to 10 inches long and shiny, 55 days from planting; yellow summer 5 to 7 days from pollination, zucchi-ni 3 to 4 days from pollination. Squash, winter (storage)—color should be good for the variety and the rind very hard, 90 days; acorn 60 days from pollination, but-ternut 65 days from pollination, hubbard 85 days from pollination. Swiss chard—as soon as large enough to pick off leaves, from about 12 inches up. Old leaves are tough and fibrous, 50 days. Tomatoes—when color is good all over. Size is no indication of maturity. Will ripen off the plant, but quality is better when ripened on the plant. Reduce bird damage by Average Bushel Weights of Vegetables Weight in Vegetable Pounds Beans, lima (unshelled) 32 Beans, snap 30 Cabbage (sack) 50 Cucumbers 47-55 Eggplant 33 Greens 23-24 Okra 30 Peanuts (green) 35-45 Peas, English 28-30 Peas, southern 25 Peppers, bell 25 Potatoes, Irish 60 Potatoes, sweet 55 Spinach 20-25 Squash, summer 42 picking before fully colored, 70 days from transplants; 45 days from pollination. Turnips, greens—when large enough to pick. Tough, fibrous, and bitter when old. Turnips, roots—best when of medium size and firm. Large turnips tough and strong-ly flavored, 60 days. Watermelons—see Melons. Keep these points in mind when harvest-ing vegetables: • Harvest at the proper stage of maturity, not before. You can harvest most vegetables several times if you harvest only the part that is ready. • Harvest on time. Harvest okra every 1 or 2 days. This also applies to summer squash, beans, and cucumbers. • Harvest when the foliage is dry. Tramping through wet foliage spreads diseases. • Don’t damage foliage by stepping on vines or breaking stems. This creates wounds and entrances for diseases. • Don’t harvest when plants are wilted. Wounds made by harvesting permit water loss, which increases water stress inside the plant. • Immediately move freshly harvested veg-etables into the shade and keep them cool. • Use freshly harvested vegetables as soon after harvest as possible. • Don’t injure the plant during harvest. Gently remove the part to be harvested from the plant. Cut eggplants and watermelons with a knife. Cut okra that won’t snap off. 21
  • 22. Storing Vegetables In addition to canning, freezing, and drying fresh vegetables, you can store many to use later. The length of successful storage depends on the vegetable and the storage conditions. Loss of moisture is the major fac-tor that reduces quality during stor-age. Reducing the temperature slows this loss and delays growth of bacteria and fungi that cause vegetables to spoil. Some vegetables, such as winter squash, onions, Irish potatoes, and pumpkins, lose moisture slowly; while others, such as leafy greens, lose moisture rapidly. Place vegeta-bles in a plastic bag or container before refrigerating to prevent rapid loss of water. This applies to lettuce, mustard greens, spinach, collards, turnip greens, Chinese cabbage, beets, carrots, radishes, snap beans, shelled limas, cucumbers, broccoli, cauli-flower, kohlrabi, and green onions. Turnip roots not only lose moisture rapidly but have a strong odor, so be sure to bag them. For short-term refrigerated stor-age, wash vegetables to remove insects, soil, and spray residue before refrigerating. Some vegetables can be stored for several weeks or longer without refrigeration under proper conditions. Beets, carrots, turnips, rutaba-gas— When you grow these root crops in the fall, you can sometimes leave them in the garden until you need them if the garden site is well drained and the vegetables are pro-tected from freezing. Pull soil up over roots or cover them with straw. Store harvested roots in plastic bags in your refrigerator or in moist sand in a cool location. Cabbage—Protect fall-grown cabbage from freezing. Pull mature heads and wrap leaves over the head. Set the heads, roots up, in a well-drained, cool place, and cover with soil or straw. You can pull mature heads with roots attached and place them in a cold frame. Onions—After bulbs are harvest-ed and dried, trim tops, leaving about one-half inch. Most southern onions do not store well, but for best storage, keep dry bulbs in a cool, well-venti-lated place. If the temperature is too warm, tops will sprout. If humidity is too high, the roots begin to swell and develop. Irish potatoes—Spring-grown Irish potatoes are difficult to store. Cure potatoes for several days in a warm place to heal cuts and bruises. Do not wash potatoes unless they are very dirty from harvesting in wet soil. Store dry potatoes in boxes in a closet in an air-conditioned home. If the house is on a conventional founda-tion, store potatoes under the house. Be sure to shut out all light to prevent greening of the stored potatoes. There are sprays or treatments that prevent spring-grown Irish potatoes from sprouting. Natural dormancy prevents sprouting for about 100 days, but refrigeration or cold storage is the only way to hold these potatoes for several months. Irish potatoes grown in the fall are easier to store than spring-grown potatoes. Harvest when the soil is dry, and don’t expose potatoes to the sun. Cure in a warm, moist place for about a week to heal cuts and bruises; then place potatoes in a cool, dark place. Just make sure they don’t freeze. Fall-grown potatoes can be successfully stored for several months. Sweet potatoes—Sweet potatoes are very sensitive to cold soils and cold storage. Potatoes that are chilled in the soil or in storage will not keep very long. Dig potatoes before soil temperatures drop to 55 ºF. Cure pota-toes for 7 to 10 days in a warm, moist place—80 to 85 ºF and 90 percent rel-ative humidity. Curing helps heal all cuts and bruises that occurred during harvest. Store cured potatoes at 55 ºF and high humidity to prevent shrink-age. Storage at warmer temperatures encourages sprouting. Pumpkins, winter squash— Harvest these vegetables as they mature because they do not store well in the garden. If planted in April or May, they are ready to harvest in July and August. If left exposed to the sun and wet weather, they rot. Store in a cool, fairly dry place. Small quantities can be stored in an air-conditioned home. Do not stack these vegetables in storage, and do not expose them to temperatures below 50 ºF. If the humidity is too high, molds and rots develop. Tomatoes—Ripe tomatoes store best at a temperature around 60 ºF. At refrigerator temperatures, the quality rapidly deteriorates. Mature green tomatoes (those that have reached full size and are turning white before col-oring) will ripen if picked before frost injures them. Wrap tomatoes in paper and store in a cool place. Check them regularly to remove any ripening or spoiled tomatoes. You can have gar-den tomatoes for Christmas and even later if you strip the vines of fruit before a freeze and handle them as described. Dried beans and peas—The greatest danger in storing dried beans and peas is infestation by insects. Pick dry pods and thoroughly dry them in a warm, well-ventillated place before shelling. Kill insects by heating dry, shelled beans and peas in a 180 ºF oven for 15 minutes. Store these treat-ed beans and peas in plastic bags in containers with tight-fitting lids. If freezer space is available, you can store dried peas and beans in the freezer without prior heating. Seed Storage: Cool and Dry Moisture and high temperatures cause rapid loss in the ability of veg-etable seeds to germinate. Therefore, discard vegetable seeds held in stor-age buildings, vehicles, and other places with widely fluctuating tem-peratures and humidities. The longer seeds are stored, the more important it is to control mois-ture and temperature conditions. Low moisture content in the seeds means longer life, especially if seeds must be kept at warm temperatures. Seeds can be stored over, but not touching, calcium chloride, dried sili-ca gel, or freshly opened powdered milk by sealing them in air-tight con-tainers. Bean and okra seeds can be over-dried, resulting in hard seed coats and reduced germination. Seeds can be stored successfully at temperatures above 32 ºF. Between 40 and 50 ºF is satisfactory when moisture content of the seed is not too high. For long-term storage (several months) seeds can be stored in the freezer. Seeds are not harmed if prop-erly dried before storing, but be sure to let them come to room temperature before handling. Do not store chemically treated seeds with vegetables or other food items that are to be eaten. Approximate Years of Storage Life of Seeds Under Cool, Dry Conditions Asparagus – 3 Cucumbers – 5 Pumpkins – 4 Beans – 3 Eggplant – 5 Radishes – 5 Beets – 4 Kale – 5 Rutabagas – 5 Broccoli – 5 Kohlrabi – 5 Southern peas – 3 Brussels sprouts – 5 Lettuce – 5 Spinach – 5 Cabbage – 5 Muskmelons – 5 Squash – 5 Carrots – 3 Mustard – 4 Tomatoes – 4 Chard, Swiss – 4 Okra – 2 Turnips – 5 Collards – 5 Peas, English – 3 Watermelons – 5 Corn – 1-2 Peppers – 4 Vegetables Asparagus Asparagus is a perennial plant that can be grown successfully in many parts of Mississippi. Performance in south Mississippi gardens, however, is likely to be disappointing. In the southern part of the state, asparagus may not become completely dormant in winter and may continue producing a few weak spears. Asparagus grows on a variety of soils but prefers well-drained soils high in organic matter. Plants lose vigor, are more susceptible to root rot, and may die when planted in poorly drained soils. Since asparagus is a perennial plant that grows in the same location for several years, there is only one chance to prepare the soil before planting, so do it right. Start preparing soil about a year before planting by mixing in large quantities of organic matter, such as composted manure, compost, and green manure crops. Mix 2 to 3 pounds of 13-13-13 fertil-izer per 100 square feet into the soil and lime to a pH of 6.0 to 6.5. Asparagus does poorly at a soil pH below 6.0. Mary Washington is the most widely available garden variety. Plants and seeds of newer varieties, such as UC-157, Purple Passion, and Jersey Giant, are of more limited availability to home gardeners. In early spring, plant 1-year-old crowns 4 inches deep in clay soils and 6 inches deep in sandy-textured soils. Do not use older crowns or pieces of old crowns dug from an existing bed. Dig a trench 12 to 18 inches wide to the desired planting depth in the pre-pared planting area. Space crowns 12 to 15 inches apart on the bottom of the trench. Spread roots, being sure the crown is right side up. Cover crowns with 2 inches of soil, and during the first season as plants grow, gradual-ly fill in the trench with soil. If you plant more than one row, space rows 4 to 5 feet apart. Keep bed free of weeds at all times. Remove all brown, frost-killed stalks in winter, and, if available, cover bed with 2 to 3 inches of com-posted manure. Each spring before growth begins, broadcast 2 to 3 pounds per 100 square feet or 25 feet of row of 6-8-8 fertilizer and work it lightly into the surface. Repeat fertil-ization after harvest. Harvest can begin the third year. Harvesting earlier than the third year reportedly weakens the plants. Harvest all spears, large and small, when 6 to 8 inches long, and before leaf bracts at the tip begin to open. Cut spears 1 to 3 inches below the surface, trying not to injure spears developing below the surface, or you can snap spears at ground level. When the diameter of most of the spears drops to the size of a pencil, stop harvest for the year. On young beds, harvest for only 2 to 3 weeks. Harvest established beds for up to 8 weeks. Do not allow grass to take over the bed during summer months after harvest. Fertilize and keep the bed clean and watered. Asparagus fern can reach 4 to 7 feet in height. Do not cut until after frost kills it in late fall. Control insects attacking spears during harvest with malathion and carbaryl. You can grow asparagus plants from seed instead of starting with 1- year-old crowns. To grow plants from seed, soak seeds in aerated water for 3 days. Use a small electric aquarium air pump with a bubbler stone to aer-ate the soaking seeds. Plant individual seeds about 1 inch deep in small pots or containers. Plants should be large enough to set in the garden in 12 to 14 weeks. Treat seedlings the same as 1- year-old crowns, using the same planting depth and spacing. During the first season’s growth, gradually fill in the trench. Asparagus has both male and female plants. Male plants produce spears of larger diameter than female plants. New all-male vari-eties are now available. Female plants produce red berries in late summer. Volunteer seedlings origi-nating from these berries may spread asparagus to other garden areas. Plant crowns 4 inches deep in 12- to 18-inch wide beds. Cover with 2 inches of soil and gradu-ally fill in this trench during the first season. 22 Continued on next page
  • 23. Variety Mary Washington—leading home garden variety; some resistance to rust. Jersey Giant—hybrid; 100 percent male; producer of larger, uniform spears; excellent vigor; tolerant to fusarium wilt. Beans All garden beans are sensitive to cold soil and cold air temperatures. Seeds planted in cold, wet soils rot, but colored bean seeds are more tol-erant to cold soils than white bean seeds. Soil type is important to bean seed germination. In germination, the two large seed halves (cotyledons) must come through the soil surface. Clay or compacted soils hold the cotyledons, and germination is poor. Cover seeds with a non-crusting material, or add sand, peat moss, vermiculite, or per-lite to the soil. If a crust forms, care-fully break it or sprinkle it lightly with water several times to soften it and aid germination. All beans are nitrogen fixing plants, so be careful to avoid heavy nitrogen fertilization and nitro-gen- rich soils. Major problems with beans are blossoms and pods shedding, dis-eases, and insects. Both too much and too little moisture cause blooms and small pods to shed. This also occurs when summer temperatures are extremely high. Control most diseases by buying western-grown seeds, selecting disease-resistant varieties, using treated seed, rotating land, and not working or harvesting beans when leaves are wet. Major insect pests are bean leaf beetle (round holes in leaves) and Mexican bean beetle (lace-like leaves). Bush snap beans can be green or yellow (wax) and round or flat. They are sensitive to hot, dry weather; therefore, do not plant them to mature in midsummer. Late-planted bush beans do not set a big crop, and the pods that develop are of poor quality. Bush beans should be planted in a broad band of several closely spaced rows. Harvest beans at the tender snap stage, but any snap bean variety can be allowed to grow to the green shell stage and be used much like lima beans and southern peas. Most bush snap bean varieties require 50 to 60 days from planting to harvest. Varieties Atlantic—mottled seed; medium green; slim; round-oval; long pod; mosaic resistant. Blue Lake—white seed; dark green; round pod; slow to develop fiber; good flavor; processing type. Contender—old variety; colored seed; pale green; oval pod; frequently curved; early; fresh-use type that develops fiber rapidly. Derby—white seed; round; long, slim, straight pods; slow seed devel-opment; resistant to common bean mosaic virus; AAS 1990. Magnum—long, flat pod; light-medium green color; 6.9 inches long; tan seed; 51 days from planting. Gator Green—white seed; round; long, straight pods; mosaic tolerant; fresh market type. Greencrop—white seed; long, flat pole bean type pod; fresh use and pro-cessing; no disease resistance; AAS 1957. Provider—purple seed; round; medium-length pods; white seeded type also available. Topcrop—medium green; round; medium-length pod; slightly curved; mosaic resistant; brown seed; AAS 1950. Green-shell beans are grown like bush snap beans. These are special varieties: French’s Horticultural—pods and beans cream colored, splashed with scarlet; a semi-runner type; 68 days. King Horticultural—similar to French’s Horticultural; 75 days. Taylor’s Horticultural—non-run-ning plant; pods and beans similar to French’s Horticultural; 75 days. Pole snap beans extend the har-vest of snap beans through the sum-mer. They are more tolerant of hot temperatures than bush beans. Support vines with cane poles, strings, or a trellis, allowing for 6 to 8 feet of growth. Bean vines are heavy, so construct a strong trellis. Barbed wire as the top wire prevents poles and strings from slipping. Support posts to prevent trellis collapse in wet weather. When exposed to very hot summer temperatures and dry soils, beans drop their blooms and small pods. Harvest all beans to keep vines producing. Pole beans yield more than bush beans because they produce over a longer period of time. Nitrogen-rich soils result in excessive vine growth and no beans. Most pole snap bean varieties require 65 to 70 days from planting to first harvest. Varieties Alabama No. 1—black seed; nem-atode resistant. Blue Lake—white seed; fresh and processing type; pods long; round-oval; smooth; meaty. Cornfield (Striped Creaseback) — colored seed; pod flat; light green turning purple brown; stringy. Dade—white seed; fresh use type; similar to McCaslan; tolerant to sev-eral diseases; early. Kentucky Blue—pods 6 to 7 inch-es long, round, straight; good flavor; mature in 58 to 65 days; vines resist-ant to strains of bean rust and com-mon bean mosaic virus; AAS 1991. Kentucky Wonder—colored seed; fresh use; pod long, flat; meaty, brit-tle; low fiber; good flavor; popular old variety. Kentucky Wonder 191—white seed; similar to Kentucky Wonder. Louisiana Purple—purple pods that turn green when cooked. McCaslan—white seed; fresh use; light green pod; flatter and smoother than Kentucky Wonder; very produc-tive . Asparagus (yardlong) beans are pole beans with pods that reach 3 feet in length. At this stage they are past their prime and should be used like southern peas. Harvest when pods are 10 to 12 inches long for use as a snap bean. Variety Red Seed—long, dark green pods. Bush lima beans (butter beans) are more sensitive to cold than snap beans, so delay planting until the soil temperature is at least 65 degrees. Both small- and large-seed types are used as green-shell beans. The small-seed limas produce better than the large-seed types. Most varieties require about 65 days from planting to harvest. Use treated, fresh seeds. Do not use last year’s dry garden beans for this year’s seeds because of dis-ease carryover problems. The major disease is stem anthracnose. Control this disease by using western-grown seeds and planting rotation in the gar-den. Do not plant lima beans in the same garden location where they were grown last year. Varieties Dixie Butterpea—white seed; 3 to 4 small, plump beans per pod; sets pods under high temperatures; large and vigorous plants; late maturing. Early Thorogreen—small, flat, rich-green baby lima; heavily produc-tive; sets throughout the plant; very adaptable and vigorous; green-seeded Henderson Bush. Henderson Bush—creamy white seed; 3 to 4 small, flat beans per pod; most popular older variety; small plant; productive; processing type. Jackson Wonder—speckled butter bean; seed buff with purple markings; beans small, greenish-white with pur-ple markings at green shell stage; medium-sized plant. Nemagreen—seeds greenish-white; 3 to 4 small, flat beans per pod; plants small; productive; resembles Henderson Bush; resistant to root-knot nematodes. Pole lima beans are grown like pole snap beans. Varieties Carolina (Sieva)—white seed; 3 to 4 beans per pod; pole type Henderson; popular old variety; widely grown; 80 days. Florida Speckled Butter Bean— seed buff, splashed with maroon; 3 to 4 small beans per pod; greenish with purple at green shell stage; bears well in hot weather; 78 days. Willowleaf—dull white seed; sim-ilar to Carolina, except dark green leaves are narrow; 90 days. Beets Beets require cool temperatures and a loose, moist soil for best pro-duction. An adequate supply of potash in the soil is necessary for roots to form. Test soil before planting. Beets do not tolerate acid soils. Beets are shallow-rooted, so never let the soil dry completely. Because beets require cool temperatures, you can grow them in spring and fall. Most beet seeds produce a small cluster of seedlings when they germi-nate. Even with individually placed seeds, thinning is necessary for cor-rect plant spacing. Thin seedlings to stand 2 inches apart. Beet seeds are slow to germinate, so mix in some radish seeds to mark the row. Poor stands of seedlings can often be traced to planting too deep or crusting soils after rain or irrigation. Black spots in beets may indicate a shortage of boron in sandy soil. Dissolve 1 level tablespoon of house-hold borax in 3 gallons of water and apply it to 100 feet of garden row as a corrective measure. Reduce the amount of borax for shorter rows because too much boron can be toxic to plants. Do not discard beet leaves; they are an excellent leafy green. You can also use the thinnings of young beets as greens. Beets require 60 to 70 days from planting to harvest. Harvested beets can be stored in the refrigerator in a plastic bag for several weeks. A variety with golden roots is available. Varieties Burpee’s Red Ball—uniform; smooth-skinned; globe-shaped; 3- inch dark red roots; tops erect; medi-um tall; red and green. Cylindra—long, cylindrical root that gives uniform slices; dark red; 6 inches long; leaves excellent as greens. Detroit Dark Red—an old stan-dard variety; globe shaped; smooth; uniform; deep red color. Golden Beet—yellow interior; orange skin. Ruby Queen—uniform; smooth; round with fine taproot; superior qual-ity; fine for canning; small crown; AAS 1957. Broccoli Broccoli is one of the most nutri-tious of all vegetables. The edible parts are the compact clusters of unopened flower buds and the attached stems. Each plant produces one large central head and often sev-eral smaller side heads following har-vest of the main head. This cool-sea-son vegetable grows in all parts of Mississippi in spring and fall, but fall production often is more successful. For spring broccoli, start plants in a cold frame 6 to 8 weeks before time for setting plants in the garden. This means starting in what seems mid-winter. Grow seedlings at cool tem-peratures and spaced at least one-half inch apart in rows 4 to 6 inches apart so they are hardy and able to with-stand cold temperatures when trans-planted. Seedlings can be grown in individ-ual cups or cells in plastic trays. Seedlings exposed to temperatures below 45 ºF for 2 weeks or more in plant beds may form small flower heads and be unproductive. Seedlings grown indoors, in a hot bed, or in a greenhouse often are killed by the first cold night after transplanting to the garden in early spring. Harden these seedlings for 1 to 2 weeks in a cold frame before setting them out. Use 1 cup of starter solution (page 9) for each plant when transplanting to the garden. Side-dress broccoli plants with a nitrogen fertilizer as soon as they begin active growth after transplanti-ng. A second side-dressing just before heading will help increase the size of the center heads. For fall broccoli, plant seeds directly in the garden where they are to grow. Keep the seed bed moist to prevent crusting and to aid germina-tion. Do not delay planting past rec-ommended dates waiting for moisture or for temperatures to cool. If water is not available to keep the seed bed and seedlings moist, do not direct seed. Fall broccoli is better in quality than spring broccoli because it matures as the weather is getting cool-er rather than warmer, but fall broc-coli has more insect problems than the spring crop. Control the major worm problems by spraying or dusting with a biological control containing Bacillus thuringiensis. Harvest broccoli while the cluster of flower buds is still tight. Open yel-low flowers indicate overmaturity. A hollow stalk may indicate a shortage of boron in the garden soil. Dissolve 1 tablespoon of household borax in 3 gallons of water and apply it to 100 feet of garden row. Use less borax for shorter row lengths. Using more than is recommended can be toxic to plants. Varieties Green Comet—hybrid; extra early; medium-sized, 6- to 7-inch uni-form heads; large side shoots; 61 to 75 days; AAS 1969. Packman—hybrid; very early; compact plant with large, flattened head; 62 days. Premium Crop—hybrid; midsea- Continued on next page 23
  • 24. son; medium large, 7- to 8-inch head; minimum of side shoots; 75 to 89 days; AAS 1975. Brussels Sprouts This cold-hardy, slow-growing, long-season vegetable is not frequent-ly grown in Mississippi gardens. The cool weather of neither spring nor fall is long enough for maximum yields. When attempting a spring crop, set plants early and side-dress as soon as active plant growth begins and again when sprouts form. For a fall crop, start plants in midsummer. Set plants 24 inches apart and keep them watered. Sprouts develop where leaves join the main stem. As sprouts develop, do not remove leaves. Lower sprouts mature first, and you can cut leaves when you harvest sprouts. Heat causes soft sprouts. Aphids often infest developing sprouts, making them inedible. Varieties Jade Cross—hybrid; vigorous plant; uniform sprouts closely spaced; 11⁄2 inches in diameter; 90 days; AAS 1959. Long Island—sprouts 11⁄2 inches in diameter; firm; plants 32 to 34 inches tall; 90 days. Cabbage Cabbage can be green or red, smooth or curly (savoy), and have flat or pointed heads. Cabbage is grown exactly as described for broccoli in both spring and fall. When purchasing cabbage plants in spring, beware of large plants or those with stems as large as a pencil. Bundled, bare-root trans-plants with large, woody stems may flower without forming a head. When growing transplants, select varieties that mature over several weeks to extend the harvest season from a single planting. Also, pur-chased transplants of a non-hybrid (open-pollinated) variety mature over several weeks. Use starter solution (page 9) when setting transplants in the garden. As cabbage matures, head-split-ting results from the pressure of water taken up by the plants after the heads are solid. Soft heads indicate lack of maturity. Serious insect problems for cab-bage are aphids and cabbage worms. The major diseases, black leg and black rot, are seed-borne and difficult to control except by purchasing dis-ease- free seeds and plants. Varieties Red Head—hybrid; main season; red; 85 days; AAS 1971. Rio Verde—hybrid; heads slightly flattened; strong blue-green; main season late; 85 days. Round Dutch—open-pollinated; old, popular garden variety; most commonly sold as transplants; main season; round, green head; tolerant to cold weather; resistant to bolting; 75 days. Ruby Ball—hybrid; very deep red; solid, round head; 5 to 6 inches across; 70 days; AAS 1972. Savoy Ace—hybrid; savoy heads of deep green; round; 78 days; AAS 1977. Chinese Cabbage Several different vegetables are commonly called Chinese cabbage. There are both heading and nonhead-ing types. Michihli types form tall, cylindrical heads. A second type, Napa, forms heads similar to loose heads of savoy cabbage. A third type, Pak Choi or Bok Choi, often called celery cabbage, resembles swiss chard and is nonheading. All types rapidly go to seed in warm weather, which makes them better suited for fall rather than spring gardens. Sow seeds in early fall and thin seedlings to stand 8 to 12 inches apart. It is important that the plant growth not be interrupted. Varieties China Express—hybrid; early, slow-bolting Napa type; for spring planting; disease resistant. China Pride—hybrid; rugged Napa type; best for fall; broad, large heads; good, dark green color; disease tolerant. Monument—hybrid; Michihili type; 18 inches tall; dense head with deep green outer color and white inte-rior; 80 days. What-A Joy—Pac Choi hybrid; Joy Choi is white-stalked. Carrots Mississippi’s high clay content, poorly drained soils are not suited for developing long, straight carrots, so select varieties that are only 6 to 8 inches long. Carrots are sensitive to acid soils. Raised beds filled with improved soil allow you to grow car-rots where they wouldn’t grow in native soil. Carrot seeds are slow to germi-nate, and germination may not be uni-form. Hard, packing rains following planting and before germination result in a poor stand or no stand at all. Mix some radish seeds with carrot seeds to mark the row. Carrot seeds germinate best in a warm, moist soil. Cover the planted row with clear plastic or a floating row cover to help get a good stand. Remove the plastic immediate-ly after germination, but you can leave the polyester row cover over the seedlings until they make some growth. To aid emergence, cover the seeds with a noncrusting material like sawdust, sand, or vermiculite, and keep the newly seeded row moist. Thin seedlings to stand about 2 inches apart. Green shoulders on carrots result from sunburn. Pull a little soil to the row when cultivating to keep carrots covered. Misshapen, twisted, and forked carrots result from clay soils, sticks, roots, stones, or root knot nematodes. Varieties Danvers 126—fresh use and pro-cessing type; tolerates high tempera-tures; moderately tapered; stump root 6 to 8 inches long; broad shoulder; open pollinated; 75 days. Red Cored Chantenay—process-ing type; choice for heavy soils; tapered; short, thick stump root; 4 to 6 inches long; heavy shoulder; 68 days. Cauliflower Cauliflower is grown much like broccoli and cabbage, but plants are less tolerant of heat and cold. Start from transplants in spring. Direct seed or use transplants in fall. Select early maturing varieties to avoid late spring heat and late fall cold. Cauliflower plants are more sensitive to spring freezes than broccoli or cabbage. Cauliflower plants must be kept growing vigorously from germination through harvest. Any interruption in growth caused by drought, heat, or cold can cause the edible head to fail to develop (button). Use a starter solu-tion (page 9) when setting plants in the garden. Some of the new cauliflower hybrids are self-blanching (leaves fold over developing head), eliminat-ing the need for tying outer leaves to ensure a white head. With nonself-blanching types, tie the large outer leaves loosely together over the center of the plant when the small head is 2 to 3 inches in diameter. The head should be ready to harvest 7 to 12 days after tying the leaves. Cut the head before it develops a coarse, ricey appearance. Cauliflower plants make only a single head. Downy mildew can be a serious disease problem. Aphids, cabbage loopers, and import-ed cabbage moths are major insect pests. Varieties Majestic—hybrid; earlier than Snow Crown; heads 7 inches across; 66 days. Snow Crown—hybrid; early Snowball type; white heads up to 8 inches across; 68 days; AAS 1975. Snow King—hybrid; extra early; withstands heat; ideal for fall; 60 days; AAS 1969. Swiss Chard Swiss chard is a close relative of the garden beet that does not develop an edible root. Grow chard just like beets, but space the plants 4 to 6 inches apart in the row. Harvest chard by cutting the entire plant or by removing the large outer leaves, leaving the smaller leaves to develop for future harvests. If wa-tered, spring-planted chard may sur-vive the summer to produce leaves for fall harvest. The green portion of the leaf can be stripped off, leaving the broad mid-rib, which can be steamed and eaten like asparagus. There are several varieties of chard; the biggest difference among them is that some varieties have brightly colored stems. The red-stemmed varieties may be mistaken for rhubarb but cannot be used as a rhubarb substitute. Because of its upright growth and large, attractive leaves, chard can be used as an ornamental in borders and display beds. Varieties Bright Lights—red, yellow, pur-ple, and green petioles. Lucullus—early; leaves crumpled; dark green; broad, pale-green petiole. Rhubarb—crimson stalks; leaves dark green; heavily crumpled. Collards This leafy green seems to be in gardens year-round but is at its best in spring and fall during cool weather. Early spring plantings produce edible leaves right through summer if watered and fertilized, and if insects are controlled. Some gardeners prefer to harvest the large, mature lower leaves, leav-ing young leaves and the growing bud to produce more leaves for later har-vests. Other gardeners harvest leaves from young plants by cutting them from the plants, leaving the growing buds to produce leaves for later har-vests. Collard seeds are sometimes planted in May, June, or July for sum-mer transplants and fall harvest. Collards are relatively heavy feed-ing plants and require side-dressing with a nitrogen fertilizer. The most popular old varieties, Georgia LS (long standing) and Vates, are both relatively slow to go to seed. Vates is the preferred variety for overwinter-ing. Major insect problems are aphids and leaf-eating worms. Larvae of cab-bage loopers and imported cabbage moths are serious pests in late spring, summer, and early fall. Varieties Vates—standard older variety for overwintering; good resistance to bolting; low-growing, compact. Georgia LS—spring and summer planting not recommended for over-wintering. Blue Max—hybrid; slightly savoyed, large leaves that extend down the petioles; blue-green color; mild taste; upright, vigorous, compact plant. Champion—Vates type with longer standing ability. Sweet Corn Seed companies have offered an explosion of new sweet corn hybrids in recent years. Sweet corn varieties can be divided into three broad groups: normal sweets, sugary enhanced sweets, and super sweets. Within the sugary enhanced group there are two types: those with 100 percent of the kernels being sugary and those with about 25 percent of the kernels being sugary. Both the normal sweets and the sugary enhanced are excellent types for gardens because seeds are normal in size and germi-nate well. Super sweet seeds are small, and conditions must be ideal for good ger-mination. Super sweet seedlings are slower to establish than the normal and sugary enhanced types. The super sweets have a sugar content that is two to three times higher than that of normal sweet corn and a slow conver-sion rate of sugar to starch. Therefore, super sweets hold up well on plants and in the refrigerator. Both the normal sweet and the sug-ary enhanced sweet corns have fairly rapid rates of conversion of sugar to starch, but these sweet corns also have a creamy texture, while super sweets are more crisp and watery. 24 Continued on next page
  • 25. In addition to differences in sugar content, sweet corn also comes in dif-ferent colors: yellow, white, and bicolor (yellow and white kernels on the same ear). Sweet corns also are divided into varieties that mature early (65 to 70 days), midseason (70 to 80 days), and late (80 or more days). Most early varieties are better adapted to the northern states and do not make satis-factory growth or ear size in the south. For an ear of corn to develop prop-erly, corn pollen from the tassel at the top of the plant must fall to the silks of the ear located about halfway up the stalk. Plant several short rows, rather than one or two long rows, for better pollination. Better pollination means fuller ears. Hot, dry conditions during pollination result in missing kernels, small ears, and poor development of ear tips. A water shortage, signaled by visible wilting (rolling of the leaves), at the time of silk emergence results in reduced yields and quality. When different varieties of sweet corn planted close together silk and tassel at the same time, crosspolli-nation can occur by wind-blown pollen. This may result in something as simple as yellow kernels scat-tered in the ears of white corn; but more important is the reduction in quality when super sweet corns are pollinated by any other type of sweet corn. Therefore, isolate the super sweets from other sweet corns by time of planting so that they silk and tassel at different times; or iso-late them by a distance greater than the pollen is carried by the wind. If popcorn and field corn pollinate any type of sweet corn, they will destroy its eating quality. Soil fertility problems frequently cause low yields in sweet corn. If soils are cold and wet during early plant-ing, deficiencies of nitrogen and phos-phorus will occur. Small ears at har-vest indicate low fertility, and poorly filled ear tips indicate low nitrogen, phosphorus, or potassium. Corn earworms are the most seri-ous sweet corn pests, although chinch bugs, flea beetles, blister beetles, and armyworms also cause serious dam-age. As soon as silks appear, spray or dust to control earworms. Continue to apply insecticide on a 3- to 4-day schedule until silks are brown and dry. Sweet corn is ready to harvest about 20 days after the first silks appear. The ear should feel full, the kernels should be plump, and the juice should be milky in the normal and sugary enhanced types. Birds are a problem at planting time and at harvest time. They pull seedlings from the soil to feed on the kernels and also feed on the ears as they approach maturity. Problems with animals, such as raccoons and squirrels, feeding on sweet corn as it matures are difficult to prevent. You can prevent some damage by using a 2-strand electric fence around the garden. Place one wire about 4 inch-es aboveground and the other at about 12 inches. The electric fence should be in operation well before corn approaches maturity. Varieties Normal type Jubilee—yellow; large ear; white silk; late. Merit—yellow; tolerant to high temperatures and drought; large, heavy ears; smut resistant; sometimes called silkless because silks come off ears easily; midseason to late. Silver Queen—white; exceptional quality; late. Sweet G-90—bicolor; very tender and sweet; 75 days. Sugary Enhanced (se) Bodacious—homozygous se; yel-low; early (75 days); medium-sized ear; excellent eating. Calico Belle—bicolor; homozy-gous se; midseason; medium-sized ear; excellent eating; good yields. Incredible—yellow; an improved Miracle; good husk protection and tip fill; 100 percent se; late. Miracle—yellow; excellent flavor; tender kernels; large ears; midseason. Platinum Lady—white; excellent flavor; purple color in stalks and husks; early to midseason. Snowbelle—white; creamy tex-ture; 1 week earlier than Silver Queen. Tendertreat–yellow; excellent fla-vor and tender; purple color in stalks and husks; tall plants; late. Super Sweet (sh2) How Sweet It Is—white; 8-inch ears; late; requires isolation; 88 days; AAS 1986. Summer Sweet 7210—yellow; 8- inch ears; midseason; requires isola-tion; 78 days. Cucumbers Cucumbers are divided into two broad groups, pickling and slicing, on the basis of shape and color. Pickling types are short and blocky and have white or black spines on the cucumber (spines are small and easily overlooked). Fruit are generally dark green at stem end and may be almost white at blossom end. Fruit with white spines turn light yellow or white when overmature. Black-spined types turn orange. Slicing cucumbers have long fruit, are generally dark green from stem to tip, and have white spines. Grow slic-ing cucumbers on a trellis for straight, uniformly colored fruit. Fruit types may actually be used interchangeably (except in veg-etable shows), and the two types crosspollinate. The normal type of cucumber plants have separate male (short stem and pollen) and female (little cucum-ber and pollen-receiving organ) flow-ers on the same plant. This condition is called monoecious. Some of the newer hybrids are described as being predominantly female, or gynoecious. These plants produce few if any male flowers. Seed packets of gynoecious hybrids generally have about 15 per-cent seeds of a pollinator (normal plants with male flowers) mixed in. Until recently, all garden cucum-bers required pollination for fruit to develop, and the cucumbers had seeds in them. Plant breeders are now devel-oping seedless (parthenocarpic) vari-eties that develop without pollination and seeds. All cucumbers must be harvested before blossom ends soften or fruits begin to yellow. Smaller sizes are more desirable for pickling than the larger fruit, which can be used for rel-ish or mock spiced apple slices. Harvest slicing cucumbers before seed coats on the seeds begin to hard-en. Remove all overmature, large, and poorly shaped fruit from the vines to keep plants producing. Poor fruit shape (crooks, nubs, and balls) is caused by low soil fertility, drought, or poor pollination. A cucumber is almost 95 percent water, so lack of water affects fruit develop-ment and quality. Bitter cucumbers result from poor growing conditions (low soil fertility, high temperatures, and drought). Varieties are now available that do not become bitter, but this is no excuse for neglecting the plants. Cucumbers do not crosspollinate with melons, squash, or pumpkins, but they do cross with other varieties of cucumbers. This has no impact on the fruit being harvested and should be of concern only if you save seeds. Since most modern varieties are hybrids, saving seeds is not recom-mended. Cucumber seedlings that are not grown in small pots or containers do not transplant easily, so plant seeds where they are to grow; or start seedlings in peat pots, pellets, or cups, and set them in the garden before the first true leaf enlarges. Most new cucumber hybrids are resistant to major diseases. Problem-causing insects are cucumber beetles, squash bugs, and pickleworms. Varieties Pickling type Calypso—gynoecious hybrid; multiple disease resistance; uniform dark green; blocky; white spine; 56 days. Carolina—gynoecious hybrid; multiple disease resistance; medium-length vine; medium dark green; blocky fruit; white spine; 55 days. Slicing type Ashley—straight, slightly tapered fruit; 7 to 8 inches long; 66 days. Cherokee—gynoecious hybrid; 7 to 71⁄2 inches long; 63 days. Gemini—gynoecious hybrid; mul-tiple disease resistance; 8 to 81⁄2 inches long; 61 days. General Lee—tolerates cucumber mosaic virus. Poinsett 76—open-pollinated; monoecious; 7 to 8 inches long; mul-tiple disease resistance. Salad Bush—monoecious hybrid with short (24-inch) vines; multiple disease tolerance; dark green fruit; adapted to containers, hanging bas-kets, and small gardens; AAS 1988. Slicemaster—early gynoecious hybrid with multiple disease toler-ance; 8 to 9 inches long; dark green color; 61 days. Straight 8—white spine; AAS 1938 and still productive! Sweet Success—greenhouse type; seedless; 12 to 14 inches long; best grown on trellis; some disease toler-ance; AAS 1983. Sweet Slice—hybrid; multiple dis-ease tolerance; mild burpless; nonbit-ter; 10 to 12 inches long; 63 days. Thunder—very early; strong dis-ease package. Eggplant Eggplant is an extremely cold-sen-sitive vegetable, and early planting results in stunted plants. Direct seed-ing in the garden is not recommended. Start with transplants, either home grown or purchased. Use a starter solution (page 9) when setting out transplants. You have a broad choice of vari-eties when ordering seeds from a cat-alog, but there is often little or no choice of varieties when purchasing plants. Most plant producers grow only Black Beauty, the old standard, late-maturing variety. New varieties and hybrids offer high yields, earli-ness, and a choice of size, shape, and color. Eggplant is in the garden from spring planting until frost, so mulch plants to reduce summer’s heat and drought stress. Side-dress eggplant when plants are half grown and again after first harvest. Several diseases and insects attack eggplant. The most serious disease is Phomopsis fruit rot. The most serious insect pest is the flea beetle. This small, black insect eats many tiny holes in the leaves and may defoliate and kill plants. Varieties Black Beauty—old standard; low-spreading, bushy plant; fruit round to globe and dark purple; 80 days. Florida Market—prolific over a long season; plants tall and upright; fruit long, cylindrical, glossy dark purple; Phomopsis resistant; 85 days. Dusky—hybrid; extra early; free setting heavy yielder; fruit deep oval, glossy black; tolerant to tobacco mosaic virus; 63 days. Millionaire—Oriental type with purple-calyxed, black fruit. Endive and Escarole These two strong-flavored leafy greens are commonly used in salads. Both are cool-season vegetables like lettuce and are best grown like head lettuce; transplants in spring and direct seeding in fall. Endive has curly, finely cut leaves, while escarole has broad, flat leaves. Both have a somewhat coarse texture and a strong flavor that some interpret as bitter. Varieties Florida Deep Heart—broad, dark green leaves, creamy white heart; escarole type; 85 days. Green Curled—finely cut, curled leaves; endive type; 95 days. Gourds Gourds are divided into several groups based on use and flower color. The small, hard-shelled ornamental gourds used for decoration have yel-low flowers. Varieties within this group are Apple, Bell, Egg, and Crown of Thorns. Ornamental gourds belong to the same botanical group as summer squash, and they do crosspollinate. The ultility gourds, dipper and birdhouse, have white flowers. The dishrag gourd (luffa) is a utility gourd with yellow flowers. This gourd can be eaten when young and is also known as running okra. The fruit can reach 2 feet in length and have promi-nent ribs, or it can be smooth. Gourds are grown the same way as muskmelons, cucumbers, squash, and pumpkins. Vines are vigorous and spreading and will readily climb a support or trellis. Trellising results in better shaped gourds and keeps them off the ground, reducing rotting and soil staining. Plant seeds about 1 inch deep when soil is warm and danger of frost is over. Space plants about 2 feet apart when not trellising. Utility and luffa gourds have large, vigorous vines and require a long growing season. Although mature gourds are not hurt by frost, vines of all types are sensi-tive to frost. Fertilize as for squash and water-melons. Side-dress when the vines begin to run. Harvest ornamental gourds in August or September when fruits Continued on next page 25
  • 26. become hard. Harvest dipper gourds when they turn tan or brown and luffa gourds when skin is yellow and can be easily removed. Harvest using clippers to avoid twisting or breaking the stems. Handle carefully to avoid cuts and bruises. Following harvest, wash the orna-mental, dipper, and birdhouse gourds in a non-bleaching disinfectant and place them in a dry location with good air circulation until thoroughly dry. Cure dipper and birdhouse gourds for several weeks in a warm, dry place. Gourds are very hard, and the seeds rattle when completely dry. With luffa gourds, remove the yel-low skin and seeds from the fresh gourds. Remaining fibers can be washed and dried in the sun. Luffa gourds dried with the skin on must be soaked in water for several days to soften the skin to ease its removal. Remove seeds, wash fiber mass, and dry in the sun. After drying, colorful ornamental gourds can be waxed or dipped in shellac and hung by their stems to dry. Major insect pests of gourds are cucumber beetles, squash bugs, squash vine borers, and pickleworms. Horseradish Horseradish is a hardy perennial plant that is normally grown as an annual. This cool-season root crop is not well adapted to Mississippi’s cli-mate and soils. Start in early spring with root cut-tings (sets) that are 8 to 14 inches long. Plant them 18 to 24 inches apart and 4 to 5 inches deep in a trench. Water and mulch to keep soil cool. Horseradish does best in deep, loose, fertile soil. Use a fertilizer high in potash to promote good root develop-ment. Keep side shoots removed to force development of one large root. This requires digging around the crown to cut off the side shoots. Harvest in the fall after frost. Side roots not removed during growth can be removed at harvest, stored, and used to start another crop. Jerusalem Artichokes (Sunchokes) This relative of the sunflower pro-duces fleshy tubers you can boil, fry, or eat raw. In the spring, plant small tubers 2 to 3 inches deep and 18 to 24 inches apart. Stalks reach several feet in height and produce masses of attrac-tive yellow flowers before frost in the fall. Tubers can be harvested all winter and are best left in the ground until needed. Keep harvested tubers in a plastic bag in the refrigerator to pre-vent shrinkage. Beware of this plant. It quickly becomes a weed from small tubers left in the ground at harvest. Kale This close relative of cabbage and collards is best grown in the fall gar-den. Light frost improves the flavor, and in some years, kale plants sur-vive the winter to produce an early spring crop of leaves. Sow seeds directly in the garden in late summer, and thin plants to stand 8 to 12 inches apart. Harvest the lower leaves, or cut the entire plant. Aphids and leaf-eating worms, such as cabbage loopers and import-ed cabbage moths, are the most seri-ous pests. Kale is available in two different types—a curly-leafed type that is normally used for eating and an orna-mental type used for garnish. Be sure to grow the correct variety for eating. Varieties Dwarf Siberian—hardy; vigor-ous; large, coarse leaves; deep bluish-green color. Vates—low, spreading; hardy; slow bolting; leaves curled. Winterbor—very curly leaves; cold tolerant. Kohlrabi Known as stem turnip, kohlrabi is a rapid-maturing, cool-season veg-etable that can be grown in both the spring and fall garden. This vegetable is not widely grown by Southern gar-deners even though the hybrid variety, Grand Duke, was named an All America Selection in 1979. Kohlrabi grows very well in Mississippi and is becoming popular as an alternative to chips for snack food. Thinly sliced raw roots are used with dips. Thin seedlings to stand about 4 inches apart. Keep plants watered and fertilized so they won’t become woody. The swollen stem can reach several inches in diameter but should be harvested at the 2-inch size. Varieties Grand Duke—hybrid; early; vig-orous; 50 days; AAS 1979. Purple Vienna—leaves and stem purple; stem flesh white; 55 days. White Vienna—standard variety; light green; 55 days. Lettuce Both leaf and head lettuce grow well in Mississippi gardens in spring and fall. Leaf lettuce is more cold hardy, faster maturing, more shade tolerant, and a few varieties are more heat tolerant than head lettuce. Start plants in a cold frame in late winter or early spring for transplant-ing to the garden, or sow seeds direct-ly in the garden. Head lettuce seeds sown directly in the garden in very early spring make a good crop if May is a relatively cool month. Remember, garden head lettuce doesn’t have to form a solid head before being har-vested and used. Lettuce transplants easily, and plants with plenty of growing space develop more quickly than those in the crowded seed row. Thin leaf let-tuce to at least 4 inches apart, butter-head bibb types to 6 inches apart, and crisp head types to 10 to 12 inches apart. All types of lettuce are relatively heavy feeders and need high nitrogen fertility. Because the root system is small and shallow, keep soil moist to promote rapid, constant growth. Lettuce does not grow well in hot weather without plenty of moisture, and even then it may become tough and bitter and go to seed. Varieties Crisp head types Great Lakes—medium-sized; solid head; large, dark green wrapper leaves; slow bolting; frost resistant; resistant to tip burn; AAS 1944. Leaf types Black Seeded Simpson—old vari-ety; large, upright plant; light green leaves; heavily frilled. Grand Rapids—old popular home garden variety; large, erect, compact leaves; light green; wavy. Prize Head—early; curled and frilly; outer leaves reddish-brown, inner leaves medium green. Red Sails—deep bronzy-red ruf-fled leaves; attractive; slow to bolt; AAS 1952. Salad Bowl—slow to bolt; large, upright leaves; light green; deeply notched; AAS 1952. SloBolt—long-standing Grand Rapids type. Butterhead types Butternut Crunch—long standing bibb type; dark green outside leaves; AAS 1963. Muskmelons (Cantaloupes) Muskmelons are popular with gar-deners who have plenty of space to accommodate their spreading vines. Muskmelons do not tolerate cool temperatures or transplanting very well, so wait until the soil is warm before planting seeds. To warm the soil, use black plastic mulch, floating row covers, or plastic tunnels. Start transplants in individual containers like peat pots, and move them to the garden shortly after the seeds germi-nate and the soil is warm. Muskmelons can be grown on a trellis, but the fruit must be supported with a sling. Control the vigorous vines by pinching out the growing ter-minals once the melon crop has set. Bees are necessary for pollination. Muskmelons do not crosspollinate with cucumbers, squash, or watermel-ons, so off-flavor and poor quality are attributed to growing conditions (excess water while ripening, low soil fertility, and hot, cloudy weather). Many newer hybrid varieties are resistant to major diseases. Varieties Ambrosia—hybrid; excellent fla-vor; 4-pound melons; light orange flesh; resistant to downy and powdery mildews. Dixie Jumbo—hybrid; replace-ment for Hales Best Jumbo; salmon flesh; 4-pound melons; resistant to downy and powdery mildews. Hales Best 36—round; well-net-ted; small seed cavity; salmon flesh; 87 days. Magnum 45—hybrid; early; 3- pound melons; deep orange flesh; resistant to powdery mildew. Mission—hybrid; western shipper type with no sutures; deep salmon flesh; 3- to 4-pound melons; resistant to powdery mildew. Mustard Greens Mustard greens are quick and easy to grow in spring and fall. Mustard does not tolerate heat and bolts (runs to seed) when weather warms in late spring. Plant seeds 4 to 6 weeks before the last frost in spring and 6 to 8 weeks before the first frost in fall. Several plantings, a couple of weeks apart, provide a continuous supply of mustard. Harvest by cut-ting entire plants, breaking off only the large leaves, or cutting plants to within an inch or so of the crowns, permitting regrowth for a second har-vest. Curly leaved varieties trap a lot of sand that is difficult to wash off. Varieties Florida Broad Leaf—broad, flat leaf; sawtooth edge; the most popular garden variety. Green Wave—very curly leaf; AAS 1957. Southern Giant Curled—very curly leaf. Tendergreen (Mustard Spinach)—strap-shaped leaf; smooth. Okra Okra is a hot-weather vegetable. Most varieties make large plants that require a fair amount of garden space. When two rows are planted side by side, leave extra space between the rows and on both sides to allow for easy harvesting. Okra seeds are hard. Soak them in water overnight before planting to speed germination. Space the seed about 4 inches apart in the row and thin seedlings to the recommended spacing, or plant groups of two or three seeds at the recommended final spacing and thin seedling groups to one plant. Planting through black plastic mulch is recom-mended to promote earliness. Okra seedlings are sensitive to cool, wet soils and cool air temperatures. Acid soils result in poor pod development. A second planting of okra seeds about 6 weeks after the first planting ensures plenty of tender pods in late summer and fall when production on the early planting is declining. Cut back tall okra plants to a height of 3 to 4 feet to promote branching, to make harvesting easier, and to renew the plants. Side-dress with a nitrogen fertilizer at the same time. Harvest okra pods by snapping or cutting frequently. Even the spineless varieties cause some skin irritation, so wear long sleeves when harvesting. Disease problems are generally minimal, but okra is sensitive to root knot nematodes. Insect pests are corn earworms, stink bugs, and ants. Varieties Annie Oakley—hybrid; Clemson Spineless type; spineless pods slightly ribbed. Burgundy—burgundy-colored pods; dwarf plants grow to only 4 feet; plant has ornamental appeal with red in stems and leaves; AAS 1988. 26 Continued on next page
  • 27. Cajun Delight—five-sided; dark green pods. Clemson Spineless—leading home garden variety; straight pods tapered, ridged, spineless; less foliage than Perkins Spineless; 65 days; AAS 1939. Onions Onions are grown for green-topped salad onions and dry bulb onions. Select a loose, fertile soil and start with transplants, small dry bulbs (sets), or seeds. Set out transplants in late winter and early spring, depend-ing on location, and use for both salad and bulb onions. Onion sets planted in early spring also produce salad onions and bulbs. Fall-planted sets produce fall salad onions and when overwin-tered, produce spring salad onions and bulbs. Onion seeds are normally planted in fall (September to October) for the production of transplants, but few gar-deners go to the trouble of raising their own onion plants. Separate onion sets into two sizes—smaller than a dime and larger than a dime—before planting. The small sets planted in spring make bulb onions, and planted in fall, may sur-vive the winter to make bulb onions. Large sets planted in spring or fall generally flower and should be used for green salad onions since onion plants that flower do not mature into good dry bulbs. Space sets and transplants for bulb onions 4 to 6 inches apart in the gar-den row. Onion plants have shallow roots and are subject to injury from dry soils. Side-dress with a nitrogen fertilizer once or twice to encourage strong and vigorous growth. As onion bulbs begin to mature, the tops yellow and fall over. Lifting the bulbs gently with a turning fork to break some of the roots hastens maturity. Do not bend over the tops to hasten maturity. This practice reduces bulb size and opens the onions to neck rot. The onion varieties grown for bulbs in the South do not make strong-flavored, hard-storage type bulbs. The soft, sweet Southern onions keep for several weeks, but plan to use them rapidly. Varieties Crystal Wax—white skin and flesh; standard variety; flat, medium-sized bulb; soft, mild flesh; also used for green salad onions. Granex 33—Vidalia type onion; hybrid; thick, flat globe shape; yellow skin; fair storage quality; mild, sweet flavor; susceptible to pink root. Granex 429—yellow skin; deeper shape than Granex 33 and several days later maturing; mild, sweet flavor. Texas Grano-1015 Y—yellow skin; globe shape; sweet and mild; resistant to pink root. Southern Peas Field pea, cowpea, and protepea all are names used for the southern pea. There are numerous types and varieties with many old family favorites in the seed trade. Gardeners classify peas several different ways: seed color, pea size and shape, and pod color. Small-sized pea and pod types are referred to as lady peas. Other common types are crowders, creams, blackeyes, pinkeyes, purple hulls, and silver skins. Do not plant this warm-weather vegetable early in cool soil. Peas grow in all soil types but are sensitive to high levels of nitrogen fertilizer and respond by making all vine and few pods. Older varieties have a tendency to make a vine; newer varieties are semi-vining to bush type. Seed quality and variety are important to success when growing peas. Varieties such as Mississippi Silver, Mississippi Purple, Magnolia Blackeye, Mississippi Cream, and Mississippi Pinkeye have multiple disease resistance (fusarium, root knot nematode, and several strains of virus) and perform better than vari-eties that possess no disease resist-ance, such as California Blackeye, Knuckle Purple Hull, and Bunch Pinkeye. Major disease problems are fusari-um wilt, several viruses, root knot nematodes, and pod rots. The most serious insect problems are cowpea curculios, aphids, and stink bugs. Varieties Louisiana Quickpick—bears pink-eyed, purple-hulled pods above the foliage. Magnolia Blackeye—green pea is light green to cream with black eye; mature green pod is light green to cream; mature pods are tan; plant is small, and pods are not held up well; plants have multiple disease resist-ance. Mississippi Purple—brown crow-der type; green pea is large, turning to brown seed; mature pod light green to purple turning brown when dry; semi-vining type plant with multiple dis-ease resistance. Mississippi Silver—brown crow-der type; green pea is large turning to brown seed; mature pod is green turn-ing silvery and then yellow; large, semi-vining plant with multiple dis-ease resistance. Pinkeye Purple Hull-BVR—a typ-ical pinkeye type but with resistance to blackeye cowpea mosaic virus. Peas (English, Snap, Snow) English peas require early spring planting in order to mature before warm weather destroys them. Prepare the planting site in fall by adding all fertilizer except nitrogen. Prepare a high bed so that planting is possible when the rest of the garden may be too wet. Some varieties of English peas have smooth seeds and others have wrinkled seeds. Smooth-seeded peas have a starchy flavor, even when young, and are used mostly for can-ning. Wrinkled-seeded peas are sweet when young and are slower to lose quality. Soil temperatures at planting should be at least 45 °F for good ger-mination. Plant seeds 1 inch deep and 1 inch apart. Allow 8 to 10 inches between double rows. Some form of support makes harvesting easier and keeps vines off the ground, reducing losses to pod rot. Tall varieties must be supported. Double rows of short vine types support themselves. Mulch to keep soil around roots cool and moist. Grow sugar peas (snow peas) the same way as English peas. Harvest edible pods while still young and ten-der, and before peas enlarge. Edible-podded peas are also grown like English peas. Plants and pods resem-ble English peas, but the pods as well as the enlarged peas are eaten togeth-er without shelling. Sugar Snap, a 1979 AAS Gold Medal winner, has tall vines that require support. More recently developed varieties have short vines. Varieties English peas Alaska—smooth seed; canning type; early; 28-inch vines; 52 days. Green Arrow—midseason; wrin-kled seed; 24- to 28-inch vine; 41⁄2- inch pods; 9 to 11 peas per pod; resist-ant to downy mildew and fusarium wilt; 68 days. Little Marvel—old variety; wrin-kled seed; 15-inch vines; early; 3-inch pod; 6 to 8 peas per pod; dark green pea; 62 days. Thomas Laxton—early; wrinkled seed; 28- to 34-inch vine; 31⁄2-inch pod; 6 to 8 peas per pod; large pea; excellent quality; 61 days. Wando—midseason to late; small pod; 24- to 30-inch vine; tolerates some heat; 3-inch pod; 6 to 8 peas per pod; 70 days. Snap peas Snappy—large pods; 8 to 9 peas; vines 6 feet; mildew resistant; 63 days. Sugar Ann—bush-type plant; 18 to 24 inches tall; AAS 1984. Sugar Bon—2- to 3-inch pods; weather tolerant; vines 18 to 24 inch-es; powdery mildew resistant; 56 days. Sugar Daddy—stringless; easy to pick; 74 days. Sugar Snap—4- to 6-foot vine; thick-walled, edible pod; 21⁄2- to 31⁄2- inch pods; wilt resistant; 68 days; AAS 1979. Snow peas Dwarf Gray Sugar—early; 3-inch, light green pods; vines 2 feet tall. Mammoth Melting Sugar—4-inch pods; 4-foot wilt-resistant vines. Oregon Sugar Pod II—4-inch pods; 28-inch disease resistant vines. Peanuts Peanuts are divided into four gen-eral categories according to plant and nut types: Virginia, Runner, Spanish, and Valencia. Virginia and Runner types are mostly low-growing plants with two large seeds per pod and are the best garden types. Spanish and Valencia types are mostly erect plants, small-seeded, with the Spanish hav-ing two to three seeds, and the Valencia three to four seeds per pod. Peanuts grow best on coarse-tex-tured, sandy loam soils. On fine-tex-tured soils, the Virginia and Runner types are difficult to harvest, and many pods may be left in the ground. Peanuts are good users of residual fertilizer in the soil and may not need additional fertilizer. Soils of low fer-tility require about 10 pounds of 0-24- 24 or equivalent per 1,000 square feet. Soils of medium fertility require about 7 pounds per 1,000 square feet. Peanuts are very sensitive to low soil pH and low levels of soil calcium. Remove seeds that are still in the pods, being careful not to damage the seed coat or split the seed. Use one-half pound of seed per 100 feet of row. Virginia and Runner types require 3 feet between rows, with plants 3 to 4 inches apart in the row. Plant Spanish types closer together (in rows 2 feet apart with 2 to 3 inches between plants). Plant on a wide, slightly raised bed. Cover seeds with 11⁄2 to 2 inches of coarse-textured soil. On fine-textured soils, 1 inch is deep enough. Inoculate the peanut seed where a well nodulated peanut or southern pea crop was not grown on the garden site the preceding year. Buy a fresh com-mercial peanut inoculant and apply it to the seed immediately before planting. To prevent poorly developed pods, sprinkle about 21⁄2 pounds of gypsum or basic slag per 100 feet of garden row over the plants when they begin to flower. Because peanut plants are low-growing, close cultivation is difficult. Keep weeds under control and soil free from crusts that interfere with the pegs (young undeveloped peanuts) entering the ground. Do not throw or pull soil to the plants while cultivating because this kills leaves, interferes with flowering, and increases the chance for disease. Once pods are developing in the soil, cultivation causes injury and weeding close to the plants must be done by hand. Peanuts are relatively tolerant to dry soils when compared to some other garden vegetables. However, they need plenty of water when flow-ering vigorously and when pegs are entering the soil. A water shortage at this time greatly reduces yields. Water is also important as harvest approach-es. Do not water peanuts as they begin to mature. The Virginia and Runner types have good seed dormancy, but Spanish types may sprout if watered. As peanuts mature, leaves turn yellow. Since plants flower over a period of weeks, all pods do not mature at the same time. False matu-rity (plants yellowing) caused by dis-ease reduces yields. From 120 to 150 days are required from planting to maturity. Dig when about 75 percent of the inner hulls of Spanish types and 65 percent of the inner hulls of Runner types are brown. Dig the whole plant with a turning fork, being careful to break off as few pods as possible. Freshly dug green peanuts are excellent for boiling. After several days of exposure to good drying conditions, the moisture content of the peanuts drops from 50 percent to about 20 percent. Move plants to a warm, airy place for 2 to 3 weeks to complete curing before pulling the nuts from the plants. Yields vary with planting date, soil pH, growing conditions, and type grown. Virginia and Runner types yield about 1 bushel (green-35 to 45 pounds; dry-15 pounds) of peanuts per 100 feet of row. Major diseases attacking garden peanuts are leafspot, stem and pod rot, and nematodes. Control these dis-eases by changing the location of peanuts in the garden every year. Also, remove all dead plants and leaves from the garden site or turn them under in the fall to allow time for decomposition. Control most leafspot diseases by regularly applying fungicides contain-ing chlorothalonil or maneb. Sanitation is the best way to control stem and pod rot caused by southern blight. Control velvet bean caterpillars, corn earworms, fall armyworms, and thrips with carbaryl (Sevin). Control aphids with malathion. Peppers Garden peppers, both hot and sweet, are generally purchased as transplants from a local distributor at Continued on next page 27
  • 28. planting time. Peppers grow well on black plastic mulch. Use a starter solution when setting plants in the garden. Growing transplants from seeds takes 10 to 12 weeks. Direct seeding in the garden is not recom-mended. All peppers are sensitive to exces-sive nitrogen fertilization. Too much fertilization will cause blossoms and small pods to drop off. Hot daytime temperatures and cool nighttime tem-peratures also cause blossom drop. Problems with peppers other than blossom drop are blossom end rot (resulting from drought and acid soils), southern stem blight, sunburn, leaf diseases, anthracnose, viruses, and aphids. Varieties Sweet peppers Bell Boy—hybrid; medium long; blocky; mostly 4-lobed fruit; tolerant to tobacco mosaic virus; heavy set; AAS 1967. Big Bertha—hybrid; elongated bell type; resistant to tobacco mosaic virus. California Wonder—thick walled; blocky fruit; 3 to 4 lobes. Emerald Giant—large, 4-lobed blocky fruit; tolerant to tobacco mosa-ic virus. Jupiter—early; large and blocky; mostly 4-lobed; medium-dark green turning red at maturity; tolerant to tobacco mosaic virus. Keystone Resistant Giant—large pendant, blocky fruit; resistant to tobacco mosaic virus. Sweet Banana—Sweet Hungarian type; 6 inches long; tapered; light yel-low turning red. Hot peppers Cayenne—dark green turning red; 6 inches long; processing type for drying and sauce; concentrated fruit-ing habit; strong 24-inch plants. Habanero—the hottest of the hot peppers; a Caribbean favorite; gold-en- orange lantern-shaped fruit. Be careful. Hungarian Wax—canary yellow fruit; 6 to 8 inches long; turns red when ripe. Jalapeno—very hot; thick-walled; tapered green fruit turning red; 3 inch-es long. Super Chili—hybrid; thin-walled, tapered fruit; 21⁄2 inches long; fruit held upright on small plants; orna-mental value; AAS 1988. TAM Mild Jalapeno—mildly hot jalapeno type; dark green; thick wall; productive. Irish Potatoes Most garden Irish potatoes are grown in the spring, since good seed potatoes are impossible to find for fall planting. This is one of the few veg-etables recommended for growing in mildly acid soil. A soil pH below 6.0 is acceptablebecause it retards devel-opment of potato scab disease. Prepare garden rows in fall by building a high bed that will permit early spring planting. Small whole potatoes or cut pieces of large pota-toes are referred to as seeds. Use cer-tified seed potatoes that are not shriv-eled or black on the inside when cut. Do not use potatoes left over from last year’s garden because they may be diseased and result in low yields. Do not use potatoes from the grocery store, since the variety may be unadapted and the potatoes may have been treated to prevent sprouting. Cut seed potatoes into pieces weighing 11⁄2 to 2 ounces with at least one eye per piece. Small seed pieces produce weak plants; large pieces are a waste of seeds. Cut seed potatoes several days before planting and hold them at room temperature spread in a single layer to allow the cut surfaces to dry and heal. This reduces seed piece rot following planting. You need 1 pound of seed potatoes to plant about 10 feet of row; 10 pounds should plant 100 feet of row. Space seed pieces 10 to 12 inches apart and cover with 3 to 4 inches of soil. Spring-planted potatoes normally bloom, and some of the flowers develop into fruit that look like small green tomatoes. These fruits, the green areas on the skin of potatoes that have been exposed to light, and sprouted potato eyes contain a poison-ous substance that may cause illness if eaten. Prevent greening of potatoes by keeping them covered with soil as they grow, and keeping them in the dark after harvest. Some gardeners prefer to grow potatoes in straw mulch. Potatoes grown in such a manner are clean and easy to harvest. Cover seed pieces with 1 inch of soil. When green sprouts appear, place 4 to 5 inches of straw around the plants. Keep the layer of straw deep and moist. When potato vines die, harvest potatoes by carefully removing the straw. Problems with Irish potatoes are seed piece rot resulting from planting in clay, wet soils; enlarged lenticels (warts) and tuber rot from excessive soil moisture near harvest; early blight; Colorado potato beetles; and aphids. Most varieties have white flesh and light brown or red skin. Some specialty varieties have yellow or dark flesh. Varieties Atlantic—light brown. LaChipper—light brown. Norland—early; red; oblong-shaped; shallow eyes. Red LaSoda—midseason; red; oblong-shaped; deep eyes. Red Pontiac—midseason; red; oblong-shaped; deep eyes. Superior—midseason; light brown. Norchip—early; light brown; round to oblong; shallow eyes. Sweet Potatoes This tropical root crop is started from small plants called slips or vine cuttings. Slips are produced by sprouting sweet potato roots in moist sand or sawdust. Cover roots in a box or bed with 3 to 4 inches of sand or sawdust, water, and keep warm (80 °F). In a few weeks when sprouts are several inches long, pull them from the roots. Additional slips develop and can be used for later planting. Before planting sweet potato slips (homegrown or purchased), cut about 1 inch from the base of the stem to reduce disease problems. Use starter solution when setting slips in the garden. Vine cuttings are slips cut at the bed surface with no roots or cuttings taken from the ends of slips set in the garden earlier. They have the advan-tage over slips of further reducing dis-ease and insect problems. Vine cut-tings several inches long can be made until July 1. These cuttings root rapid-ly when set in warm, moist soil. Sweet potatoes need warm soils and about 90 to 110 days from setting the plants until harvest. Even good roots will produce poor yields if the soil is clay, wet, or overfertilized with nitrogen. A good sweet potato fertiliz-er has a ratio of 1-2-4. Select a loose, well-drained soil that allows for root growth and easy digging. Side-dress 3 to 4 weeks after transplanting with a low nitrogen, high potash fertilizer. Many sweet potato varieties flower in late summer. Sweet potato flowers are similar to morningglory. Dig sweet potatoes when the soil is fairly dry and the air is warm. Early harvest results in many small roots. Late harvest results in jumbo roots and possible cold injury. Do not let freshly dug potatoes sit in the sun; they scald easily. If exposed to tem-peratures below 50 °F, potatoes may develop hard spots in the roots, a con-dition known as hardcore, or be chilled and begin to break down. Problems in growing sweet pota-toes are sweet potato weevil in the southern half of the state, larvae of various insects that burrow into the roots, and the diseases scurf (soil stain) and soil rot. Clip the base of the slips before planting or use vine cut-tings to reduce scurf infection. Acid soils help to control soil rot. Cracks in the roots indicate nematode damage or interrupted growth caused by peri-ods of drought. Varieties Beauregard—light rose skin; mod-erately deep orange flesh; high yield-ing; some disease resistance but not resistant to nematodes. Centennial—variably tapered to cylindrical root shape; medium to large size; orange skin; deep orange flesh; vines thick and vigorous. Jewel—blocky shape; smooth cop-per skin with rose blush; orange flesh. Unit I Porto Rico—old variety; no field disease resistance; root shape variable; copper skin; yellow-orange flesh. Nancy Hall—popular old variety with no disease resistance; light orange flesh. Pumpkins Most garden pumpkins are planted for Halloween. Pumpkins planted in spring, when summer squash, cucum-bers, and melons are planted, mature in midsummer, long before Halloween. If left in the garden, they rot. Therefore, they must be harvested and used or stored in a cool, dry place. Pumpkins for Halloween are best planted in late June and early July. They require 90 to 110 days from planting to harvest. Most pumpkin varieties produce strong, running vines that require plenty of garden space. Some vari-eties are described as having short vines and are adapted to limited space. Pumpkins crosspollinate with summer squash, acorn squash, veg-etable spaghetti, and small ornamen-tal gourds if they are growing nearby. This is of no concern unless you plan to save seed for another year. Jumbo pumpkins belong to a dif-ferent squash group from Halloween pumpkins, and they crosspollinate with many types of winter squash. The tan pumpkins Kentucky Field and Dickinson Field belong to a third group and crosspollinate with butter-nut squash. All of this crossing results in some strange looking volunteer squash-pumpkins in the garden or compost pile the next year. Pumpkin seeds saved from har-vested pumpkins make a nice snack food when roasted. Some pumpkin varieties have seeds with no hulls. Never eat seeds that were purchased for planting because of insecticides and fungicides used as seed treat-ments. Problems in growing pumpkins are cucumber beetles, squash bugs, pickleworms, squash vine borers, and powdery and downy mildews. Varieties Autumn Gold—hybrid; early; 7 to 10 pounds; fruit begin turning gold at an immature stage; AAS 1987. Big Max—50 to 100 pounds; fair-ly round; pinkish orange; rough. Connecticut Field—20 pounds or more; fairly round; deep yellow-orange; thin, hard shell; thick, coarse flesh. Cushaw—12 pounds; skin cream-white mottled with irregular green stripes; bulbous blossom end with medium-long curving neck; thick, sweet flesh. Howden—Connecticut Field type; more uniform in shape. Jack Be Little—miniature pump-kin; 3 inches across, 2 inches high; not edible; for decoration only; small pumpkins last several months. Jack O’Lantern—10 pounds; medium orange; smooth, shallow ribs. Prizewinner—hybrid; traditional color and shape; up to twice as big as Big Max. Spirit—hybrid; 12-inch diameter; 10 to 15 pounds; deep oval; bright orange; semi-bush; AAS 1977. Spookie—small; average 6 pounds; dark orange; thick, fine-tex-tured, sweet flesh. Triple Treat—6 to 8 pounds; round; thick flesh; seed with no hulls. Radishes Radishes are quick maturing cool-season vegetables for spring and fall gardens. They are ready to harvest within 4 weeks of planting and rapid-ly pass into a pithy, unusable condi-tion. Radishes that produce only tops result from being planted too thick (late thinning), too much shade, or hot temperatures. Black spots in radishes may indicate boron deficiency. Dissolve 1 level tablespoon of house-hold borax in 3 gallons of water and apply to 100 feet of garden row. Use proportionately smaller amounts for shorter rows. Some large-root types designated as winter radishes are recommended for the fall garden. They remain crisp longer than small types, are more pun-gent, and are best grown like fall turnips. Varieties Champion—scarlet; deep oval; large root and top; 28 days; AAS 1957. Cherry Belle—round globe; cher-ry red skin; crisp, solid flesh; short top; 21 days; AAS 1949. China Rose—winter type; deep rose skin; white flesh; pungent; long; 52 days. Round Black Spanish—winter type; large globe shape; 31⁄2- to 4-inch diameter; black skin; pungent white flesh; 55 days. Scarlet Globe—bright scarlet globe; crisp; white; mild flesh; 24 days. Snowbelle—hybrid; white; round 28 Continued on next page
  • 29. root; crisp; mild; 30 days. White Chinese (Winter Cel-estial)— winter type; 6 to 8 inches long; 3-inch diameter; crisp; white; mild flesh; 60 days. White Icicle—long; white; crisp; tapered to a point; 28 days. Rhubarb This cool-season perennial veg-etable is not adapted to Mississippi’s hot summers, wet winters, and clay soils. The plant may survive but will not thrive. Rhubarb grows best where summer temperatures do not exceed 75 degrees. Plants are subject to attack by a number of fungi, resulting in crown rot. If you want to grow rhubarb, select a well-drained soil in a lightly shaded area. The shade reduces sum-mer temperatures. Raised beds pro-vide additional drainage, which may help reduce disease problems. Set the large, fleshy crown in early spring so the bud is about 1 inch below the soil surface. Each plant needs 4 to 6 square feet of growing space. Normally, harvest should not begin until the second or third year to allow establishment, but the plants might not live that long in Mississippi. Harvest by pulling the large outer stalks and leaving the small inner stalks to enlarge. Do not eat the leaf blade because it is poi-sonous. Following harvest, apply a small amount of nitrogen fertilizer around each plant. Mulch plants in late fall and again in early spring. Before growth starts in spring, apply a small amount of mixed fertilizer, such as 13-13-13, around each plant. If plants develop a flower stalk in summer, remove it at first appear-ance. Spinach, New Zealand Spinach, and Malabar Spinach Fresh spinach is a popular salad vegetable. A cool-weather green, spinach is adapted to growing in spring, fall, and winter gardens. Spinach grows best on a well-drained soil rich in organic matter with a pH approaching 7.0. It grows poorly on soils with a pH below 6.0. Spinach plants are shallow-rooted and require adequate soil moisture. Plant spinach seeds 4 to 6 weeks before the last frost in spring and 6 to 8 weeks before the first frost in fall. Soak seeds in water overnight to soften seed coats and hasten germination. With ideal grow-ing conditions, spinach is ready to harvest in 45 to 50 days from plant-ing. Harvest entire plants, individual large outer leaves, or clip plants, leav-ing about an inch for regrowth. New Zealand spinach is a hot-weather leafy green. It is not a true spinach, but the tender young shoot tips are used in similar ways. It grows rapidly, has many branches, and prefers a well-drained loamy soil, rich in organic matter. Being a hot-weath-er plant, the seeds of New Zealand spinach should not be planted until the soil is warm. Soak seed in water overnight before planting to aid ger-mination. Space plants 12 to 18 inch-es apart in the garden row. Side-dress plants with a little nitrogen fertilizer every 4 to 6 weeks. Malabar spinach is a tropical, vin-ing plant that does best in hot, humid weather. Easily grown from seed, the plant makes an attractive vine that should be trellised to keep it off the ground. There are two leaf types, red and green. Individual leaves or the tender young shoot tips can be used as a hot-weather spinach substitute. Varieties Chesapeake—hybrid; semi-savoy; bolts rapidly; large, upright plant; overwinters; recommended for fall planting. Dixie Market—compact, upright plant; savoyed; recommended for fall, winter, and spring planting. Long Standing Bloomsdale— large; savoy leaf; semi-upright plant; recommended for spring planting. Melody—hybrid; semi-savoy; upright plant; recommended for early spring and fall planting; AAS 1977. Skookum—hybrid; early; dark green; semi-savoy leaf; upright; resistant to downy mildew. Summer Squash All summer squash (straight neck, crookneck, bush scallop, and zucchini) are actually true pumpkins. They crosspollinate with each other as well as Halloween type pumpkins, spaghetti squash, and small orna-mental gourds. All this crossing does not affect the quality of the current season’s production. Summer squash have a tender skin and are harvested at an imma-ture stage, generally within 4 to 6 days after bloom. The plants are bush type rather than vining and are suited for small gardens. Most new vari-eties are hybrids. Summer squash have separate male (attached to the plant by a thin stem) and female flowers (small squash behind the yellow blossom) on the same plant and depend on bees for pollination. Hybrids may produce a few female flowers before male flow-ers appear, and without pollination, these fail to develop into squash. Plant summer squash seeds in hills about 3 feet apart, with 3 to 4 seeds per hill or in a row with single seeds spaced about 1 foot apart. Space sin-gle plants about 3 feet apart. Crowding leads to low production and disease. Squash do well on black plastic mulch in spring, especially when planted early. They benefit from warm soil and lack of weed compe-tition. Fall squash can be grown by planting seeds in August, but mosa-ic virus has been a serious problem in recent years. Side-dress plants with a nitrogen fertilizer when they have several leaves but before they start to bloom. Proper harvesting is important for continuous production. Remove all large and overmature squash. This problem is more serious with zucchi-ni than with other types of summer squash. Several serious insect pests attack squash plants: spotted and striped cucumber beetles, squash bugs, stem borers, and pickleworms. A regular spray program with carbaryl (Sevin) helps reduce damage from these insects. Disease problems are mainly fruit rot on crowded, shaded plants and mosaic virus. Varieties Aristocrat—hybrid zucchini; cylin-drical fruit; smooth; uniform; dark green; 53 days; AAS 1973. Bush Scallop—scalloped white to pale green fruit; 55 days. Butterbar—hybrid yellow straight-neck; long, cylindrical; butter yellow; small seed cavity; 49 days. Medallion—hybrid; crookneck; lemon yellow. Early Prolific Straightneck—pop-ular old variety; creamy yellow; straight; slightly tapered; 52 days; AAS 1938. Early Summer Crookneck—popu-lar old variety; yellow; small, curved neck with bulbous blossom end; 55 days. Senator—hybrid zucchini; 6 to 7 inches long; medium green. Sunburst—hybrid scallop; bright yellow with green at blossom and stem ends; AAS 1985. Winter Squash These hard-shelled squash are grown for harvest in fall and storage through early winter months. Acorn and Butternut are the two most popu-lar types, but the group includes many others, such as buttercup, spaghetti, hubbard, banana, marrow, and turban. Some of the pumpkins, such as cushaw and Kentucky Field, are treat-ed as winter or storage squash. An odd assortment of local squash called “aboveground sweet potatoes” fall into this group. Most of these squash have strong vining plants. The fruit range in size from the small acorn and hybrid Early Butternut to the large banana and hub-bards. Winter squash planted in spring along with summer squash mature in midsummer. These fruit lack the eat-ing quality of those produced on plants from seeds planted in late June or early July along with Halloween pumpkins. Delay harvest until the fruit rind is very hard and vines begin to die. Immature fruit of most varieties are tasteless. Yellow acorn varieties are edible at all stages of maturity. All winter squash are pollinated by bees and require 60 to 70 days from polli-nation to maturity. Varieties Early Butternut Hybrid—mature fruit are tan; excellent flavor and tex-ture; stores well; viney but not overly vigorous; AAS 1979. Sweet Mama—hybrid; dark green; 2 to 3 pounds; flattened; round; Buttercup type fruit; orange flesh; stores well; vigorous vines; AAS 1979. Table Queen—acorn type; small fruit; dark green; deeply ridged; smooth and hard; yellow flesh; bush type plant. Vegetable Spaghetti—fruit 8 to 10 inches long, 3 pounds; yellow when mature; cooked flesh is greenish-white, spaghetti-like strands; flavor is bland; prolific vine; 90 days; orange-fleshed type also available. Waltham Butternut—large, tan fruit; 3 pounds; uniform shape; orange flesh; stores well; vigorous vine; AAS 1970. Tomatoes The tomato is the most popular garden vegetable. Tomatoes come in many shapes, sizes, and colors, but the most popular is the medium-sized (6 to 8 ounces) red globe. Tomato plants require full sun, moderate amounts of fertilizer, stak-ing or caging, and an insect and dis-ease control program. Determinate (short, self-topping) varieties like Celebrity, Mountain Pride, and Mountain Spring are gaining in popu-larity, but the indeterminate varieties like Better Boy are used more widely. Most tomatoes are set out as trans-plants, since it takes several weeks longer to harvest from tomatoes plant-ed as seeds. Do not set out transplants too early in the spring. Cool soils as well as cool air temperatures chill plants, resulting in delayed harvest. Use a starter solution when setting the transplants. If transplants have small fruit at planting time, remove fruit to prevent stunting the plants. Plants set out in spring are some-times maintained through the summer in hopes of a fall crop. With mulching, irrigation, fertilization, and a good pest control program, this is possible, but the fall fruit that develop are frequently small. This results from failure to maintain a season-long pruning program. A second planting of tomatoes for a fall crop provides large, attractive fruit. Start seedlings in June and set plants out in July or early August. You can use rooted cut-tings (suckers) that were removed in pruning to start a second planting. Set tomato transplants deeper than they were growing in the plant bed, peat cup, or plastic tray; the deeper the better. All garden tomato plants, indeter-minate as well as determinate, must be supported off the ground in some manner to prevent loss of fruit to rots and sunburn. Wooden stakes, placed at planting time or shortly after, are the most common type of support. Wire cages at least 18 inches in diameter made from concrete rein-forcing wire are also popular. Cages wrapped with clear plastic to a height of 18 inches provide some protection from cold winds and wind-blown sand. Black plastic mulch laid before planting, in combination with plastic-wrapped cages, is beneficial to early plants. Staked plants in a row do not have to be tied directly to the stakes. They can be supported by nylon cord that runs from stake to stake, down the row on both sides of the stakes, and at several levels (Florida weave). Tomato plants form many branch-es (suckers) as they grow. It is a com-mon practice to break the suckers out of the plants to encourage larger and earlier fruit and to make the plant eas-ier to tie and spray. Determinate types are not pruned as heavily as indeter-minate types, and in no instance are all the suckers removed. Products advertised to promote fruit development by spraying on the flower clusters are useful at times but should not be counted on for all the fruit set. When conditions are not ideal (shade; cool, wet weather; high tem-peratures) for natural pollination, these sprays are useful. Fruit that develop entirely from these sprays, with no nat-ural pollination, do not have seeds and are not the best quality. Tomatoes are attacked by a num-ber of diseases and insects. The most serious diseases are early blight (no resistant varieties), spotted wilt virus (BHN 444 and Amelia are resistant varieties), fusarium wilt, blossom end rot, and root knot nematodes. Regular use of fungicides containing maneb or chlorothalonil controls early blight and several other leaf and fruit dis- Continued on next page 29
  • 30. eases. Plant disease-resistant varieties to reduce disease problems. Disease resistance is indicated in the variety descriptions below by a series of let-ters, V, F, N, and T. The V indicates resistance to verticillium wilt, F for fusarium wilt, N for root knot nema-todes, and T for tobacco mosaic virus. Major insect problems are aphids, thrips, stink bugs, blister beetles, fruit worms, horn worms, leaf miners, and white flies. Problems are blossom end rot (low soil calcium, lack of water), fruit cracking (excess water and high tem-peratures), sudden wilting (root dam-age from cultivation or drowning), blossom drop (low or high tempera-tures, poor nutrition), and sunscald (excessive pruning, no plant support, or loss of leaves to disease). Varieties I--indeterminate D--determinate Amelia—large-fruited with toma-to spotted wilt virus resistance; D. Better Boy—VFN hybrid; 8- to 12-ounce red fruit; 72 days; I. Big Beef—large-fruited beef stake with good disease resistance; I; AAS 1994 . Celebrity—VFNT hybrid; 7- to 8- ounce red globe; firm, flavorful fruit; D; 72 days; AAS 1984. Cherry Grande—VF hybrid; large cluster of 11⁄2-inch firm, round, red fruit; D; 60 days. Floramerica—VF hybrid; 8- to 12- ounce red fruit; 76 days; D; AAS 1978. Floradel—F; 8-ounce red fruit; 75 to 85 days; I; old variety; open-polli-nated. Marion—F; 6-ounce red fruit; 79 days; I; old; open-pollinated. Mini Charm—miniature cherry tomato with indeterminate growth and abundant production. Mountain Spring—VF hybrid; early; resistance to cracking; D. Park’s Whopper—VFNT hybrid; large fruit; I; 70 days. Super Fantastic—VF hybrid; 8- ounce red fruit; 70 days; I. Sweet 100—hybrid; large clusters of 1-inch, round, red fruit; I; 65 days. Turnips and Rutabagas Turnips are grown for both leaves (greens) and roots in the spring and fall garden. For greens, it is not neces-sary to thin seedlings, and there are varieties just for greens. For roots, thin seedlings to 2 to 4 inches apart. Rutabagas are a fall crop with planting recommended in August or early September. Roots require 4 to 6 weeks longer to mature than turnip roots. Thin rutabaga seedlings to at least 6 inches apart (12 inches pre-ferred) in the row. Rutabaga leaves can be eaten. Hot weather causes turnips to be strong-flavored or bitter and pithy. Black spots inside the roots indicate a need for boron. Dissolve 1 level table-spoon of household borax in 3 gallons of water and apply to 100 feet of row. Use less for shorter rows. Major problems are aphids, leaf-eating worms, and leaf spots. Varieties All Top—hybrid; broadleaf turnip for tops only; dark green; 50 days. American Purple Top—rutabaga; 4- to 5-inch diameter; spherical; purple-red crown; pale yellow flesh; 90 days. Just Right—hybrid; root and top type; white root; broad, serrated leaf; 60 days; AAS 1960. Purple Top—old standard; root and top type; white globe root with purple crown; 57 days. Seven Top—leaf type; cut leaf; dark green; 45 days. Tokyo Cross—hybrid; root and top type; semi-globe; white root; early; 35 days; AAS 1969. Watermelons Most watermelon plants require a lot of space and quickly take over a small garden. Some varieties are described as having short vines. Those described as having bush-type plants may be disappointing. Varieties are available that produce large or small, round or oblong, solid or striped fruit with red or yellow flesh, with seeds or seedless. Plant when the soil is warm and all danger of frost has passed. Watermelon transplants in peat cups or plastic trays can be used, but they must be small (not yet vining) to avoid plant injury. Use transplants with seedless melons because the seed is small, expensive, and slow to ger-minate. For seedless melon trans-plants, plant the seeds with the round-ed end down and the pointed end up. Hot kaps, black plastic mulch, floating row covers, and plastic tun-nels are ways to obtain earliness. Black plastic also controls weeds. You can use transplants or seeds in combi-nation with black plastic mulch. With normal vining melons, plant several seeds in groups spaced about 6 feet apart. Thin seedlings to two plants in each group. With seedless melons, it is necessary to plant some standard melons close by to provide pollina-tion. All watermelons are pollinated by bees and require about 45 days from pollination to maturity. Disease problems are anthracnose, fusarium wilt, gummy stem blight, and bacterial wilt. Insect problems are striped and spotted cucumber beetles. Varieties Bush Charleston Gray—bush-type plant; 10- to 13-pound melons; red flesh. Bush Jubilee—bush-type plant; 10- to 13-pound oblong fruit; red flesh. Charleston Gray—30 pounds; oblong; light green; bright red flesh and dark seeds; some disease resist-ance. Crimson Sweet—23 to 30 pounds; semi-round; distinct striping; thick, hard rind; sweet, red flesh; some dis-ease resistance. Jubilee—25 to 40 pounds; long; light green with dark stripes; red flesh with black seeds; some disease resist-ance. Jubilee II—22 to 30 pounds; oblong; light green with dark green stripes; open-pollinated; firm, red flesh; sweet; some disease resistance. Royal Jubilee—hybrid Jubilee type; elongated; 25 to 30 pounds; bright red flesh; resistant to fusarium and anthracnose. Royal Sweet—20 to 25 pounds; hybrid; oblong; medium-green stripes; bright red flesh and small dark seeds; some disease resistance. 30 Planting continued from page 17 stems, and fruits. These wounds let fungi and bacteria enter and cause diseases. Some insects also transmit viruses, bacteria, and fungi that cause diseases. Controlling insects in the garden is an important method of disease control. Staking and mulching. Control diseases like cucumber belly rot and tomato soil rot by growing plants on mulch and trellising or staking to keep fruit off the ground. Watering. Water plants in late morning or early evening. Watering late in the evening leaves foliage wet longer, which helps diseases develop. Harvesting and working in the garden. Do not harvest vegetables or work in the garden when plant leaves are wet.
  • 31. The information given here is for educational purposes only. References to commercial products, trade names, or suppliers are made with the understanding that no endorsement is implied and that no discrimination is intended against other products or suppliers. Originally prepared by Milo Burnham, Ph.D., former Extension Horticulturist. Revised and distributed by David Nagel, PhD, Extension Horticulturist; Blake Layton, PhD, Extension Entomologist; Alan Henn, PhD, and David Ingram, PhD, Extension Plant Pathologists. Discrimination based upon race, color, religion, sex, national origin, age, disability, or veteran’s status is a violation of federal and state law and MSU policy and will not be tolerated. Discrimination based upon sexual orientation or group affiliation is a violation of MSU policy and will not be tolerated. Publication 1091 Extension Service of Mississippi State University, cooperating with U.S. Department of Agriculture. Published in furtherance of Acts of Congress, May 8 and June 30, 1914. GARY B. JACKSON, Director (rev-20000-11-11) Adams—75A Carthage Point Rd., Natchez 39120 (601-445-8201) Alcorn—2200 Levee Rd., Corinth 38834 (662-286-7755) Amite––185 Irene St., Liberty 39645 (601-657-8937) Attala––715 Fairground Rd., Kosciusko 39090 (662-289-5431) Benton—382 Ripley Ave., Ashland 38603 (662-224-6330) Bolivar—406 N. Martin Luther King Dr., Cleveland 38732 (662-843-8361) Calhoun—121 Parker St., Pittsboro 38951 (662-412-3177) Carrol—105 B E. Washington St., Carrollton 38917 (662-237-6926) Chickasaw—415 Lee Horn Dr., Suite 4, Houston 38851 (662-456-4269) Choctaw—Harmon Cir. Courthouse Annex, Ackerman 39735 (662-285-6337) Claiborne—510 Market St., Port Gibson 39150 (601-437-5011) Clarke—101 Westwood Ave., Quitman 39355 (601-776-3951) Clay—218 W. Broad St., Suite D, West Point 39773 (662-494-5371) Coahoma—503 E. Second St., Clarksdale 38614 (662-624-3070) Copiah—2040 W Gallman Rd., Crystal Springs 39059 (601-892-1809) Covington—68 Industrial Park Dr., Collins 39428 (601-765-8252) DeSoto—3260 Hwy 51 S., Ag Office Bldg., Hernando 38632 (662-429-1343) Forrest—952 Sullivan Dr., Hattiesburg 39401 (601-545-6083) Franklin—20 Walnut St., Meadville 39653 (601-384-2349) George—7128 Hwy. 198 E., Lucedale 39452 (601-947-4223) Greene—#2 Oak St., Leakesville 39451 (601-394-2702) Grenada—1240 Fairground Road, Suite E, Grenada 38901 (662-226-2061) Hancock—3064 Longfellow Dr., Bldg 24, Bay St. Louis 39520 (228-467-5456) Harrison—2315 17th St., Gulfport 39501 (228-865-4227) Hinds—1735 Wilson Blvd., Jackson 39204 (601-372-1424) Holmes—113 W. China - Jail Annex, Lexington 39095 (662-834-2795) Humphreys—103 Castleman St., Belzoni 39038 (662-247-2915) Issaquena—129 Court St., Mayersville 39113 (662-873-2322) Itawamba—304 C Wiygul, Fulton 38843 (662-862-3201) Jackson—4111 Amonett St., Suite E, Pascagoula 39567 (228-769-3047) Jasper—37 B W. 8th Ave., Bay Springs 39422 (601-764-2314) Jefferson ––1257 S. Main St., Fayette 39069 (601-786-3131) Jefferson Davis ––2304 Pearl Ave., Prentiss 39474 (601-792-5121) Jones—515 N. 5th Ave., Laurel 39440 (601-428-5201) Kemper—Rt 4, Box 332 587 Old Scooba Road, DeKalb 39328 (601-743-2837) Lafayette—101 Veterans Dr., Oxford 38655 (662-234-4451) Lamar—216 Shelby St., Suite B, Purvis 39475 (601-794-3910) Lauderdale—410 Constitution Ave. 5th Floor, Meridian 39301 (601- 482-9764) Lawrence—Courthouse Square 0435 Brinson St., Apt. B, Monticello 39654 (601-587-2271) Leake—729 E. Main St., Carthage 39051 (601-267-8036) Lee—5338 Cliff Gookin Blvd., Tupelo 38801 (662-841-9000) Leflore—309 W. Market, Greenwood38930 (662-453-6803) Lincoln—301 S. First St., Room 201, Brookhaven 39601 (601-835-3460) Lowndes—512 Third Ave. N., Columbus 39703 (662-328-2111) Madison—152 Watford Parkway, Canton 39046 (601-859-3842) Marion—1060 Hwy 13, South, Columbia 39429 (601-736-8251) Marshall—810 Hwy. 178 E., Holly Springs 38635 (662-252-3541) Monroe—517 Hwy. 145 N, Suite 1, Aberdeen 39730 (662-369-4951) Montgomery—618 Summit St., Winona 38967 (662-283-4133) Neshoba—12000 Hwy. 15 N., Suite 2, Philadelphia 39350 (601-656-4011) Newton—65 Seventh St., Decatur 39327 (601-635-2267) Noxubee––107 E. Adams St., Macon 39341 (662-726-5723) Oktibbeha—106 Felix Long Dr., Starkville 39759 (662-323-5916) Panola—245-C Eureka St., Batesville 38606 (662-563-6260) Pearl River—417 Hwy 11 N., Poplarville 39470 (601-403-2280) Perry—103-B 2nd St. West, New Augusta 39462 (601-964-3668) Pike—1140 N. Clark Ave., Magnolia 39652 (601-783-5321) Pontotoc—402 C.J. Hardin Jr. Dr., Pontotoc 38863 (662-489-3910) Prentiss—2301 N. Second St., Booneville 38829 (662-728-5631) Quitman—Courthouse Annex, 225 Peach St., Marks 38646 (662-326-8939) Rankin—601 Marquette Road, Brandon 39042 (601-825-1462) Scott—230 S. Davis St., Forest 39074 (601-469-4241) Sharkey—120 Locust Suite 3, Rolling Fork 39159 (662-873-4246) Simpson—2785 Simpson Hwy. 49, Mendenhall 39114 (601-847-1335) Smith—212 Sylvarena Ave., Smith County Office Bldg., Raleigh 39153 (601-782-4454) Stone—214 N. Critz St., Suite A, Wiggins 39577 (601-928-5286) Sunflower—200 Main St., Courthouse, Indianola 38751 (662-887-4601) Tallahatchie—100 S. Market St., Charleston 38921 (662-647-8746) Tate—#1 French's Alley, Senatobia 38668 (662-562-4274) Tippah—10791B Hwy 15 S., Fairgrounds, Ripley 38663 (662-837-8184) Tishomingo—1008 Battleground Dr., Room 106, Iuka 38852 (662-423-7016) Tunica—1221 Kenny Hill Ave., Suite 3, Tunica 38676 (662-363-2911) Union—112 Fairground Cir., New Albany 38652 (662-534-1917) Walthall—250 Ball Ave., Tylertown 39667 (601-876-4021) Warren—1100-C Grove St., Vicksburg 39180 (601-636-5391) Washington—148 N. Edison St., Greenville 38701 (662-334-2670) Wayne—810-A Chickasawhay St., Waynesboro 39367 (601-735-2243) Webster—16 E. Fox Ave., Eupora 39744 (662-258-3971) Wilkinson—982 Second South St., Woodville 39669 (601-888-3211) Winston ––460 Vance St., Louisville, 39339 (662-773-3091) Yalobusha—18025 Hwy. 7, Coffeeville 38922 (662-675-2730) Yazoo—212 E. Broadway St., 3rd Floor, Yazoo City 39194 (662-746-2453) County Offices
  • 32. U.S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE COOPERATIVE EXTENSION SERVICE MISSISSIPPI STATE UNIVERSITY MISSISSIPPI STATE, MISSISSIPPI 39762-5446 P. O. BOX 5446 OFFICIAL BUSINESS PENALTY FOR PRIVATE USE, $300 ADDRESS CORRECTION REQUESTED G A R D E N T • A • B • L • O • I • D MI S S I S S I P P I S TAT E U N I V E R S I T Y E X T E N S I O N S E RV I C E Contents Grow Your Own Vegetables ................................................................................................1 Garden Plan ..........................................................................................................................2 Garden Soil ............................................................................................................................3 Organic Gardening................................................................................................................5 Pollination ..............................................................................................................................9 Mulching ..............................................................................................................................10 Insects - Identification and Control ..................................................................................11 Vegetable Diseases ..............................................................................................................15 Watering ..............................................................................................................................17 Planting Vegetables..............................................................................................................17 Weed Control ......................................................................................................................18 Herb Gardening ..................................................................................................................18 Fall Gardening ....................................................................................................................19 Staking and Training Tomatoes ........................................................................................20 Harvesting ............................................................................................................................21 Storing Vegetables ..............................................................................................................22 Vegetables ............................................................................................................................22